Home

iTool User's Guide

1. Polygon ROI Polygon ROI Polygonal ROI True 0 BHo5500 1 Polygonal ROI 497 Figure D 26 Visualization Browser with Polygon ROI Properties Displayed These properties control polygonal ROI object visualizations For each property the type of control and the values that can be assigned are listed For a description of how a particular control is used refer to Appendix B Property Controls Property Control Type Values Color Color Color to be used for the line Click to choose from the default color palette or specify RGB values Default 0 0 0 black Linestyle Line Style Style of the polygon lines Select a line style from the list Default solid line Thickness Line Thickness Thickness of the polygon lines in points Select a thickness from the list Default 1 Fill background Boolean Fill background Choose True or False Default True Table D 57 Property Settings for Polygonal ROI iTool User s Guide Polygonal ROI 498 Appendix D Visualization Properties Property Control Type Values Fill color Color Color to fill Click to choose from the default color palette or specify RGB values Default 255 255 255 white Transparency Number Level of transparency Default 0 Table D 57 Property Settings for Polygonal ROI Continued Polygonal ROI iTool User s Guide
2. 65 ZOOMIE TTL PH 70 der c P E H 70 Contents iTool User s Guide ko MA MM 70 ki lr MS 72 Window Layos A O 73 Chapter 5 Adding Annotations Lodge xen bHRE Pax e ELIGE onan 75 Hi rone E 76 IF TI Piu pnr pn e 79 jor tiui E E aee A E EEE ARTEA A 79 ELLE Ds ons PME 80 Rectangle AMOUS nu edm e eiie neas eb e reste ta ia 81 Al ANAON OE ME 82 Polygon DEUS ooir e EER ERREEN 82 Freehand AMMO TAIOME 1o n et e ree e EE LI I AEO teens 83 uei oi M REM 84 Chapter 6 Property Sheets and Browsers eee 85 riri MIEL 86 let inde MCCC 87 Visualisation Property SIS onim e pedi eee ae reet e e seta 88 Operabons Property SBebS cr d d ee te t e eh ree etate deer epe ev OEE 88 p sd ilo WBE Em 90 The Operations Browser 1 niega ec tts Re alee elated 93 jodgcirusoc4000 100 ER 95 E al SOMME EE 97 dal c m 99 PU jr M T EE E 105 Chapter 7 C mimon Miei o eT 111 y dle MICI 112 Pile cL e T 113 Opening PIES M 113 Dnpor ng Vanables and Piles eus Green Preterea 113 E Vrai KE 113 iTool User s Guide Contents Exporte Variables add EO
3. Figure 13 7 Plot and Overplot in iPlot with Legend Added for Each You can double click on the legend to bring up a property sheet to alter its settings Through the property sheet you can also access the Visualization Browser which can be used to navigate through other legends and objects within the visualization In the previous example the names of the legends have been altered to reflect the data names For more information on editing settings in the Visualization Browsers see The Visualization Browser on page 427 iTool User s Guide Chapter 13 Working with Plots 291 Adding a Colorbar If you have added vertex coloring to your plot visualization you can add a colorbar which will show on a color scale the minimum to maximum values of data in the visualization To add a colorbar 1 Click on the plot data 2 From the iPlot window select Insert Colorbar 3 Acolorbar will be placed in the visualization window This colorbar can be resized and moved around the data space You can also double click on the colorbar to invoke the Visualization Browser which will allow you to change the values for the colorbar For more information on the colorbar see Colorbar on page 477 iTool User s Guide Adding a Colorbar 292 Chapter 13 Working with Plots Adding Error Bars Error bars are used to show uncertainty in data values These uncertainties may be caused by measurement errors or instrument noise and are usual
4. Figure 8 23 The Tool Change Operation s Property Sheet The Description property is set by default to Tool Change The Change type property indicates the kind of tool change that the macro will perform when you run it This property can have the following values Table 8 15 Property Value Description By Identifier Change selection to the tool indicated by the Tool Identifier property Position in Change selection to the tool indicated by the Position in Container Container property Table 8 15 The Change Type Property Values Making Selection and Tool Changes iTool User s Guide Chapter 8 Working with Macros 185 Property Value Description Next in Container Change selection to the next tool in the container If the current tool is the last in the container the search for the next tool will wrap to the beginning of the container and the first tool in the container will become the current tool Previous in Change selection to the previous tool in the container If the Container current tool is the first in the container the search for the next tool will wrap to the end of the container and the last tool in the container will become the current tool Table 8 15 The Change Type Property Values Continued Recall that in terms of tool changes the container means simply the current iTools session encompassing all tools For more information see About Containers on page 179 T
5. Cancel Figure 7 6 Scale Data Dialog 3 Change the scale factor if necessary by editing the number in the Scale Factor field and click OK to scale the selected object s or Cancel to close the Scale Data dialog without scaling the object s iTool User s Guide Transformations 122 Chapter 7 Common Operations Filtering Four types of filters are common to all iTools Smooth filtering Median Filtering Convolution and Unsharp Masking Smooth Filter To remove unwanted noise from data apply the Smooth filter to the data To apply the Smooth filter 1 Select the data that you want to smooth 2 Select Operations Filter Smooth 3 The smooth filter editor appears as shown in the following figure and desired settings can be edited Smooth Description Perform the smooth operation on the selected ite Show dialog True Width 3 Figure 7 7 The Smooth Filter Editor 4 Click OK and the filter is applied Filtering iTool User s Guide Chapter 7 Common Operations 123 Median Filter Median smoothing replaces each point with the median a value in an ordered set of values with an equal number of values above and below it of the one or two dimensional neighborhood of a given width It is similar to smoothing with a boxcar or average filter but does not blur edges larger than the neighborhood Median filtering is effective in removing salt and pepper noise isolated high or l
6. You can also create file readers for other data types besides those provided in IDL For more information on creating file readers and creating your own iTools see Chapter 9 Creating a File Reader iTool Developer s Guide About the Data Manager iTool User s Guide Chapter 2 Importing and Exporting Data 25 Data Manager Interface The Data Manager s graphical user interface consists of these elements Sl Data Manager Browser E423 Data Manager Channel 0 2 455 afrpolitsm pna Channel 0 Image Planes 918 Channel 0 False IH Palette IDLARRAY2D Data type BYTE Number of dimensions Dimensions Data used by Help Import Variable Import File Dismiss Figure 2 1 The iTools Data Manager e Data Tree View This window on the left side of the dialog shows all of the data items available within the Data Manager Depending on how data items were added to the Data Manager they may be collected into groups of related items for example individual image channels associated with a true color image will show up underneath the Data Manager entry for the image itself The data tree view will be empty unless you have read or imported data into the Data Manager e Data Properties This window on the right side of the dialog shows you all properties and their values for the data item selected in the data tree view e Help This button will invokes the IDL online
7. 334 iTool User s Guide Registering an Image 2 cec 335 Displaying a Contour 342 Creating a Shape Visualization 343 Inserting a Map Grid 344 Inserting an IDL Shapefile 345 325 326 Chapter 15 Working with Maps Introduction Introduction The IDL iMap tool displays image and contour data that are georeferenced and mapped to particular projections as well as shapefile data The iMap tool gives you great flexibility in manipulating and visualizing these data To use iMap from the IDL Command Line type iMap An empty iMap tool appears You can then import image or contour data using any of several data import methods For more information on importing data see Chapter 2 Importing and Exporting Data Note For more information on accepted arguments and keywords see IMAP IDL Reference Guide The iMap tool can be launched in many different ways e Atthe IDL Command Line without arguments or keywords e Atthe IDL Command Line with arguments or keywords e Through the File gt New Visualization gt iMap menu option in the IDL Workbench e Through the File New iMap menu option in an iTool iTool User s Guide Chapter 15 Working with Maps 327 Displaying Maps The iMap tool s primary goal is to visualize map data though the tool is capable of much more once the data is displayed The iMap tool also allows you to manipulate a
8. eese nennen 144 Running Matros RT a i iai EE E EEEE 146 Running irom the Operations Mont iier eet riirii t ennt eene ots 147 Euodug rom the Macro Editor 1 ne oe bremen ease una 148 Contents iTool User s Guide BEnsamg Ten the Command Lm oce eter eere erect bodies 148 Using the Macro Controls Dialog erret betta 149 Using the Macro Editor 122i nette ere iet YER e Ra e PER HR ai 153 Understanding the Macro Editor 2 eset nente tentent nad 154 Understanding Items in the Macro Edlor cmt tore 164 WAST MOIS P M HRE P 164 indus dor e 165 Making Selection and Tool Changes 2 citet rendent ridere dbzun 179 Macro Type Based on Recording Selection eese 179 Pes TES rin MEET 179 Selection tnt M n ET E cR 180 Toot EI C0 LE 183 Dmnporuns and Exporta Motos ineunte dep eere tirer tede niin ei 186 Chapter 9 Working with Styles Bere Dt 187 IBAN fidi P 188 Type of SIES MP 189 Appiying ij oniiir terori IEE EREA EAEE ava Rae neath 189 CMS SWIS anc cccisedelessaciastesdintes peti benedi eder eE E EiS 190 Creating a Style from the Current Visualization 1 nesciente teer 190 Creating a New Style from the Style Editor Lease eerte Henne 193 Working with the Current SCyle 1 ee eet ee tee pene eei eren ein 195 Crp Mt an ata Se Mem 195 Pape UMNO 1iunaesncnamde tasse tanta iri haie i b m a n ea bes E nee cade 196 Applying Style to a Selected Inr ae i
9. n m e x v Figure 8 5 The Macro Controls Dialog Collapsed While Paused iTool User s Guide Running Macros 150 Chapter 8 Working with Macros Note LL Under Microsoft Windows systems you can invoke either action by pressing F5 Step When a macro is paused you can click the button with the step symbol to execute the next macro item When a macro is running this button is desensitized Noe Under Microsoft Windows systems you can invoke this action by pressing the right arrow key The macro step delay if nonzero is not applied when you click the Step button In addition the discrete delay from a Delay or Step Delay Change operation is not applied For more information see Delay Operation Item on page 175 or Step Delay Change Operation Item on page 176 Stop You can use the button with the stop symbol to stop execution of the macro The remaining macro items are skipped and the Macro Controls dialog is dismissed You can use the Stop button while the macro is paused or running Hide Steps Show Steps If the intermediate steps of the macro are being displayed the button label is the closed eye image for Hide Steps Click this button to turn off the display of intermediate steps If the intermediate steps of the macro are not being displayed the button label is the open eye image for Show Steps Cli
10. History Visualizations Annotations Macro Tools Tool Menus 3 File 3 Edit Insert Operations C Window 23 Help UE EE z E E Figure 8 21 The Macro Editor s Tool Menus Folder You can use items from the Tool Menus folder as a source for property settings or as a direct source for macro items When you add one of these operations to a macro e g to change the view layout of an iTool you can modify the resulting macro item s property values to customize the actions taken by the operation when the macro runs Note These operations are for the current tool Therefore this folder is no longer available if all tools are closed Understanding Items in the Macro Editor iTool User s Guide Chapter 8 Working with Macros 179 Making Selection and Tool Changes You can change the selection of objects and even iTools in the course of a macro to let you apply macro items to different objects within and across iTools You can add these operations during macro recording or by using the Macro Editor where you can find the selection change operations in the Macro Tools folder of the source tree Macro Type Based on Recording Selection What you have selected when you start recording a macro gives rise to two general types of macros where one of the following states is true e A visualization or annotation selected e No visualization or annot
11. Macro Description Open invert rotate smooth Display intermediate steps 0 000000 Step delay seconds Help OK Cancel Figure 8 3 The Run Macro Dialog This dialog lets you select the macro to run The macro names are obtained from all saved macros Macros that have been created in the macro editor but not saved are not available By default the first item in the list is selected and the description of that first macro appears in the Macro Description field After you select a macro name from the list the Macro Description field is updated with the description of the selected macro The Display intermediate steps option is set based on the value of the macro property of the same name Set it to display each step of the macro as it runs or clear it to prevent any updates of the display until the macro is complete The Step delay field displays the number of seconds IDL delays between each step of the macro You can change the delay by entering a floating point value in the field The minimum delay is 0 0 seconds the maximum delay is 60 0 seconds IDL truncates the delay value to fall within that range after you click OK The values of both of these properties are retrieved from the specified macro when you select it in the list Changes made to these properties with this dialog affect the iTool User s Guide Running Macros 148 Chapter 8 Working with Macros succeeding invocation of the macro specified but are
12. Morph gradient Morph gradient is the subtraction of an eroded version of the original image from a dilated version of the original image Morph tophat Morph tophat is implemented by first applying the opening operator to the original image then subtracting the result from the original image Applying tophat shows the bright peaks within the image Table 7 1 Morph Menu Options To apply a morphology option 1 Select the object to be morphed 2 Select Operations Morph option iTool User s Guide Morphing 128 Chapter 7 Common Operations Additional Operations The Histogram Statistics and Console tools display additional information about data displayed in the iTool windows and about operations performed with the iTools Plotting a Histogram Histogram displays a histogram plot of the data currently selected in the iTool window The Histogram plot appears in a separate iPlot window 4 IDL iPlot Histogram File Edit Insert Operations Window Help page ele Pe LOX pe a poz Al olole 2 a o T TTTTTITTTTTITTTTTTTTT H 1200 1000 800 o 600 400 200 FIT TTT TTT TTTTTTTTI o om D Click on item to select or click amp drag selection box ff 17 489 Figure 7 11 Histogram Plot To display a histogram plot 1 Select an object or group of objects in the iTool window 2 Select Operations Histogram Additional O
13. Below left Place text below or to the left of the axis line Above right Place text above or to the right of the axis line Default Below left Tick format code String A string defining the format of the tick annotation information The format code should be enclosed in parentheses and should conform to one of the formats described in Format Codes Chapter 18 Application Programming This field always displays the current format code but is only available for editing if Use Tick Format Code is selected as the value of the Tick format property Table D 55 Property Settings for Individual Axes Continued iTool User s Guide Axes 492 Appendix D Visualization Properties Property Control Type Values Tick format String List Choose a format code or time interval to use for each tick interval Choose from these None Use Tick format code Filled Fixed Width Integer Freeform Integer or Float Float with 2 or 4 decimal places Exponential with 2 or 4 decimal places Date 13 formats Time 11 formats Default None Title String Title to apply to this axis Enter title text for the axes No default value Text color Color Color to be used for the text Click to choose from the default color palette or specify RGB values Default 0 0 0 black Text font String List Font used for tick and label text Select a font from the list Choose from thes
14. Bold italic Default Normal Text font size Number Font size in points for the legend text Edit the number to change the size Default 12 iTool User s Guide Table D 72 Contour Legend Properties Legend Contour Items 528 Appendix D Visualization Properties Legend Contour Level Items The following are properties of individual Contour level legend items For a description of how a particular control is used refer to Appendix B Property Controls Property Control Type Values Text String Text that labels the contour in the legend Text color Color Color to be used for the legend text Click to choose from the default color palette or specify RGB values Default 0 0 0 black Use text from String List Choose a source for the legend text Choose from these values Level value Level label User defined Default Level value Text format code String Text that defines the text format Edit string to change format You can edit this value only if Text Format is set to Use Text Format Code Default none Text format String List Choose a format code or time interval to use for each legend item Choose from these values None Use Text Format Code Filled Fixed Width Integer Freeform Integer or Float Float with 2 or 4 decimal places Exponential with 2 or 4 decimal places Date 13 formats Time 11 formats Default None Table D 73
15. Rectangle Annotation Properties These properties control rectangle annotation visualizations For each property the type of control and the values that can be assigned are listed For a description of how a particular control is used refer to Appendix B Property Controls Property Control Type Values Color Color Color to be used for the rectangle outline Click to choose from the default color palette or specify RGB values Default 0 0 0 black Linestyle Line Style Style of the rectangle outline Select a line style from the list Default solid line Thickness Line Thickness Thickness of the rectangle outline in points Select a thickness from the list Default 1 Fill background Boolean Fill rectangle background Choose True or False Default True Fill color Color Color to be used for the background For background color to display Fill Background property must be set to True Click to choose from the default color palette or specify RGB values Default 255 255 255 white Transparency Number Transparency of the rectangle background fill from 0 to 100 Move the slider to change the value Default 0 Table D 67 Rectangle Annotation Properties Rectangle Annotation Properties iTool User s Guide Appendix D Visualization Properties 521 Oval Annotation Properties These properties control oval annotation visualizations
16. Table D 45 Contour Properties Continued iTool User s Guide Appendix D Visualization Properties 455 Property Control Type Values Downhill tick Number Distance between downhill tick marks Edit number interval to change value Default 0 2 Downhill tick Number Length of downhill tick marks Edit number to length change value Default 0 2 Table D 45 Contour Properties Continued Contour Levels Window All levels Figure D 16 Contour Levels Window The Contour Levels window contains properties that control the contour levels Property Control Type Values Value Number Value of the contour level Edit the number to change the value Default comes from contour data Color Color Color for the contour level Click to choose from the default color palette or specify RGB values Default 0 0 0 black iTool User s Guide Table D 46 Contour Levels Properties Contour 456 Appendix D Visualization Properties Property Control Type Values Line style Line Style Style for the contour level Select a style from the list Default solid line Line thickness Line Thickness Thickness for the contour level Select a thickness from the list Default 1 Label String List Choose the kind of label to use for each contour level Choose from these values None Value e Text e Symbol Label interval
17. The following types of annotations can be added to iVector displays Vector Annotation Description Type Text Single lines or multiple lines of text can be added to a visualization to provide a label or description Line Straight line annotations can be added to a visualization to link labels to objects or to identify an object Rectangle Rectangular annotations can be added to a visualization to identify rectangular areas Oval Oval annotations can be added to a visualization to identify elliptical areas Polygon Polygon annotations can be added to a visualization to identify areas bounded by a multi sided polygon Freehand Freehand annotations can be added to a visualization to identify an area Table 16 3 Types of Vector Annotations For more information on creating and using annotations see Chapter 5 Adding Annotations iTool User s Guide Manipulating the Vector Visualization 364 Chapter 16 Working with Vectors View Zoom View Zoom allows you to zoom in or out on a specific area of the vector display area To zoom in or out in View Zoom mode click Zoom on the toolbar For more information on working with View Zoom see Zooming on page 70 Canvas Zoom Canvas Zoom allows you to increase or decrease the magnification of the entire display canvas which may contain multiple views depending on the layout by a specified percentage Canvas Zoom is available by selecting the pull dow
18. Transparency Number Transparency of the text annotation from 0 to 100 Move the slider to change the value Default 0 Text Annotation Properties Table D 64 Text Annotation Properties iTool User s Guide Appendix D Visualization Properties 515 Property Control Type Values Text font String List Font used for text annotation Select a font from the list Choose from these values Helvetica Courier Times e Symbol Hershey 3 Simplex In addition to the above standard fonts you will also have available all of the other Hershey fonts as well as any TrueType fonts available to IDL Default Helvetica Text style String List Style used for text annotation Select a style from the list Choose from these values Normal Bold Italic Bold italic Default Normal Text font size Number Font size in points for the text annotation Edit the number to change the size Default 12 Table D 64 Text Annotation Properties Continued iTool User s Guide Text Annotation Properties 516 Appendix D Visualization Properties Line Annotation Properties These properties control line annotation visualizations For each property the type of control and the values that can be assigned are listed For a description of how a particular control is used refer to Appendix B Property Controls Property Control Type Values Color Color Color t
19. terree rrt meten ret better 114 Exin Hie A Ko o iinioih diee p Ron DIEGO ma 114 Do rins MM P 115 Monse rico Em 115 Romie Left and Rotate RISI une er cte tc Pb io 117 Rotate by SPCC OG ANSE cedi eere rr te rea terere t ei beet ta 118 Ernesto ROME 119 Doo ug E 119 Dor bor M MP 120 e MN P UO 121 Iz AME EE 122 SUDO MNOS 5o dentem dettes deste d ned RI ev ntt tle died 122 Dole PUE A nde ri roten rh Fe Rm EUR mb Gd rm 123 oV IDEE FIET cnc niter ee err eet ri etm tl e Es 124 Vasha Mask FINOP E 125 h loop EE 127 POPU Opera RR 128 Ploi us PAHOA ai iiie Ro rete ero Medien e ree Een Peta ge t l 128 Displaying StU SIOS Em 129 Resetting Datuspace Ranges 4 seien reete biberunt sted retenir cs 131 Rendering Transtucent DDGots iud nett dd iae dee b de ediderat s 132 Operations od Recone Ot Entefbst L1 uicit tege pue bec rodean 133 Operations Modifying ROI Data eee rne remet nente done 133 Operations Modifying ROI Vertices 1 dne eerte peret crier en 133 naui M 134 lysis ir eA 134 Chapter 8 Working with Macros iiiseseicceirnuitiidi ds tie ex d paidigan cis x FRE x mr EE ainaani 139 MET so a DETE tai M onaies 140 What Are Macros oocrncinosoinirenni neden EN iid 141 Recording Moors Em 143 Capturing Intermediate Manipulations
20. Boolean Use default color instead of Label color Choose True or False Default False Label color Color Color for the grid label Click to choose from the default color palette or specify RGB values Default 0 0 0 black Table D 58 Property Settings for Map Grid Continued Map Grid iTool User s Guide Appendix D Visualization Properties 503 Name Description Label fill background String List Choose the kind of fill background for the label Choose from these values None View color Fill color Label fill color Color Color for the label background s fill Click to choose from the default color palette or specify RGB values Default 255 255 255 white Z value Number Z value of plane on to which to project the map visualization Edit the number to change the value Note If the Z value is zero then the map visualization is considered to be 2D If the Z value is nonzero then the map visualization is considered to be 3D and the dataspace associated with this map will be automatically switched to 3D Default 0 Text font String List Font used for label text Select a font from the list Choose from these values Helvetica Courier Times e Symbol Hershey 3 Simplex In addition to the above standard fonts you will also have available all of the other Hershey fonts as well as any TrueType fonts available to IDL Default Helvetica
21. Hotine Oblique Mercator longitude in degrees of the first point HOM longitude 2 deg Hotine Oblique Mercator longitude in degrees of the second point IS longitudinal zones IS row justify flag Intergerized Sinusoidal number of longitudinal zones Integerized Sinusoidal flag that indicates what to do with rows with an odd number of columns The following values are allowed 0 Indicates the extra column is on the right of the projection y axis Indicates the extra column is on the left of the projection y axis 2 Calculates an even number of columns Mercator scale Scale factor at the central meridian for the Transverse Mercator projection or the center of the projection for the Hotine Oblique Mercator projection NAD 27 Zone name FIPS NAD27 State Plane Coordinate System Zone FIPSZone NAD83 Zone name FIPS NADS3 State Plane Coordinate System Zone FIPSZone OEA horizontal shape m Oblated equal area horizontal m shape parameter OEA vertical shape n Oblated equal area vertical n shape parameter OEA rotation angle deg Oblated equal area rotation angle in degrees SOM end of path flag Space Oblique Mercator Landsat end of path flag where 0 is the start and 1 is the end SOM inclination deg Space Oblique Mercator orbit inclination angle in degrees of the ascending node counter clockwise from the equator Table 15 2
22. Import File gives you the ability to select data from a file to import into the Data Manager For more information on importing a file into your Data Manager see Importing Data from a File on page 34 Insert Button this button will insert the specified visualization into the current iTool Insert is only active if data is associated with all required parameters Dismiss this button will dismiss the dialog Select the visualization type from the visualization type drop down menu Next assign data in the dialog to the parameters of the visualization being inserted Now click Insert to finish inserting the visualization Inserting Visualizations 56 Chapter 3 Visualizations Modifying Existing Visualizations Once you have created your visualization you can modify it as you wish Use the Parameter Editor to modify parameter data The Parameter Editor The Parameter Editor is very similar to the Insert Visualization dialog It shows the data tree view and parameter property sheet and parameter data types window If you have already created a visualization you can change the data associated with one or more visualization parameters using the Parameter Editor To display the Parameter Editor select your visualization then select Edit Parameters Data Tree View Property Sheets E Parameter Editor Data Manager THEORY f ARRAY Name THEORY f CRATER Description
23. Meters only Specify the map projection to associate with the image and if desired with the dataspace as well Once you have set these registering properties and map projection if applicable IDL registers the image data and the iMap tool displays the image and the Image panel along with the Map panel Note If the image being registered was originally from either a TIFF file containing GeoTIFF tags or a JPEG2000 file containing a GeoTIFF UUID box an additional button Show GeoTIFF tags is available on the latter dialogs of the Map Register Image wizard Steps 2 and 3 for meters Step 2 for degrees Pressing this button brings up a separate text window containing the GeoTIFF tags which can be useful in determining the map registration properties For a list of GeoTIFF tags see the GEOTIFF keyword in READ TIFF IDL Reference Guide For more information on JPEG2000 with GeoTIFF see http www remotesensing org jpeg2000 The rest of this section describes the two registration pathways with meters or with degrees in more detail Registering an Image iTool User s Guide Chapter 15 Working with Maps 337 Registering an Image in Meters If you select Meters as the coordinate units in Step 1 and click on Next you see the wizard s Step 2 dialog for meters shown in Figure 15 4 IDL Map Register Image Step 2 of 3 Please choose the grid start and spacing for your image X for LI maximum meters 540 X o
24. Right Above Left Below Default 2 Right Above Logarithmic axis Default false Text show Boolean Set text to show or not show Choose True or False Default True show Text position String List Set text position Choose between these values Below left Above right Default Below left Tick format code Shows the code for the tick format selected Default empty Tick format String List Choose a format code or time interval to use for each tick interval Choose from these values None Use Tick Format Code Filled Fixed Width Integer Freeform Integer or Float Float with 2 or 4 decimal places Exponential with 2 or 4 decimal places Date 13 formats Time 11 formats Default None Table D 52 Colorbar Container Properties Continued iTool User s Guide Colorbar 480 Appendix D Visualization Properties Property Control Type Values Title Title Enter title for colorbar Default RGB Table 0 Text color Color Color to be used for the legend text Click to choose from the default color palette or specify RGB values Default 0 0 0 black Text font String List Font used for legend text Select a font from the list Choose from these values Helvetica Courier Times e Symbol Hershey 3 Simplex In addition to the above standard fonts you will also have available all of the other Hershey fonts as well as any TrueType fonts available
25. Run Macro e From the Macro Editor select the macro to run and then select Run Run Macro e At the IDL command line use the MACRO NAMES keyword with an iTool command Macro items are processed sequentially each item either applying an operation or applying property values Macros can contain operations that change the selection so that subsequent operations or property settings apply to different visualization objects in one or more iTools For more information see Making Selection and Tool Changes on page 179 While the macro is running you have access to the Macro Controls dialog which lets you pause step and stop the macro You can also hide or show intermediate steps in the macro set the step delay and hide or show the macro items For more information see Using the Macro Controls Dialog on page 149 After running a macro you can use the Undo Redo operation which treats the actions performed by a macro as a single event This means that if you run a macro and then select Undo all of the operations and properties changed by the macro revert to their pre macro values Running Macros iTool User s Guide Chapter 8 Working with Macros 147 Running from the Operations Menu You can run a macro by selecting Operations gt Macros Run Macros from any open iTool This selection opens the Run Macro dialog as shown in Figure 8 3 8l Run Macro xi Select Macro Image Transform Plot Line Sample Macro
26. Table C 35 Image Plane Properties iTool User s Guide Appendix C Operations Properties 423 Property Control Type Options Depth offset Number Set depth offset value Default 1 Skip zero opacity Boolean Choose True to skip zero opacity or False to use zero opacity Default True Texture interpolation Boolean Set texture interpolation type Nearest neighbor Bilinear Default 2 Nearest neighbor Table C 35 Image Plane Properties Continued Launch ilmage Launch ilmage has no configurable properties other than Name and Description iTool User s Guide Image Plane Properties 424 Appendix C Operations Properties Image Plane Properties iTool User s Guide This appendix describes the following visualization properties of the IDL Intelligent Tools interface found in the Visualization Browser of each iTool Introduction to Visualization Properties 426 The Visualization Browser 4277 Window Properties 4 428 View Properties 52a ccce dod Hake don kania 430 Visualization Layer Properties 431 iTool User s Guide Data Space Properties osc ccs 2 cesses 433 Visualization Type Properties 437 2D Annotation Layer Properties 513 Legend Properts oo ccce a ea head a 524 425 426 Appendix D Visualization Properties Introduction to Visualization Properties The IDL iTools comprise seven distinct tools ilmage iPlot iS
27. To select an object with the visualization browser 1 Select Window Visualization Browser 2 Select the name of the object in the list The element is highlighted in the iTool window e To expand a list item click the icon E e To collapse an expanded list item click the icon The Visualization Browser iTool User s Guide Chapter 6 Property Sheets and Browsers 91 3 To display the property sheet for the object click the expansion button to the right of the list or double click the property iTool User s Guide Figure 6 3 Visualization Browser with Property Sheet Displayed S IDL iSurface Visualization Browser B window 3 0 View 1 Visualization Layer fg Data Space AG Surface ZG Axes E Axis 0 E Axis 1 E Axis 2 Lights Annotation Layer Minor ticks i Major tick length 1 Minor tick length 1 Tick interval 1 Tick layout i Tick direction Logarithmic axis Axis 0 Axis True False 0 wooo 1 al 4 0 05 0 5 0 Axis plus labels Right Above False True Below left None Hoo Helvetica Normal 12 To change a property setting click in the settings column If a drop down button appears in the settings column click the button to choose a new setting from the list of options activate a slider to ch
28. amp Image Plane Plot Profile Colorbar True 0 wooo 1 False 1 False False 128 128 128 0 No symbol 0 2 True Figure 9 10 The iTools Style Editor with Multiple Properties Selected to Copy 5 Editing Styles You can now select the style name of the style in which you wish to add the copied properties and find and highlight the corresponding visualization object within that style Select Edit Paste or right click to select Paste Your selected properties are added to your selected style iTool User s Guide Chapter 9 Working with Styles Setting the Default Style 205 The default iTools style for your system can be set via the Preferences Browser The Preferences Browser contains default property values used by all iTools You can assign a personal style or any of the System Styles as the default iTools style preference The default setting is none To set a default style 1 Select File Preferences 2 Select General Settings 3 Select the desired style from the Default Style field drop down list S Preferences x E Settings General Settings File Readers H E File Writers General Settings General Setting 3 General iT ool Setting i Unlimited buffer True Memory limit Mb 1 Zoom on window resize 1 Change directory on open Default working directory Fal
29. select with the streamline visualization selected Edit Properties S IDL i ector Visualization Browser B window Streamline 3 0 View_1 Streamline g Visualization Layer E s Streamline E Data Space True H E Vector E H Streamline Hi Axes Annotation Layer Not applicable 1 iLine thickness 1 None mooo ransparency D iZ vae 1 p Direction convention Polar counterclockwise from X axis m par 25 25 103 Streamline step size 0 2 Figure 16 5 Editing Streamline Properties in the Visualization Browser These properties and their values are described in Vector in Appendix D Visualization Properties Adding Magnitude Contours When a vector or streamline visualization is selected choose Operations Vector Contour Magnitude to insert a contour visualization using the magnitudes of the vector data To modify the contour properties select with the contour visualization selected Edit Properties Adding Direction Contours When a vector or streamline visualization is selected choose Operations Vector Contour Direction to insert a contour visualization using the directions of the vector data To modify the contour properties select with the contour visualization selected Edit Properties iVector Tool Operations iTool User s Guide Chapter 16 Working with Vectors 367 Vectors and Mapping If you insert a map project
30. A N alelele aja Image ROls alel ele Pixel Location Pixel Value Pi el Scale Koe Yie Edit Palette Channel Div T Link All Max 7 071 a Min 0 Click on item to select or click amp drag selection box 16 333 Figure 11 3 Surface Visualization with Image Added iTool User s Guide Imaging a Surface 244 Chapter 11 Working with Surfaces Contouring a Surface Contour lines can be drawn directly on a surface to provide information about the levels of the surface such as elevation Two types of contours can be applied multiple level contour operations that apply to the surface in general and single level contour objects applied at a specific location on the surface To add contour lines to a surface 1 Select the surface in the iTools window For example select the isurfdemo dat surface data previously visualized 2 Select Operations Contour 3 The Contour dialog appears shown below allowing you to adjust contour setting including N LEVELS Set the number of contouring levels e Value Set the contour value to use e Projection Choose the contour type Planar or 3D Contour Description Show dialog True Sas INE Projection Planar Figure 11 4 The Contour Dialog 4 After making any contour property changes select OK to contour your surface 5 Contour lines are applied to the surface at the interval specified in the contour dialog
31. Appendix D Visualization Properties 499 IDL Graphics Objects i IDL iPlot Visualization Browser B window IDL Graphics Object 3 0 View 1 Name IIDL Graphics Object Visualization Layer Description IDL Graphics Object Ei Data Space Show True 15 45 IDL Graphics Object Eure eurn H E Axes Annotation Layer Figure D 27 Visualization Browser with IDL Graphics Object Properties Displayed You can import an IDL graphics object into an iTool and display it directly by selecting the IDL Graphics Object visualization type The properties available will depend on the type of graphics object See the properties listing for the specific graphics object in the IDL Reference Guide for details Noe The behavior of IDL graphics objects imported into an iTool may not be the same as that of the corresponding iTool visualization While importing an existing graphics object into an iTool will often work you will generally obtain better results using an iTool visualization type Tip In order to display properties for a generic IDL graphics object in the iTool property sheet interface the graphics object must have been created with the REGISTER PROPERTIES keyword set If no properties are registered only the three standard iTool properties Name Description and Show will be presen
32. B window 3 0 View 1 cep H Q Gy Visualization Layer Data Space 89 Volume amp Image Plane E Axes Lights Annotation Layer Appendix D Visualization Properties d Skip zero opacity i Texture interpolation Image Plane Image Plane Image Plane True Use opacity table 50 x 40 1 1 255 255 255 1 255 255 255 1 True Nearest neighbor Figure D 21 Visualization Browser with Image Plane Properties Displayed These properties control image plane object visualizations For each property the type of control and the values that can be assigned are listed For a description of how a particular control is used refer to Appendix B Property Controls Property Control Type Values Opacity Control String List Set opacity Choose from the following Use Opacity Table Opaque Opacity Value Default 2 Use Opacity Table Opacity Value Number Factor from 0 100 determining the level of opacity Move slider to change the size Default 2 50 Table D 51 Image Plane Container Properties Image Plane iTool User s Guide Appendix D Visualization Properties 475 Property Control Type Values Orientation Set orientation Default X Location Number The location of the image plane along the associated dimension either X Y or Z depending on orientation The valid range is from 0 to th
33. Contour Level Legend Properties Legend Contour Level Items iTool User s Guide Appendix D Visualization Properties 529 Property Control Type Values Text font String List Font used for legend text Select a font from the list Choose from these values Helvetica Courier Times e Symbol Hershey 3 Simplex In addition to the above standard fonts you will also have available all of the other Hershey fonts as well as any TrueType fonts available to IDL Default Helvetica Text style String List Style used for legend text Select a style from the list Choose from these values Normal Bold Italic Bold italic Default Normal Text font size Number Font size in points for the legend text Edit the number to change the size Default 12 Table D 73 Contour Level Legend Properties Continued iTool User s Guide Legend Contour Level Items 530 Appendix D Visualization Properties Legend Plot Items The following are properties of Plot legend items For a description of how a particular control is used refer to Appendix B Property Controls Property Control Type Values Text String Text that labels the plot object in the legend Text color Color Color to be used for the legend text Click to choose from the default color palette or specify RGB values Default 0 0 0 black Text font String List Font used for legend text Select a font fro
34. Edit the text to change the description Table C 16 Statistics Operation Properties The Operations Browser iTool User s Guide Appendix C Operations Properties 395 Macros Properties Macros provide a shortcut mechanism that lets you quickly and automatically repeat a sequence of interactive operations The Macros tools appears in the Operation Browser for all iTools See Chapter 8 Working with Macros for details on how to use macros This browser has no properties that can be configured other than Name and Description iTool User s Guide Macros Properties 396 Appendix C Operations Properties Statistics Properties The Statistics tool displays statistical information relating to the currently selected object or group of objects The Statistics tool appears in the Operation Browser for all iTools See Displaying Statistics on page 129 for details on how to use the Statistics tool This browser has no properties that can be configured other than Name and Description Statistics Properties iTool User s Guide Appendix C Operations Properties 397 Histogram Properties The Histogram tool displays a histogram plot of the data selected in the iTool window The Histogram tool appears in the Operation Browser for all iTools See Plotting a Histogram on page 128 for details on how to use the Histogram tool Histogram has no configurable properties other than Name and Description iTool User s Guide H
35. Extrapolate the value of a missing pixel from the value of nearby pixels Default True iTool User s Guide Table C 23 Rotate Data Properties Transform Properties 408 Appendix C Operations Properties Property Control Type Options Missing value Number A value to be substituted for pixels in the rotated image that fall outside the bounds of the unrotated image This property is only used if the Extrapolate missing property is set to false Default 0 Pivot Boolean If set to true the image will be rotated around the point defined by the X center offset and Y center offset If set to false the image will be rotated around its center Default False Table C 23 Rotate Data Properties Continued Scale Data Properties The Scale Data operation scales the selected objects by a specified scale factor Scale Data properties appear on the Operations Browser for all iTools See Scaling on page 65 for details on using the Scale Data operation The following properties control the Scale Data tool For each property the type of control and the values that can be assigned are listed For a description of how a particular control is used refer to Appendix B Property Controls Property Control Type Options Show dialog Boolean Display the Scale Data Editor dialog when Scale Data is selected from the Operations Scale Data menu Choose True to display the dialog or False to apply the Scal
36. Helvetica Text style String List Style used for legend text Select a style from the list Choose from these values Normal Bold Italic Bold italic Default Normal Text font size Number Font size in points for the legend text Edit the number to change the size Default 12 iTool User s Guide Table D 75 Surface Legend Properties Legend Surface Items 532 Appendix D Visualization Properties Legend Surface Items iTool User s Guide Numerics 2D annotation layer 513 3D plots properties 445 A adding plot axis object 84 annotating iTool User s Guide iTools contours 277 freehand type 83 images 228 line type 80 oval type 82 plots 299 polygon type 82 rectangle type 81 text 79 toolbar for 386 types of 79 vectors 363 volumes 320 annotation layer 513 autosubsampling vectors 361 axes adding to 533 534 contours 273 images 218 iTools 84 surfaces 242 volumes 313 format of tick annotations iTools 488 properties 485 B byte scaling properties 409 C canvas zooming 70 colorbars adding to contours 271 images 217 plots 291 surfaces 239 volumes 312 properties 478 colors changing in contours 268 in iImage 215 containers definition 179 contour direction properties 419 contour magnitude properties 419 contours adding an axis 273 adding statistics 279 annotations iTools 277 colorbar 271 272 colors in 26
37. No label gaps Number Distance between labels on the contour level Edit number to change value Default 2 0 4 Boolean Interrupt the contour level for the label Choose True or False Default False Use label color Boolean Display a color for the contour level s label Choose True or False Default False Label color Color Color for the contour level label Click to choose from the default color palette or specify RGB values Default 0 0 0 black Symbol label Symbol Symbol to appear at regular intervals on the contour level Choose a symbol from the list Default No symbol Symbol size Number Factor from 0 1 determining the size of the selected symbol Move slider to change the size Default 0 2 Text label String Text that labels the contour object in the legend Edit string to change value Default 2 none Tick format code String Text that defines the tick format Edit string to change format You can edit this value only if Tick Format is set to Use Tick Format Code Default none Table D 46 Contour Levels Properties Continued Contour iTool User s Guide Appendix D Visualization Properties 457 Property Control Type Values Tick format String List Choose a format code or time interval to use for each tick interval Choose from these values None Use Tick Format Code Filled Fixed Width Integer Freeform Integer or Float Float wit
38. Printing iTool User s Guide Chapter 7 Common Operations 135 The Print Preview dialog and its functions are shown here X Margin 0 00 Y Margin 0 00 Width rss Height 2 Inches z Reset Help Orientation Portrait 7 T Center IV Border Setup Print Close Figure 7 13 The Print Preview Dialog iTool User s Guide Printing 136 Chapter 7 Common Operations Component Function X Margin Sets the left margin to your desired value Values can be manually entered Y Margin Sets the bottom margin to your desired value Values can be manually entered Width Height Select your desired printout width Values can be manually entered Only positive values are accepted The aspect ratio of the content is kept constant so a change in width will also change the height Select your desired printout height Values can be manually entered Only positive values are accepted The aspect ratio of the content is kept constant so a change in height will also change the width Units Set width and height units in inches or centimeters Default is inches Reset Resets all settings to the original value when the Print Preview dialog was first opened The margins units center and border settings will be reset to defaults and the size is reset based on the size of the tool window Help This invokes the IDL help for print and print preview procedures Orientation Select Portrai
39. Table C 19 Smooth Filter Properties Roberts Filter Properties Roberts filter appears on the Operations Browser for the iImage tool only Roberts filter has no configurable properties other than Name and Description For more information on the Roberts filter see ROBERTS IDL Reference Guide iTool User s Guide Filter Properties 402 Appendix C Operations Properties Sobel Filter Properties Sobel filter appears on the Operations Browser for the iImage tool only Sobel filter has no configurable properties other than Name and Description For more information on the Sobel filter see SOBEL IDL Reference Guide Unsharp Mask Properties An unsharp mask filter can be applied to any two dimensional array or a TrueColor image The unsharp mask enhances the contrast between neighboring pixels in an image and is widely used for astronomical images and for digital photographs For more information on unsharp masking a plot see Unsharp Mask Filter on page 125 Property Control Type Options Show dialog Boolean Display the Unsharp Mask Editor dialog when the Unsharp Mask filter is selected from the Operations Filter menu Choose True to display the dialog or False to apply the Unsharp Mask filter without displaying the dialog Default True Amount of filter Number Click and slide to select percentage amount of filter to be applied Default 100 Radius in pixels Number Clic
40. The iContour tool provides the following operations Viewing a Histogram A density histogram is a density plot showing the distribution of data values The X axis represents data values and the Y axis represents density or frequency Another type of histogram is a style plot histogram To view a density histogram of contour data use the iTool s histogram feature by selecting Operations Histogram For information on histogram creation see Plotting a Histogram on page 128 Viewing Statistics To view statistics for contour data use the iTool s statistics feature by selecting Operations Statistics For information on viewing statistics see Displaying Statistics on page 129 iTool User s Guide iContour Tool Operations 280 Chapter 12 Working with Contours iContour Tool Operations iTool User s Guide This chapter describes plotting tasks and the iPlot tool Introduction cssc wae ne os 282 Displaying Two Dimensional Plots 283 Displaying Three Dimensional Plots 284 Displaying Polar Plots 285 Duerplotung coca be Cae eem redes 286 Plot Properties 22 2 eR 288 Adding Error Bars ooeessses 292 iTool User s Guide Adding Legends cocer 289 Adding a Colorbar 291 Adding Error Bars 292 C rye PROBES ne duse 294 Filten g a Plot i dca cae bien eb 297 Manipulating the Plot Display 299 iPlot Tool Operations
41. The iTools display a shapefile s data by creating one of three special visualization types ShapePolygon ShapePolyline and ShapePoint The type of visualization created depends on the type of data in the shapefile Note For more information on the shape visualizations see Visualization Type Properties on page 437 You can create a shape visualization in one of the following ways e Using File Open and selecting the shapefile e Using File Import to launch the Data Import Wizard and selecting the shapefile e Using Insert Visualization and either selecting the appropriate shape visualization type if you have already imported the shape data into an iTool or selecting the shapefile whose data you want to import for a shape visualization Note When creating a shape visualization using File Import or Insert Visualization if the shapefile contains more than one item polygon polyline or point you can choose to create a single visualization containing all of the included items or to create an individual visualization for each item in the file iTool User s Guide Creating a Shape Visualization 344 Chapter 15 Working with Maps Inserting a Map Grid The Insert Map Grid operation creates a longitude latitude grid Figure 15 7 within the current dataspace using the current projection If no projection is active then IDL uses geographic coordinates S IDL iMap Untitled Ol x File Edit
42. The main enhancements the new iTools provide are more mouse interactivity WYSIWYG What You See Is W hat You Get printing built in analysis undo redo capabilities layout control and better looking plots These robust pre built tools reduce the amount of programming IDL users must do to create interactive visualizations At the same time the iTools integrate in a seamless manner with the IDL Command Line user interface controls and custom algorithms In this way the iTools maintain and enhance the control and flexibility IDL users rely on for data exploration algorithm design and rapid application development Foundation for the Future As you will discover the iTools are compelling new tools to add to your arsenal They complement the strong foundation that IDL has maintained over the course of its evolution This foundation has made possible countless valuable user written applications across many disciplines and industries However the iTools also represent the start of a new updated display paradigm for IDL While the iTools system in IDL is a powerful and flexible environment that will allow you to immediately accelerate your data interpretation and reporting it is only the beginning We will continue to build on this new technology in future releases You can look forward to more functionality flexibility and optimization as the iTools system continues to grow We look forward to members of the IDL community building on the
43. multiple visualization items into an existing legend only legend items for those visualizations not already represented will be added to the legend For more information see Legends on page 77 iTool User s Guide Adding a Legend 242 Chapter 11 Working with Surfaces Adding Axes By default surfaces are displayed with X Y and Z axes The display of these axes is controlled by property sheets for the axes container and for individual axes see Axes on page 485 Additional X Y or Z axes can be added to a surface visualization to make it easier to identify surface characteristics To add an axis to your surface visualization 1 Select the surface 2 Select Insert Axis 3 Choose from the following options X axis Y axis Z axis Use the mouse to position the new axis and double click the axis to display the axis property sheet For more information on adding axes see Additional Axes on page 84 Adding Axes iTool User s Guide Chapter 11 Working with Surfaces 243 Imaging a Surface You can insert an image of your surface data by using Operations Image An image visualization of your original surface data is then displayed with your original surface visualization For example at the IDL command line 1 EnteriSurface DIST 10 2 Now select Operations Image Sy IDL isurface Untitled File Edit Insert Operations Window Help Corea S ol ele w n et a fr
44. or surface just to name a few Visualizations can be created in any iTool window either automatically or manually Visualizations can also be modified and exported These topics are all discussed in this chapter When data is imported into the IDL iTools system it resides in the Data Manager The Data Manager provides a convenient interface within which you can organize and manage data For more information on importing and exporting data in an iTool and the use of the Data Manager see Chapter 2 Importing and Exporting Data This chapter deals with the process of visualizing data that is already imported into an iTool Visualizations can be created automatically at the IDL Command Line or can be inserted manually within an existing tool window Once created visualizations contain parameters which can be modified in various ways Visualizations can also be exported from an iTool These topics are all discussed in detail in this chapter About Visualizations iTool User s Guide Chapter 3 Visualizations 53 Visualization Creation Methods Visualizations can be created either automatically or manually The following sections discuss automatic and manual creation methods Creating Visualizations Automatically Visualizations can be created automatically in the following ways e By specifying some data when creating an iTool at the IDL Command Line For example myPlotData RANDOMU seed 30 iPlot myPlotData These statements wi
45. or to copy items from one style to another The following example shows how to create a new style using the iTool s Style Editor 1 First open any iTool window and import some data 2 From the iTool window select Edit Style Style Editor The iTools Style Editor window appears iTool User s Guide Creating Styles 194 Chapter 9 Working with Styles 3 You will see My Styles System Styles and Current Style listed Select Current Style and right click and select Duplicate A Copy of Current Style appears under My Styles and is named Copy of Current Style Note From the iTool window you can also select File New Style 4 Select the Copy of Current Style and rename it to your desired name in the right hand side of the Editor Noe To avoid confusion styles should be given unique names You may not name a style the same name as an IDL system style 5 You are now able to make any changes within the new style by expanding the new style s object tree and making changes to the properties of individual visualization objects 6 When finished select File Save Sl iTools Style Editor NER iri xl File Edit Apply Help Sy My Styles 1 See ME See NSE HE MyNewStylel ins My Style c Ag NewTestStylel amp lg IDL Standard H Current Style Figure 9 4 The iTool s Style Editor Note For more information on how to populate the new style with properties see Editing Styles on page 202
46. stetchiof Fate Miew Layer Figure D 9 Visualization Browser with Visualization Layer Properties Displayed These properties control the visualization of the data space For each property the type of control and the values that can be assigned are listed For a description of how a particular control is used refer to Appendix B Property Controls Property Control Type Values Background Color Visualization layer background color Transparent must Color be set to False Click to choose from the default color palette or specify RGB values Default 2 255 255 255 white Transparent Boolean Make visualization layer transparent Choose True or False Default True Table D 39 Visualization Layer Properties iTool User s Guide Visualization Layer Properties 432 Appendix D Visualization Properties Property Control Type Values Projection String List Projection method for displaying the visualization layer Select a method from the list Choose from these values Orthogonal Orthographic projection objects are projected onto the visualization layer along lines perpendicular to the view plane Perspective Objects are projected onto the visualization layer along perspective lines that converge in the distance Default Orthogonal Stretch to Fit Boolean Stretch visualization layer to fit window Choose True or False Default False Depth cue bright Number
47. visualizations not already represented will be added to the legend iTool User s Guide Legends 78 Chapter 5 Adding Annotations Each legend entry consists of a sample and a label For example in Figure 5 1 the sample for the first entry is an unbroken line of thickness 1 and the label is Noisy Sine Plot The sample for the second is a broken blue line of thickness 2 and the label is Clean Sine Plot Noisy Sine Plot Clean Sine Plot 250 Rm 200 jj 150 100 50 Figure 5 1 Legend for Two Plot Lines Tip ai To alter your legend s properties such as in the example shown previously display the property sheet To do this double click the border of the legend box Legends iTool User s Guide Chapter 5 Adding Annotations 79 Annotations The following types of annotations can be added to iTool visualizations Annotation ae Description Type Text Single lines or multiple lines of text can be added to a visualization to provide a label or description Line Straight line annotations can be added to a visualization to link labels to objects or to identify an object Rectangle Rectangular annotations can be added to a visualization to identify rectangular areas Oval Oval annotations can be added to a visualization to identify circular areas Polygon Polygon annotations can be added to a visualization to identify areas bounded by a multi sided polygon Freehand Freehand ann
48. 0 53 0 007088 0 9648 M LE u 0 44 0 4 a E e a E m0 36 Spherical data L 0 24 mL 4 80 27 S m0 18 0 0 1 at A W0 094 T T T T T T 0 0 0 2 0 4 0 6 0 8 1 0 IV Show points Help Back Next gt gt Cancel Figure 12 3 The IDL Gridding Wizard Step 1 of 3 The Gridding Wizard allows you to specify the method of gridding while showing you the possible results for that method The IDL Gridding Wizard Step 1 of 3 dialog contains the following items Displaying Contours Number of points entered X Coordinates X coordinate range Y Coordinates Y coordinate range Data values Data values are shown here Spherical data checkbox Check to make data spherical Coordinate diagram Shows coordinates of grid data iTool User s Guide Chapter 12 Working with Contours 261 iTool User s Guide Show points checkbox Select to show all points default is checked Help Obtain help on this dialog Back Return to previous step Next Proceed to Step 2 of 3 Cancel Dismiss the Gridding Wizard In the Gridding Wizard Step 1 click Next to accept the interpolation of data values and locations The IDL Gridding Wizard Step 2 of 3 dialog will appear IDL Gridding Wizard Step 2 of 3 Choose your grid dimensions start and spacing X coordinates Dimension 25 1 0 DUW e 18 ARGAE I mo 88 Start 0 007468 odes Iiii m 0 79 no rudes D 5 ee End 0 9350 CeO sericea Mer
49. 301 281 282 Chapter 13 Working with Plots Introduction Introduction The IDL iPlot tool displays your data in plot form The iPlot tool then allows you great flexibility in manipulating and visualizing plot data iPlot can be used for any type of two or three dimensional plot including scatter plots line plots polar plots and histogram plots To use iPlot from the IDL Command Line type iPlot An empty iPlot tool appears You can then import plot data using any of several data import methods For more information importing plot data see Chapter 2 Importing and Exporting Data Noe For more information on accepted arguments see IPLOT IDL Reference Guide The iPlot tool can be launched in many different ways e At the IDL Command Line without arguments or keywords e Atthe IDL Command Line with arguments or keywords e Through the File New Visualization iPlot menu option in the IDL Workbench e Through the File New iPlot menu option in an iTool iTool User s Guide Chapter 13 Working with Plots 283 Displaying Two Dimensional Plots The iPlot tool s primary design is to display plot data though the tool is capable of much more once the data is plotted The iPlot tool can display multiple types of plots and allows you to manipulate and edit the displays The first task is to display plot data Here is a simple example of how to display a plot At the IDL command line e
50. 36 0 32 Zoom Ei anl Color Space Red Green Blue X Edit Mode Freehand E Ramp Posterize Invert Smooth Reverse Duplicate RI GUB DA liv v Dipa iv v Modify OK Cancel Note To edit the opacity only in the editor uncheck the R G and B boxes in both the Modify and Display rows Edit the remaining line by clicking on and dragging the line in the window Click OK when finished Transparency Number Percent transparency Move slider to change value Default 0 Table D 62 Property Settings for Streamlines Continued iTool User s Guide Streamlines 512 Appendix D Visualization Properties Name Description Z value Number Z value of plane on to which to project the vector visualization Edit the number to change the value Note If the Z value is zero then the vector visualization is considered to be 2D If the Z value is nonzero then the vector visualization is considered to be 3D and the dataspace associated with this vector will be automatically switched to 3D Default 0 Direction convention String List Choose direction convention Select Polar Meteorological or Wind azimuths Default Polar counterclockwise from X axis X stream particles Number Number of X stream particles Choose value Default 25 Y stream particles Number Number of X stream particles Choose value Default 25 Streamline steps
51. AlN olole 4 Click on item to select or click amp drag selection box 9 60 Figure 11 1 Surface Data Visualized in iSurface Displaying Surfaces iTool User s Guide Chapter 11 Working with Surfaces 237 Surface Properties Surfaces have attributes or properties that can be modified to change their characteristics These properties are organized into property sheets for each operation and visualization type For example the skin of a surface visualization has a gold color by default To change this color modify the surface color property in the surface visualization property sheet To display the property sheet for a surface do one of the following e Double click the surface in the iTool window e Select the surface and select Edit Properties e Display the Visualization Browser and double click the entry for the surface For more information see Chapter 6 Property Sheets and Browsers The Visualization Browser The Visualization Browser provides a nested list of all visualizations displayed in the iSurface window From the Visualization Browser you can select visualizations and display property sheets for those visualizations To display the Visualization Browser 1 Select Window Visualization Browser 2 Do either of the following e Click an item to select it in the Visualization Browser e Double click an item in the iTool window to display its property sheet For more information see Chapter 6 P
52. Byte Scale Transform Properties Note When working with byte data the default bytescale range is always 0 255 Therefore even if data is bytescaled from 0 100 it will display using 0 255 This may cause visualized data to appear darker iTool User s Guide Transform Properties 410 Appendix C Operations Properties Map Projection Properties The map projection functionality displays image and contour data that are georeferenced and mapped to particular projections See Chapter 15 Working with Maps for details on how to use mapping functionality For a comprehensive list of map projection properties see Applying a Map Projection on page 328 Map Projection has no configurable properties other than Show dialog Property Control Type Options Show dialog Boolean Display the Map Projection dialog when Operations Map Projection is chosen Choose True to display the dialog or False to apply the Map Projection dialog without displaying the dialog Default True Table C 26 Map Projection Properties Map Projection Properties iTool User s Guide Appendix C Operations Properties 411 Map Register Image Properties The map projection functionality displays image and contour data that are georeferenced and mapped to particular projections See Chapter 15 Working with Maps for details on how to use mapping functionality Map Register Image has the following configurable properties Pr
53. Chapter 10 Working with Images 231 ilmage Tool Operations The ilmage tool provides the following operations Viewing a Histogram A histogram is a density plot showing a distribution of data values To view a histogram of image data use the iTool s histogram feature by selecting Operations Histogram For information on histogram creation see Plotting a Histogram on page 128 Viewing Image Statistics To view statistics for image data or for ROIs use the iTool s statistics feature by selecting Operations Statistics For information on viewing statistics see Displaying Statistics on page 129 Cropping Images The ilmage cropping operation allows you to crop one or more selected images at a specified location and specified dimensions To activate the cropping operation select Operations Crop The Crop manipulator is automatically activated Crop BEES jesciiplion Crop t Show dialog Tr x 0 n Width oO 0 Hom Unit Figure 10 11 The Crop Operation Dialog Note The appearance of this dialog can be disabled for future uses of the crop operation by setting the Show dialog property to False iTool User s Guide ilmage Tool Operations 232 Chapter 10 Working with Images The X Y and Width Height properties in the dialog represent the location and dimensions of the crop box to be applied If these values have never been set they are by default initialized to ma
54. Chapter 14 Working with Volumes 307 The data loaded earlier can be displayed by clicking the Render button S IDL i olume Untitled Elb Edit Insert Operations Window Help oeae x Be w 5 amp o A N e el ele ajs Volume Name Volume Data Channels 1 Auto Render Quality Boundary Render Step Click on item to select or click amp drag selection box i 42 503 Figure 14 1 Rendered MRI Head Volume Data Rendering Quality The volume can be rendered in two quality modes Low Done with a stack of 2D texture mapped semi transparent polygons The polygons are oriented so that the flat sides face the viewer as directly as possible On most systems Low quality mode renders faster than High quality mode but not as accurately High Done with the IDLgrVolume ray casting volume renderer This quality mode is CPU intensive and will usually take much longer than the Low quality mode iTool User s Guide Displaying Volumes 308 Chapter 14 Working with Volumes Extents Since the volume is not always rendered iVolume draws volume extents to help you locate and select the volume You can select the volume by selecting on the extents without rendering the volume By default i Volume draws a translucent solid cube with internal extents You can also select a wire frame or no extents within the visualization browser Note Use caution when turning off extents If extents are turned off
55. Contouring a Surface iTool User s Guide Chapter 11 Working with Surfaces 245 SI IDL iSurface Untitled EN iol x File Edit Insert Operations Window Help Das Ee ae x opel ho AlNlolole e 2l Al Click on item to select or click amp drag selection box 553 84 Figure 11 5 Surface with Contours Added 6 To adjust the properties of the contour double click the contour in the iTool window or in the Visualization Browser to display the Contour property sheet For information on the contour properties see Contour on page 453 To insert a contour object at a specific location on a surface 1 Select a surface in the iSurface window 2 Click the Surface Contour button I9 in the Manipulator toolbar 3 Click the level on the surface at which you would like the contour to appear Contour lines are displayed on the surface at that level 4 To adjust the properties of the contour object double click the contour object in the iTool window or in the Visualization Browser to display the Contour property sheet For information on the contour properties see Contour on page 453 iTool User s Guide Contouring a Surface 246 Chapter 11 Working with Surfaces Resampling a Surface Once surface data has been imported into the iSurface window that data can be re imported using different import parameters by resampling the data See Resample on page 119 for details To resample a surface
56. Dialog with Curve Fitting Model Choices Curve Fitting iTool User s Guide Chapter 13 Working with Plots 295 iTool User s Guide The Curve Fitting dialog contains the following fields Curve fitting model used to select the type of model used to try to fit a curve to the data Initial parameters and results used to specify the initial values of the parameters of the model used to fit a curve to the data and to display the resulting values of these parameters for the model selected in the Curve fitting model drop down list The initial values are specified in the text boxes on the left side and the results are shown in the labels on the right side Equation of the model shows the equation of the model used to try to fit a curve to the data This model is selected from the Curve fitting model Display of resulting fit graphically shows how well the model specified by the Curve fitting model drop down menu and the Initial parameters text boxes fits the data Chi square value shows the resulting chi square value which is a measure of goodness of fit You can use this dialog to determine what type of model would best fit your data by changing the Curve fitting model drop down menu setting and the Initial parameters text boxes values Select the desired curve fit from the Curve fitting model drop down list You can also set initial parameters if desired Curve Fitting 296 Chapter 13 Working with Plots Si
57. FLOAT 200 010 OBSERVED False O10 WORLDELV Headey i 010 THEORY Parameter SSH IDL Pot Plot TOOLS PLOT TO Pr operty Sheet AJ 7 Plot Parameters fata types accepted by Y ye THEORY B Parameter Data Y ERROR W Types Window X ERROR VERTEX COLORS indicates a required parameter Help Import Variable Import File Dismiss Figure 3 2 Parameter Editor Note The Parameter Editor contains all of the fields shown in the Insert Visualization dialog with the exception that you cannot change the visualization type of the selected visualization See Inserting Visualizations on page 54 for details Modifying Existing Visualizations iTool User s Guide Chapter 3 Visualizations 57 To associate data with a visualization s parameters using the Parameter Editor 1 Select Edit Parameters 2 Doone of the following e Select an item already in the Data Tree View e Click Import File to import a file into the Data Tree View and select the file e Click Import Variable to import a variable into the Data Tree View and select the variable 3 Assign items to the appropriate input parameter and data item then double clicking or by selected the down arrow just below the Data Tree View 4 Click Apply to apply your new changes or Dismiss to close the Parameter Editor Note The Apply button will not be available unless all required parameters have been assigned within a visualization Removing Data Associations
58. False i Direction convention Polar counterclockwise from X axis Arrowhead size proportional to magnitude Figure D 17 Visualization Browser with Vector Properties Displayed These properties control vector visualizations For each property the type of control and the values that can be assigned are listed For a description of how a particular control is used refer to Appendix B Property Controls Property Control Type Values Grid units String List Set grid units type Choose from Not applicable Meters Degrees Default 2 Not applicable Table D 47 Vector Properties Vector iTool User s Guide Appendix D Visualization Properties 459 Property Control Type Values Vector style String List Set vector style type Choose between these values Arrows e Wind barbs Default Arrows Length scale Number Length Enter value Default 2 1 Head size Arrow style Number Head size Enter value Default 1 String List Set arrow style type Choose between these values Lines Filled Default Filled Proportional heads Boolean Make arrow heads proportional Choose True or False Default False Arrowhead angle Number Arrowhead angle value Enter value Default 30 Arrowhead indentation Number Arrowhead indentation value Enter value Default 0 4 Arrow thickness Number Arrow thick
59. Filtering a Plot 298 Chapter 13 Working with Plots Plot Convolution You can also use the iPlot convolution feature by selecting Operations Filter gt Convolution By selecting this the Convolution Editor appears From this dialog you can select the desired convolution type from a drop down list or you can manually manipulate the columns rows scale factor and details For more information on convolution properties see Convolution Properties on page 398 Plot Median The median filter replaces each point with the median a value in an ordered set of values with an equal number of values above and below it of the one or two dimensional neighborhood of a given width To apply the smooth filter to an image 1 Select the plot 2 Select Operations Filter Median For more details on the median filter see Median Filter on page 123 Filtering a Plot iTool User s Guide Chapter 13 Working with Plots 299 Manipulating the Plot Display The iPlot tool allows you many options to manipulate your existing plot displays Once you have visualized your plot data you may rotate flip translate scale and zoom as well as modify plot properties scroll and select plot ROIs The following options are available for manipulating plots Translating Translation moves an object or group of objects in a specific direction When an object is selected a bounding box appears around the object For information on transl
60. For ShapeFile data see Importing Shapefile Data on page 36 e For data of an unrecognized format see Working with Unknown Data on page 37 Using File Open iTool User s Guide Chapter 2 Importing and Exporting Data 33 Using the Data Manager Dialog Selecting Window Data Manager opens the Data Manager dialog You can then click the Import Variable or Import File button Importing a File If you are importing data from a file the File Import dialog appears It contains the following items e File name The full path of the file want to open You can populate this field using a standard dialog by clicking the File Open button e File Open button um displays the standard file selection dialog Import options Displays a properties window shows properties of the file reader that will import the data if any exist Modify these properties as necessary to import your data correctly Note _ SSS For more information about file format types that are available in iTools see File Readers on page 99 e Data import name The name that will be used for the imported data in the Data Manager Importing a Variable If you are importing data from an IDL variable the IDL Variable Browser appears It contains the following items e List of IDL Variables All variables available in the current IDL session are listed in a tree view e Variable Information Information about the selected va
61. IDL Reference Guide Noe You can also access the palette editor by selecting the image visualization clicking once on the visualization and then double clicking on it to bring up the Visualization Browser and selecting Image Palette Edit Color Table Edit Window Level Control The Window Level Control on the iImage tool allows you to adjust and manipulate the image brightness and contrast for each channel of the currently selected image The Channel droplist allows you to select the channel to be adjusted The Link All checkbox may be selected to cause all channels to be adjusted simultaneously A small plot window shows the histogram for the currently selected channel For indexed color images Channel 0 represents the image data values For RGBA images Channel 0 represents the red values Channel 1 represents the green values Channel 2 the blue values and Channel 3 the alpha values if present Within the plot area is a red bar representing minimum values and a green bar representing maximum values You can click on each bar to manipulate these values The dotted black bar represents the level you can click and drag this bar to move both the minimum and maximum values simultaneously iTool User s Guide Using the Image Panel 216 Chapter 10 Working with Images Image Properties The ilmage tool is a self contained image display and manipulation tool You can import export modify and manipulate image data For m
62. IDL Shapefile iTool User s Guide Chapter 15 Working with Maps 347 then IDL uses geographic coordinates The ShapePolygons exist in a Countries high res visualization container A IDL iMap Untitled Gf x File Edit Insert Operations Window Help Ho Location pg m amp oee w ol 9 fos A s alels e Data Value Longitude limits Min 180 il Latitude limits Min 30 Mav 30 ee Edit Projection Data Space 385 200 Figure 15 10 The Countries High Res Shapefile iTool User s Guide Inserting an IDL Shapefile 348 Chapter 15 Working with Maps Inserting the Rivers The Insert Map Rivers operation loads the rivers shp file and displays the rivers as separate ShapePolylines Figure 15 11 in the current dataspace using the current projection If no projection is active then IDL uses geographic coordinates The ShapePolylines exist in a Rivers visualization container S IDL iMap Untitled File Edit Insert Operations Window Help Distal i 1 Ie Pel aj F3 AlN fool ele se tee S f Ple tee Tw pe A 180 Ap nt Latitu oe v Min mm SET Edit Projection Continents 1 428 293 Figure 15 11 The Rivers Shapefile Continents Added for Context Inserting an IDL Shapefile iTool User s Guide Chapter 15 Working with Maps 349 Inserting the Lakes The Insert Map gt Lakes operation loads the lakes shp file and di
63. Image Plot Profile Description i Show dialog i Kemel i Automatic scaling i Scale factor Edge values One dimensional L Od x Convolution Perform the convolution operation on the s True lt Default gt True True Wrap False Figure 6 4 Operations Browser with Convolution Filter Properties Displayed The Operations Browser displays a nested list of operations available in the current iTool in the left pane and a property sheet for the currently selected operation in the right pane e To expand a list item click the icon e To collapse an expanded list item click the icon To change the properties of an operation from the Operations Browser 1 Select Operations Operations Browser 2 Select the name of the operation in the list A list of properties and the property settings appears in the right hand pane of the Operations Browser window iTool User s Guide The Operations Browser 94 Chapter 6 Property Sheets and Browsers 3 Locate the property you want to change in the list and click in the settings column e Ifa drop down button appears in the settings column click the button to choose a new setting from the list of options activate a slider to change the setting value display a selection dialog or list or display an Edit button providing access to a user defined property control e If
64. Line thickness Line Thickness Thickness of lines used for constructing the surface Select a thickness from the list Default 2 1 Remove hidden Boolean Hide lines that show through the surface mesh or lines grid Choose True or False Default False Show skirt Boolean Display the edges of the surface as a filled skirt Choose True or False Default False Skirt bottom Number Set bottom of displayed skirt to this height Edit the height number to change the value Default 0 Texture String List Method used for interpolating selected texture interpolation map Select a method from the list Choose from these values Nearest Neighbor Assign the value of the nearest pixel to the pixel in the output image Fastest method but may cause jagged edges Bilinear Create a weighted average based on the nearness and brightness of the closest four pixels and assign that value to the pixel in the output image Default 2 Nearest Neighbor Texture hires String List Method used for tiling the selected high resolution texture map Select a tiling method from the list Choose from these values No tiling Do not use tiling LOD tiling Use level of detail tiling Tiling Use tiling Default No tiling iTool User s Guide Table D 44 Surface Properties Continued Surface 452 Surface Appendix D Visualization Properties Property Control Type Values Skip zero opacity Bool
65. Menus Operations Macros subfolder the macro name property will be blank and should be set to the name of the desired macro to run If you try to run a macro containing a nested Run Macro operation you will get an error dialog if the macro name is invalid or the macro cannot be found Understanding Items in the Macro Editor iTool User s Guide Chapter 8 Working with Macros 169 Visualization Items The Visualizations folder shown in Figure 8 18 contains the visualizations that you can use in the iTools Visualizations hee Plot ke Plot3D 2 Surface mage Contour GP Volume GB Isosurface 8 amp 9 Interval Volume Image Plane Plot Profile EU Colorbar ett Histogram Light ep Data Space Figure 8 18 The Macro Editor s Visualizations Folder Visualizations require data for their creation and so you cannot copy default items from this folder directly into a macro When you add a visualization to a macro from the Visualizations folder using the item Add button the Visualization operation appears as a macro item with the Show dialog property set to True because you must define the visualization parameters interactively to define the data If you want to add a visualization without having to show the Insert Visualization dialog add an Insert Visualization operation from the History folder because that visualization already contains data You can select visualization ite
66. Note For more information on accepted arguments and keywords see ICONTOUR UDL Reference Guide The iContour tool can be launched in the following ways e At the IDL Command Line without arguments or keywords e At the IDL Command Line with arguments and keywords e Through the File New Visualization iContour menu option in the IDL Workbench e Through the File New iContour menu option in an existing iTool iTool User s Guide Chapter 12 Working with Contours 257 Displaying Contours The iContour tool s primary purpose is to display contours though the tool is capable of much more once the data is displayed The iContour tool can display regular grid data or irregular grid data Gridding is the creation of uniformly spaced planar data from data points These points may initially be irregular Displaying Regular grid Data Regular grid data points are presented by two dimensional arrays The following example shows one way of importing and displaying this type of data into the iContour tool The 248 by 248 two dimensional array contained within the convec dat binary file in the examples data directory is imported into IDL with the READ_BINARY function The iContour tool then displays this data as contours At the IDL Command Line enter file FILEPATH convec dat SUBDIRECTORY examples data data READ BINARY file DATA DIMS 248 248 iContour data iTool User s Guide Displaying Co
67. ODEFIUODR e herd Ree tmi Rm i Pee em er p eae te itv edenda 365 Adding and Modibang Streamlines L2 edet bete ee tit ee Ere cies 365 Adding Magnitude C nts es reden ee te eite dee e tee e ea ede 366 Adding Direction Contours 12 nite Ie ute tede sedeo uei e Fen tesi ree edes 366 bo nera neruos m 367 Appendix A iTools Interface Reference eese 369 Introduction to Tools Interface Elements dee eret terere rane etn 370 Memi dcl qM 370 jor Em 370 PVR gc n 371 FUG RBI M 373 Ic od Iq 376 slit M 377 Window TSIM M Q 380 BUM A D E 1 382 Ig xb Mm HH 383 nb Lc n ER 384 lS Erngsorisrtor aile oor RE 385 PANE WMA EET 386 Contest ry MEE 387 iTool User s Guide Contents Appendix B Property DOBIFODS ioenisaiax cc cancnsaatitencacsasnacaseastsasadsntacuatendastaduaadsetacaday 389 Appendix C Operations Properties UE A 393 The Operations BIDWEBIE seess naires erene aR DEP Fen RA RARE EE EEE EA E 394 Macros Properties MEN ia 395 SOSO PIOPIO RR 396 Hisiagtam Properes nuacscieeniunieidte esed E PE NE E EaR EEE 397 Filter Properties T 398 Comvolubon Properes oosina aise tense AEE EEEE 398 Modia PIODOEIAS o e re Ete ERE e eco o P as 40
68. Once a visualization has been created you can always remove associations within the parameter editor Select the parameter in the parameter property sheet and click the X button between the data tree view and the parameter property sheet Note E If you remove a required parameter you will not be able to apply your changes until you select a new data item for that parameter Replacing Data Associations To replace the data associated with a given parameter select the parameter in the parameter property sheet then select a new data item in the data tree Double click or click the down arrow button to replace the data associated with the selected parameter iTool User s Guide Modifying Existing Visualizations 58 Chapter 3 Visualizations Exporting Visualizations Any iTool visualization can be saved In order to save your visualization select File Save As and then name the file The file will automatically be assigned the extension isv Exporting to a File You can export data from an iTool to a data file or back to the current IDL session For more information on exporting to a file see Exporting Data in Chapter 2 Exporting Visualizations iTool User s Guide This chapter describes the following common tasks that can be performed with all of the IDL Intelligent Tools TOtrOOU HON oa a da eae de Pe RE des 60 JOE ou doeet Re don UE eek 65 Selection of Objects 61 ZOOMING eec hae rads CORR HE
69. Properties 429 Property Control Type Values Window Height Number Height of the current iTool window in pixels Edit the number to change the value Default 2 512 Drag Quality String Drag quality to define the level of detail shown when a visualization is translated scaled zoomed or otherwise moved by mouse Choose High Medium or Low Default High Table D 36 iTool Window Properties Continued All property sheets displayed in the Visualization Browser with the exception of the Window property sheet displayed above include the Name Description and Show properties described in the following table Property Control Type Values Name String Name assigned to this view Edit the text to change the name Description String Description of this view Edit the text to change the description Show Boolean Show this view Choose True or False Default True Table D 37 Name and Description Properties iTool User s Guide Window Properties 430 Appendix D Visualization Properties View Properties Each iTool window contains at least one view If multiple views have been created from the Window Layout dialog each view will be listed separately S IDL iPlot Visualization Browser BB Window View 1 Visualization Layer Annotation Layer Backoround color 255 255 255 Figure D 8 Visualization Browser with View Properties Displayed These
70. Properties for Selected Map Projections Continued Applying a Map Projection iTool User s Guide Chapter 15 Working with Maps 331 Name Description SOM Landsat number Space Oblique Mercator Landsat number Worldwide Reference System SOM Landsat path Space Oblique Mercator Landsat path number SOM longitude deg Space Oblique Mercator longitude in degrees of the ascending node SOM period minutes Space Oblique Mercator satellite period in minutes SOM ratio Space Oblique Mercator Landsat ratio that compensates for confusion at the northern end of orbit Standard parallel 1 deg First standard parallel degrees latitude of true scale Standard parallel 2 deg Second standard parallel degrees latitude of true scale Zone 1 60 Universal Transverse Mercator UTM grid zone number must be negative for zones in the southern hemisphere Table 15 2 Properties for Selected Map Projections Continued Note The map projection properties are normally taken from the currently selected dataspace However in the Operations Browser the map projection properties are registered on the operation itself Changing these properties in the Operations Browser will have no affect on the currently selected dataspace If the Show Dialog property is set to False and then the Map Projection operation is activated the projection properties will be copied directly from the Map Projection operatio
71. String List Font used for legend text Select a font from the list Choose from these values Helvetica Courier Times e Symbol Hershey 3 Simplex In addition to the above standard fonts you will also have available all of the other Hershey fonts as well as any TrueType fonts available to IDL Default Helvetica iTool User s Guide Table D 71 Legend Properties Legend Properties 526 Appendix D Visualization Properties Property Control Type Values Text style String List Style used for legend text Select a style from the list Choose from these values Normal Bold Italic Bold italic Default Normal Text font size Number Font size in points for the legend text Edit the number to change the size Default 10 Color Color Color to use for the legend border Legend object must be deselected for border attributes to be visible Click to choose from the default color palette or specify RGB values Default 0 0 0 black Linestyle Line Style Style of the legend border Select a line style from the list Default solid line Thickness Line Thickness Thickness of the legend border in points Select a thickness from the list Default 1 Fill background Boolean Fill legend background Choose True or False Default True Fill color Color Color to be used for the background For background color to display Fill Ba
72. The distance of the near Z plane used for depth cueing Objects closer than this distance will be painted in their normal color Objects further than this distance will fade into the background Depth cue dim Number The distance of the far Z plane used for depth cueing Objects further than this distance will be painted in the background color Setting Depth cue bright and Depth cue dim to the same value will disable depth cueing Table D 39 Visualization Layer Properties Continued Visualization Layer Properties iTool User s Guide Appendix D Visualization Properties 433 Data Space Properties The data space contains the data type s displayed within the visualization plus the axes associated with the data It is a transparent walled bounding box by default When the data space walls are not transparent some display artifacts may be visible in certain situations See Rendering Objects at Data Space Depth on page 436 for more information S IDL iImage Visualization Browser B window Data Space O view 1 Visualization Layer GP Data Space Image Parameters E Axes Data Space Data Space True Automatic Annotation Layer No projection click to edit 0 600 0 600 True True False False e009 No line 1 True 255 255 200 100 Data Space Figure D 10 Visualization Brow
73. Using the Data Import Wizard File Import e By opening a data file directly File Open e Using the Import Variable or Import File buttons on the Data Manager dialog Window Data Manager e By specifying data parameters at the IDL command line For example specifying the following at the IDL command line iPlot myDataVariable places the variable myDataVariable in the Data Manager These methods are described in the following sections e Using the Data Import Wizard on page 28 e Using File Open on page 32 e Using the Data Manager Dialog on page 33 e Importing Data from the IDL Session on page 41 Note ___ SSS Once data has been imported into the iTool and is visible in the Data Manager there are a numerous ways to visualize the data To learn more about visualizing data see Chapter 3 Visualizations iTool User s Guide Data Import Methods 28 Chapter 2 Importing and Exporting Data Using the Data Import Wizard The iTool Data Import Wizard steps you through the process of importing data into the Data Manager Launch the Data Import Wizard by selecting File Import The Data Import Wizard has three screens 1 Select the data source You can import data either from a data file or from the IDL session From a File allows you to select a data file to import From an IDL Variable allows you to select an IDL variable to import For more information on i
74. Working with Contours Adding a Legend You can add a legend to your contour which shows the levels of the contour in their increments To add a legend select Insert New Legend from the iContour tool window ffl IDL iContour Untitled ERU zin xi File Edit Insert Operations Window Help Da ee cx Bale Molel al meza AlNlolol sie 200 150 a 100 s0 lt gt Contour 0 fiirtiiis 50 0 jj jt 0 50 100 150 200 100 o o 150 200 250 300 v 4 gt Legend 468 119 Figure 12 14 A Contour With Legend Added Showing Levels Once you have placed a legend on your contour you can edit the legend settings such as the title and level increments as well as the color options on the legend Double clicking on the legend itself will show you the Visualization Browser For more information on the options available see Legend Properties on page 524 Adding a Legend iTool User s Guide Chapter 12 Working with Contours 273 Adding Axes You can also add axes to your contour as visual aids for reading contour data Although axes are added to two and three dimensional contour data there are advantages to adding additional axes For example in the figure which follows additional axes have been added in order to create a box style contour showing the tick marks and increments on all sides of the image You can add X Y and Z axes depen
75. a Selection Change operation either when you start recording a macro or during recording A Selection Change operation is inserted during recording if the selection is changed interactively In this case the type of the selection change operation is set to Position in Container The values of the Container and Item Identifier properties are set The value of the Selection Mode property is set to the applicable value of New Selection Add to selection Remove from selection As with other operations you can modify and delete the Selection Change operation by using the Macro Editor You can also add the operation from the Macro Tools folder in the source tree Making Selection and Tool Changes iTool User s Guide Chapter 8 Working with Macros 181 Selection Change Operation Properties Figure 8 22 shows a Selection Change operation s property sheet Selection Change Description Selection Change Selection type Existing Selection Selection mode Container Item identifier Figure 8 22 The Selection Change Operation s Property Sheet The Description property is set by default to Selection Change The Selection type property indicates the selection upon which the macro will act when you run it This property can have the following values Property Value Description Existing Selection Position in Container Applies macro to the current selection Applies macro to the
76. always reports the zoom factor of the currently selected view You can also use this combobox to set a requested zoom factor for the currently selected view by simply using the pull down menu to select a value iTool User s Guide Zooming 72 Chapter 4 Manipulating the Display View Panning The view pan button appears on the iTool s toolbar as a hand shown depressed below and allows panning within an iTool view by clicking and dragging the mouse kofe tl Figure 4 7 View Pan Selected Notice that panning will only be possible if the iTool view is not completely within the window or the iTool view is larger than viewable area of the window View Panning iTool User s Guide Chapter 4 Manipulating the Display 73 Window Layouts You can change the minimum size of the canvas displayed in the iTool window display multiple views in the iTool window or select a preset arrangement of views with the Window Layout dialog Dimensions pixels Preview Width 840 Hein 00 Layout Columns 2 Rows Figure 4 8 Window Layout Tool Note If you are in Freeform mode canvas size can also be changed interactively by dragging the corners or sides of the iTool window To change the minimum size of the canvas displayed in the iTool window 1 Select Window Layout 2 Editthe pixel values in the Width and Height text boxes Default 2 Width 512 Height 384 A preview of the shape of the new canvas size is d
77. and auto render is also off you may need to use the Visualization Browser to select the volume again Displaying Volumes iTool User s Guide Chapter 14 Working with Volumes 309 Using the Volume Panel The volume panel appears to the right of the visualization window of the iVolume tool This panel allows you to render and manipulate rendering properties The components and functions of the volume panel are discussed in the following figure and list Volume Name Volume Data Channels 1 Render Auto Render Quality Boundary Render Step M q a Figure 14 2 The Volume Panel e Name The volume object s name if any e Data Channels The volume s data channels Render This button will render the volume data e Auto Render Select this checkbox to enable auto rendering e Quality Pull down menu to select desired volume rendering quality Select Low textures or High volume iTool User s Guide Using the Volume Panel 310 Chapter 14 Working with Volumes e Boundary Pull down menu to select desired volume data space boundaries Select none wire frame or solid walls e Render Step Enter desired order for rendering here if any Using the Volume Panel iTool User s Guide Chapter 14 Working with Volumes 311 Volume Properties The iVolume window is a self contained volume display and manipulation device You can import and export volume data and modify and
78. as shown in Figure 8 9 Macros are indicated by the gears folder icon Macro items are indicated by their own object icons or by the SetProperty icon Sample Macro dm Selection Change F SetProperty Color Smooth dm Selection Change iX SetProperty Minor ticks B 2 Image Transform dm Selection Change Open Invert Image Rotate Smooth DA Plot Line 5X SetProperty Color o Figure 8 9 The Macro Editor s Macro Tree Clicking on an item in the tree selects the item and displays its property sheet to the right of the tree panel Right clicking within the tree brings up the context menu of available actions see The Menu Bar on page 154 If you right click on a tree item then that item is selected For more information on these items see Macro Items on page 164 The Macro Property Sheet The macro property sheet top right lets you set properties of macro folders and items To see a macro s properties click on its folder in the macro tree The macro s properties appear in the macro property sheet as shown in Figure 8 10 To change any of the properties click on it in the sheet and make the modification you want Using the Macro Editor iTool User s Guide Chapter 8 Working with Macros 157 Sample Macro Name Sample Macro Description Dolor smooth ticks Display intermediate steps False Step delay seconds 0 Figure 8 10 The Macro Editor s Macro Property
79. by a specified scale factor To scale your volume select Operations Transform Scale Data For more information on scaling data see Scaling on page 65 View Zoom View Zoom allows you to zoom in or out on a specific area of the volume display area To zoom in or out in View Zoom mode click Zoom SJ on the toolbar For more information on working with View Zoom see Zooming on page 70 Canvas Zoom Canvas Zoom allows you to increase or decrease the magnification of the entire display canvas which may contain multiple views depending on the layout by a specified percentage Canvas Zoom is available by selecting the pull down percentage list from the top of the tool just under the Help menu For more information on working with Canvas Zoom see Zooming on page 70 Adding Annotations Annotations can be added to label or describe volume visualizations displayed in the iVolume tool Manipulating the Volume Display iTool User s Guide Chapter 14 Working with Volumes 321 The following types of annotations can be added to iVolume displays Plot Annotation Description Type Text Single lines or multiple lines of text can be added to a visualization to provide a label or description Line Straight line annotations can be added to a visualization to link labels to objects or to identify an object Rectangle Rectangular annotations can be added to a visualization to identify rectangular areas Oval O
80. data set bounding box is dragged The mouse pointer changes to an unconstrained scaling pointer amp and the object is scaled in the direction of the drag Unconstrained scaling pointer O 100200300400 Figure 4 5 Unconstrained Scaling of a 2 D Plot iTool User s Guide Chapter 4 Manipulating the Display 69 Unconstrained Scaling of 3 D Objects Unconstrained scaling of 3 D objects occurs when a single side of the data set bounding box is dragged The mouse pointer changes to an unconstrained scaling pointer 2 and the object is scaled along the dimensions of the selected side Unconstrained Bounding box scaling pointer side Figure 4 6 Unconstrained Scaling of a 3 D Surface iTool User s Guide Scaling 70 Chapter 4 Manipulating the Display Zooming Two types of zooming are available in all iTools Canvas Zoom changes the magnification of the entire display canvas everything in the iTool window If the display canvas is larger than the iTool window scroll bars appear e View Zoom changes the magnification applied to the selected view If the size of the view is larger than the visible portion of the view that is if the view zoom is greater than 100 the view pan manipulator becomes active allowing you to move different portions of the view into the visible area Canvas Zoom Canvas Zoom increases or decreases magnification of the entire iTool window a 6 without moving the observer
81. delay macro execution This specific delay allows for a custom delay at a specified location in a macro in contrast to the macro s Step delay property which causes a delay between each step of the macro see The Macro Property Sheet on page 156 Note __ sSsssSssssesessSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSS When you are using the Macro Controls dialog to step manually through a macro the delay is not applied For more information on this dialog operation see Step on page 150 Table 8 10 shows the Delay operation s properties and values Property Value Description Operation description set by default to Delay Delay seconds Value in seconds to delay The default value is 0 0 The minimum value is 0 0 There is no maximum value or step Table 8 10 The Delay Operation s Property Values iTool User s Guide Understanding Items in the Macro Editor 176 Chapter 8 Working with Macros Step Delay Change Operation Item The Step Delay Change operation can be added to a macro to change the step delay during macro execution The Step Delay property of the operation allows setting a value in seconds to delay between macro items This step delay remains in place until the end of macro execution or until another Step Delay Change operation is encountered The Step Delay value from this operation is not saved in the Step Delay property of the macro containing this operation The step delay of the Step De
82. discussed here Creating a Style from the Current Visualization You can create a new style by selecting one or more visualization objects within the view or by selecting the entire view A new style created in this manner will contain all property settings of the selected objects or all objects in the view if nothing was selected Creating a Style From All Items in a View The following example shows how to create a new style from all items in a view 1 From the IDL Command Line plot a simple line graph within iPlot iPlot RANDOMU seed 30 2 From the iPlot window select one or more visualization objects or the entire view within the window Then select Edit Style Create Style from Selection Enter a name for your new style in this example it is named MyNewStyle1 in the Create Style from Selection dialog shown in the following figure Create Style from Selection LX Enter new style name MyNewStylel C Create using selected items Create using all items in view Help Cancel Figure 9 1 Create Style from Selection Dialog MyNewStyle1 Style 4 Now you can select between creating the new style using the selected items or using all items in the view In this instance choose Create using all items in view Creating Styles iTool User s Guide Chapter 9 Working with Styles 191 10 iTool User s Guide Select OK and the iTools Style Editor appears You can now expand the new
83. err 5 ZERROR err NAME 3D Plot with Error Bars S IDL iPlot Untitled rile Edit Insert Operations Window Help Diaz ee ele w Slope a ho al jololele e X 4 b Click on item to select or click amp drag selection box 443 417 Figure 13 9 SD Plot with Error Bars and Name For more information on error bar properties see Plot on page 441 iTool User s Guide Adding Error Bars 294 Chapter 13 Working with Plots Curve Fitting Curve fitting is the process of finding various ways to fit a curve to a series of data points which best represents all points More specifically since data such as plot data is often given as values along a continuum you may wish at times to give estimates at points between values Curve fitting allows you to find intermediate estimates for these values aaa For both 2D and 3D plots the curve fitting operation is performed on the X versus Y plot dimensions For example to fit a curve to the damped sine plot we have already created 1 Select Operations Filter Curve Fitting 2 The Curve Fitting dialog appears Curve fitting model amc rl A Bx Cx Dx Ex Fx Initial parameters and results 08 amp gt fosroesast 06 B o5 foossssts2 0 4 c p 4 amp oonzmz2 02 D fos 3375005 e F fos 4 pme 06 T T T 0 50 100 1D OK Cancel Chi square 10 422153 0 000000 Figure 13 10 The Curve Fit
84. factor which you provide in the Scale Factor dialog Scale Factor 2 0000000 OK Cancel Figure 13 13 Setting the Plot Scale Factor Once you have set the scale factor select OK and the scaling takes place Viewing a Histogram A density histogram is a plot consisting of either horizontal or vertical bars The widths or heights of these bars represent data values Another type of histogram is a style plot histogram which plots different data sets side by side using differently styled points or bars to represent the data To view a density histogram of plot data use the iTool s histogram feature by selecting Operations Histogram For information on histogram creation see Plotting a Histogram on page 128 Viewing Statistics To view statistics for plot data use the iTool s statistics feature by selecting Operations Statistics For information on viewing statistics see Displaying Statistics on page 129 iTool User s Guide iPlot Tool Operations 302 Chapter 13 Working with Plots iPlot Tool Operations iTool User s Guide This chapter describes how to use the iVolume tool IBtrGDUCOOR ocres edere e eren 304 Displaying Volumes 305 Using the Volume Panel 309 Volume Properties ound eee aans 311 Adding a Colorbar 004 312 Adding Axes od ede wa e ees 313 iTool User s Guide Resampling Volumes 314 Showing an Image Plane
85. filename extension and destination click Finish The file is then exported iTool User s Guide Exporting Data to a File 48 Chapter 2 Importing and Exporting Data Exporting Data to the IDL Session You can export data from an iTool into a single variable using the IDL Data Export Wizard For example to export data to an IDL variable 1 Select File Export The IDL Data Export Wizard appears IDL Data Export Wizard Step 1 of 3 This wizard helps you export data from the current tool determining the data source and the resultant destination Select the export destination C ToaFile To an IDL Variable Help Back Next gt gt Cancel Figure 2 15 The IDL Data Export Wizard Exporting a Variable Step 1 of 3 Exporting Data to the IDL Session iTool User s Guide Chapter 2 Importing and Exporting Data 2 Select To an IDL Variable Figure 2 16 The IDL Data Export Wizard Exporting a Variable Step 2 of 3 iTool User s Guide g IDL Data Export Wizard x IDL Data Export Wizard Step 2 of 3 Select the desired Window View or Data item to export EM Window eus EE View 1 e Visualization Layer Ei Data Space ine B be Plot B Plot parameters TIEREN 910 Y fl iE Axes Annotation Layer Help lt lt Back Next gt gt Cancel 49 Exporting Data to the IDL Session 50 Chapter 2 Importing and Exporting Data 3 From the next screen select the data that you wish to export Not
86. flow produced by vectors of the form Y X To create this flow in IDL enter the following code at the Command Line x y FINDGEN 21 u REBIN TRANSPOSI v REBIN x 21 21 E 10 y 21 21 IVECTOR u v x y AUTO COLOR 1 RGB TABLE 39 SCALE ISOTROPIC 1 iTool User s Guide Displaying Vectors 356 Chapter 16 Working with Vectors EI IDL ivector inf x File Edit Insert Operations Wi indow Help pilule lalele I olf sj 9 1 AlNlelelelel Click on item to select or click amp drag selection box 5 562 Figure 16 1 Vector Field Showing Flow Note The setting AUTO COLOR 1 sets the color of each vector according to its magnitude The ISOTROPIC setting ensures that the X and Y coordinates have the same scaling Wind Barbs Vector data represented using wind barbs shows data using arrow shafts with barbs and flags The direction of the arrow indicates the direction of the wind flow Barbs and flags represent wind speed in knots A short barb represents 5 knots while each Displaying Vectors iTool User s Guide Chapter 16 Working with Vectors 357 long barb represents 10 knots Each flag represents 50 knots Collectively the barbs and flags indicate the magnitude on each arrow using the following conventions Speed knots Symbol 0 0 5 Dot 0 5 2 5 Shaft only 2 5 7 5 Short barb pue 7 5 12 5 Long barb X 12 5 1
87. help on this dialog Back Return to previous step Working with Unknown Data iTool User s Guide Chapter 2 Importing and Exporting Data 39 e Next Proceed to Step 2 of 3 e Cancel Dismiss the Gridding Wizard IDL Gridding Wizard Step 2 of 3 Choose your arid dimensions start and spacing X coordinates Dimension 25 1 0 5 rr erts HOME tie 88 Start 0 007468 IPRC 79 ERROR OE End 0 9350 0 81 Her T 70 Y coordinates 0 6 J X 62 Dimension ps E Pss 53 0 006830 44 Start 0 44 End 0 9346 d rcc 36 27 0 2 4 E UE 18 0 04 094 mU T T T T T 0 0 0 2 0 4 0 6 0 8 1 0 v Show points Help lt lt Back Next gt gt Cancel Figure 2 7 The IDL Gridding Wizard Step 2 of 3 The IDL Gridding Wizard Step 2 of 3 dialog contains the following items e X Coordinates modify dimension start or end e Y Coordinates modify dimension start or end Coordinate diagram shows coordinates of grid data Show points checkbox select to show all points default checked e Help obtain help on this dialog e Back return to previous step e Next proceed to Step 3 of 3 e Cancel dismiss the Gridding Wizard iTool User s Guide Working with Unknown Data 40 Chapter 2 Importing and Exporting Data IDL Gridding Wizard Step 3 of 3 Please choose a gridding method Inverse Distance v Preview Auto preview Statistics Options Search 88 Missi
88. in the current dataspace using the current projection If no projection is active then IDL uses geographic coordinates g IDL iMap Untitled File Edit Insert Operations Window Help oaea ee eo foe AlN lolol e Continents sti ans 2 T come O Figure 15 8 The Continents Shapefile iTool User s Guide Inserting an IDL Shapefile 346 Chapter 15 Working with Maps Inserting the Countries Low Resolution The Insert Map Countries low res operation loads the country shp file and displays the countries boundaries as of 2002 as separate ShapePolygons Figure 15 9 in the current dataspace using the current projection If no projection is active then IDL uses geographic coordinates The ShapePolygons exist in a Countries low res visualization container f IDL iMap Untitled File Edit Insert Operations Window Help 3 Map Location Longitude limit Min 180 Max 180 Latitude fimt Min 80 Max 30 Click on item to select or click amp drag selection box 664 235 Figure 15 9 The Countries Low Res Shapefile Inserting the Countries High Resolution The Insert Map Countries high res operation loads the cntry02 shp file and displays the countries boundaries as of 2002 as separate ShapePolygons Figure 15 10 in the current dataspace using the current projection If no projection is active Inserting an
89. in the iContour tool Introduction cnc ce edere e eres 256 Displaying Contours Ls 257 Contour Properties 2 occ ose 264 Labeling Contours cesses 266 Changing the Contour Colors 268 Pilling Contour oce mm es 269 iTool User s Guide Adding a Colorbar 04 271 Adding a Legend 272 Adding Axes 05 06 00 08 cu cena be 273 Filtering Contour io eee 274 Manipulating the Contour Display 276 iContour Tool Operations 279 255 256 Chapter 12 Working with Contours Introduction Introduction The IDL iContour tool allows you interactive access to contour data You may visualize contours and then modify and manipulate those contours in the ways that you need The IDL iContour tool displays your data as contours and allows you great flexibility in manipulating and visualizing these contours The iContour tool can be used for irregular or regular grid data Irregularly grid data arranged as three fields three one dimensional vectors are gridded by a Gridding Wizard if this data is imported into the iTool Regular grid data arranged as a two dimensional array is directly imported To use iContour from the IDL Command Line type iContour An empty iContour tool appears You can then import contour data using any of several data import methods For more information on importing contour data see Chapter 2 Importing and Exporting Data
90. is a simple example of one way to load in some data At the IDL command line enter file FILEPATH head dat SUBDIRECTORY examples data data READ_BINARY file DATA_DIMS 80 100 57 VOLUME data Note The examples data directory of your IDL 7 0 distribution contains a text file named index txt This file lists all data files available in the example directory and also lists their dimensions and values Note __ Ss S SS _ SS IDL converts and stores volume data in a BYTE array Thus all incoming volume data is converted to BYTE type This could alter the volume data values if the incoming data cannot accurately be stored as BYTE data Multi Channel Volumes The data in the previous example is a single channel volume which is volume data specified in a single parameter This is the simplest and most common way to display volume data The iVolume tool also supports two channel and four channel volume rendering Two channel rendering allows you to combine or blend two volume arrays together Four channel rendering is useful when your volume data is composed of a volume array for each of the red green blue and alpha display channels Note that the dimensions of all the volume arrays used in multi channel volume rendering must be the same iTool User s Guide Displaying Volumes 306 Chapter 14 Working with Volumes In the following exampl
91. item in the macro tree IDL adds properties to it instead of creating a new SetProperty item i iTools Macro Editor File Edit Run Help Macros 3 Sample Macro Image Transform 2A Plot Line y ES SetProperty Color 4 xl E143 Visualizations lex Plot lez Plot3D F1 Surface Image Contour 88 Volume 8 Isosurface 8 Interval Volume amp Image Plane A Plot Profile GB Colorbar gut Histogram Light GP Data Space t uc SetProperty Color Beles Fill ransnarencu Boo ET x Plot Plot True 1 False 1 False False Figure 8 14 An Example Using the Property Add Button Figure 8 14 shows a SetProperty macro item created by selecting the Plot visualization in the source tree and three properties Color Line Style and Thickness in the source property sheet The property Add button copied the desired property settings up into a SetProperty macro item containing all three properties The Property Remove Button The property Remove button in the right pair removes any selected properties from SetProperty items It is not enabled for other types of macro items iTool User s Guide Using the Macro Editor 164 Chapter 8 Working with Macros Understanding Items in the Macro Editor In the Macro Editor you work with two main groups of items those that make up a macro items in the macro tree an
92. mesh to retain Default is 100 Isosurface Table D 49 Isosurface Properties Continued iTool User s Guide Appendix D Visualization Properties 471 Interval Volume S IDL i olume Visualization Browser Bl window Interval Volume SO view 1 p Interval Volume G Visualization Layer i ipti Interval Volume a p Data Space i True 9 88 Interval Volume 1 wooo gp Volume H iE Axes Q Lights ey Annotation Layer rill ba ee 255 00 Gouraud 0 cUm Isovalue selected Volume color table No line Select isovalues 58 174 100 Figure D 20 Visualization Browser with Interval Volume Properties Displayed These properties control interval volume object visualizations For each property the type of control and the values that can be assigned are listed For a description of how a particular control is used refer to Appendix B Property Controls Property Control Type Values Color Color Color to be used for the interval volume lines in this visualization Click to choose from the default color palette or specify RGB values Default 0 0 0 black Linestyle Line Style Style of the interval volume lines Select a line style from the list Default No line Table D 50 Interval Volume Container Properties iTool User s Guide Interval Volume 472 Appendix D Visualization Properties Property Control Type Values Thickness L
93. object indicated by the Position in Container property All in Container Applies macro to all objects in the container Table 8 13 The Selection Type Property Values iTool User s Guide Making Selection and Tool Changes 182 Chapter 8 Working with Macros Property Value Description Next in Container Applies macro to the next object in the container based on the currently selected object or objects in the container If multiple objects in the container are selected the object with the highest position index is used as the starting point from which to determine the next in container If the currently selected object is the last in the container this operation wraps to the beginning when selecting the next in container Previous in Container By Identifier Applies macro to the previous object in the container based on the currently selected object or objects in the container If multiple objects in the container are selected the object with the lowest position index is used as the starting point from which to determine the previous in container If the currently selected object is the first in the container this operation wraps to the end when selecting the previous in container Applies macro to the object indicated by the Item Identifier property All Items Applies macro to all items in all containers No Items De select All Applies macro to no items requires a Selectio
94. of minor tick marks for this axis from minor tick marks extend the length of major tick marks on left side of axis to 1 minor tick marks extend same length as major tick marks on right side of axis Move the slider to change the value Default 2 0 5 Minor tick marks extend one half the length of major tick marks on right side of axis Tick interval Number Interval between major tick marks Edit the number to change the value Default 0 use the default interval for the specified range Table D 55 Property Settings for Individual Axes Axes iTool User s Guide Appendix D Visualization Properties 491 Property Control Type Values Tick layout String List Select layout style for major and minor tick visualization Choose from these values Axis plus labels Display tick labels and marks Labels only Display tick labels only no tick marks e Box style Display tick labels and marks with labels enclosed in boxes Default Axis plus labels Tick direction String List Select a direction for tick marks Choose from these values Right Above Place tick marks to the right of or above the axis line Left Below Place text to the left of or below the axis line Default Right Above Text show Boolean Show tick and label text Choose True or False Default True Text position String List Select a position for tick and label text Choose from these values
95. operation do not change the display if Display intermediate steps is set to False Using the Macro Editor iTool User s Guide Chapter 8 Working with Macros 159 To see an individual macro item s properties click on the item in the macro tree The properties appear in the macro property sheet as shown in Figure 8 11 To change any of the properties click on a property in the sheet and make the modification you want Rotate Rotate Rotate Description x Rotation 0 Y Rotation Z Rotation 90 Figure 8 11 The Macro Editor s Macro Property Sheet Macro Item You can modify any properties of a macro item except for user defined properties which are not available for modification The Source Tree The source tree bottom left as shown in Figure 8 12 contains the following items that you can use for macro creation History items grouped by tool see History Items on page 166 e Visualizations see Visualization Items on page 169 e Annotations see Annotation Items on page 170 e Macro tool items see Macro Tools Items on page 171 Tool menu items see Tool Menus Items on page 178 iTool User s Guide Using the Macro Editor 160 Chapter 8 Working with Macros Visualizations Annotations Macro Tools Tool Menus 3 File 3 Edit Insert lt q Operations Operations Browser G Macros Statistics l Histogram Filter Rot
96. operation to the macro This item will make a running macro present the Insert Visualization dialog to let you define parameters and insert a new visualization Note that the Show Dialog property is set to True because you must define the parameters interactively unlike with an Insert Visualization operation that has been recorded or copied from history You can select annotations in the source tree to select their properties but you cannot move the annotations directly up into macros because they require initialization with data The exception is annotations in the History folder for more information see Annotation Items on page 170 The Item Remove Button The item Remove button in the left pair removes the selected item or folder from the macro tree The Property Add Button The property Add button in the right pair moves selected properties up into a new or existing SetProperty operation in a macro Running a macro with a SetProperty operation applies the property setting to the selected visualization letting you set the specified property on any applicable object Note Once a property setting is added to a macro it is no longer tied to a particular visualization type If you add a desensitized property to a macro item the property will be sensitized not grayed out in the macro property sheet Using the Macro Editor iTool User s Guide Chapter 8 Working with Macros 163 If you select an existing SetProperty
97. operator to detect edges within the image To apply the Sobel filter to an image 1 Select the image 2 Select Operations Filter Sobel 3 The Sobel filter is applied Applying an Unsharp Mask The unsharp mask enhances the contrast between neighboring pixels in an image To apply the Unsharp Mask filter 1 Select the data that you want to unsharp mask 2 Select Operations Filter Unsharp Mask For more details on the unsharp mask filter see Unsharp Mask Filter on page 125 iTool User s Guide Filtering an Image 222 Chapter 10 Working with Images Applying a Morphological Operator Mathematical morphology is a method of processing digital images on the basis of shape Six morphing options are available for use in ilmage dilate erode morph open morph close morph gradient and morph tophat For more information on morphing see Morphing on page 127 To morph your image select Operations gt Morph gt lt option gt Applying a Morphological Operator iTool User s Guide Chapter 10 Working with Images 223 Contouring an Image You can also insert a contoured representation of your image data into your visualization To do this 1 From the ilmage window containing a visualized image select Operations Contour The Contour dialog appears shown below allowing you to adjust contour setting including Number of levels Set the number of contouring levels Value Set the contour value to
98. own associated properties such as color line style size and so on There are two ways to select objects in IDL iTools e With the Select arrow e From the Visualization Browser To select an object or group of objects with the Select arrow 1 If necessary click the Select button on the toolbar to enter Select mode 2 Position the arrow mouse pointer over the object and click A selection box appears around the object 3 To select additional objects hold down the SHIFT key while clicking them To select an object or group of objects from the Visualization Browser 1 Select Window Visualization Browser 2 Click the name of the object in the Visualization Browser list A selection box or selection highlight appears on that object in the iTool window 3 To select additional objects hold down the Shift key while selecting the names of additional objects in the Visualization Browser list Select All Select All selects all objects visualizations annotations legends etc displayed in the iTool window To select all objects 1 Select Edit Select All All displayed objects are selected 2 CTRL click to deselect any objects that you do not want to include iTool User s Guide Selection of Objects 62 Chapter 4 Manipulating the Display Undo Redo Undo Redo Any action performed in an iTool window can be undone or redone The Undo and Redo mechanism provides a useful way of retracing and repeating step
99. position the polygon annotation position the mouse pointer inside the selected polygon so that it changes to a translation pointer P Click and drag the annotation to the desired location To resize the polygon annotation position the mouse pointer over the selection handle on one side of the polygon so that it changes to a resize pointer 1 Click and drag the selection handle to obtain the desired shape To scale the polygon annotation position the mouse pointer over the selection handle at one corner of the polygon so that it changes to an unconstrained scaling pointer 24 Click and drag the selection handle to obtain the desired scaling To display and modify polygon annotation properties such as background color and transparency double click the annotation Freehand Annotations To add a freehand annotation l 2 iTool User s Guide Click the Freehand Annotation button in the toolbar Click in an empty part of the canvas and without releasing the mouse button drag to draw a freehand shape Release the mouse button Selection handles appear at the corners and sides of the selected freehand annotation To position the freehand annotation position the mouse pointer inside the selected freehand shape so that it changes to a translation pointer P Click and drag the annotation to the desired location To resize the freehand annotation position the mouse pointer over the selection handle on one side of the freehand
100. properties control the display of the view or views contained in the iTool window For each property the type of control and the values that can be assigned are listed For a description of how a particular control is used refer to Appendix B Property Controls Property Control Type Values Zoom Factor Number Increase or decrease magnification of the view by this factor Edit the number to change the value Default 1 Layout Position Displays the currently selected layout view X margin Number Set horizontal margin size Valid range 0 0 to 0 49 Y margin Number Set vertical margin size Valid range 0 0 to 0 49 Background color Color Sets the background color of the contained Visualization Layer Default 2 255 255 255 white Table D 38 View Properties View Properties iTool User s Guide Appendix D Visualization Properties 431 Visualization Layer Properties The Visualization Layer contains the data space and for three dimensional objects the lights associated with a visualization BEE Visualization Layer Bi IDL iSurface Yisualization Browser B window B View Name Visualization Layer Visualization Layer TEA View Layer Eig Data Space JST True el hs INT i Backaround color 255 255 255 L2 i PEE i Transparent False Bj Lights eranen in Annotation Layer Projection rthogonal
101. refer to Appendix B Property Controls iTool User s Guide Volume 464 Volume Appendix D Visualization Properties Property Control Type Values Display Scale Set the display scale for the selected volume Select Display Scale Bottom Top Edit OK Cancel Table D 48 Volume Properties iTool User s Guide Appendix D Visualization Properties 465 Property Control Type Values Color amp Opacity Table 0 Color By selecting Edit Color Table Edit access the color table to manipulate plot color values l Palette Editor x E m UE m UE 0 0 0 ze Ei ej a l Color Space RedGreenBue gt EditMode Freehand v Ramp Posterize Invert Smooth Reverse Duplicate Load Predefined R G B A iv iv i iv Dipy iv Ww hw Hh Mody OK Cancel Note To edit the opacity only in the editor uncheck the R G and B boxes in both the Modify and Display rows Edit the remaining line by clicking on and dragging the line in the window Click OK when finished Color amp Opacity Table 1 Color By selecting Edit Color Table Edit access the color table to manipulate plot color values iTool User s Guide Table D 48 Volume Properties Continued Volume 466 Appendix D Visualization Properties Property Control Type Values Subvolume String Edit SubVolume Extents Auto render Boolean Automatically render th
102. right of the left pane and top left of the right pane in the middle if both are displayed For example to display the properties of the current window select Window in the left pane of the Visualization Browser as shown in the following figure iTool User s Guide The Visualization Browser 428 Appendix D Visualization Properties Window Properties Bl window i IDL image Visualization Browser BO View 1 Zoom on Resize False E m Visualization Layer i window width 857 ep pes Window height 1857 t mage Drag quality High E Axes i Annotation Layer Inl x Component 1 Figure D 7 The Visualization Browser with Window Properties Displayed These properties control the display of the iTool window For each property the type of control and the values that can be assigned are listed For a description of how a particular control is used refer to Appendix B Property Controls Property Control Type Values Zoom on Resize Boolean Zoom visualization upon resize of window Choose True or False Default False Window Width Window Properties Number Width of the current iTool window in pixels Edit the number to change the value Default 2 640 Note The minimum width of the window correlates to the width of the menubar Table D 36 iTool Window Properties iTool User s Guide Appendix D Visualization
103. rows Number Height of the filter applies only to Tent Boxcar and Gaussian Default 1 for 1D data 3 for 2D data Kernel Center User Defined Display the Convolution Kernel Editor dialog Click Edit to display the dialog Boolean Select True centered or False no centering Default True Auto normalize Boolean Select True for automatic normalizing or False no automatic normalizing Default True Scale factor Number Value to be divided into each result Default is calculated from the kernel Table C 17 Convolution Filter Properties Continued iTool User s Guide Filter Properties 400 Appendix C Operations Properties Property Control Type Options Bias offset Number Value to be added to each result after scale factor Default is calculated from the kernel Edge values Boolean Select for edge value type Zero result Wrap around Repeat last value Zero pad Default Wrap around Use invalid value Boolean Select True to use the invalid value to filter out missing data or False invalid value not used Default False Invalid value Number Missing or invalid value that should be ignored Default 0 Replacement value Number Value used to replace missing results Default 0 Table C 17 Convolution Filter Properties Continued Median Properties Median smoothing replaces each point with the median a value in an
104. select the text annotation tool the letter A on the top of the window on the annotation toolbar 2 Click anywhere in the window you wish to add a title for your plot Type in My Plot 3 Double click on your new text annotation and the Visualization Browser appears Here you can edit the properties of your annotation Change the text font size and color With your text annotation My Plot is selected a box appears around the title when selected select Edit Style Create Style from Selection Enter a name for your new style in the Create Style from Selection dialog shown in the following figure i Create Style from Selection LX Enter new style name NewT extStylel Create using selected items C Create using all items in view Help Cancel Figure 9 3 Create Style from Selection Dialog NewTextStyle1 Style 6 Name your new style NewTextStylel Now you can select between creating the new style using the selected items or using all items in the view In this instance choose Create using selected items 7 Select OK and the iTools Style Editor appears Since we have already set our text options as we want them to appear you can close the Style Editor Creating Styles iTool User s Guide Chapter 9 Working with Styles 193 9 Now open a new iPlot window and add a new title for example My New Plot using the text annotation tool 10 Select Edit Style ApplyStyle and select
105. separate dialog See Displaying Statistics on page 129 for details Histogram Displays a histogram plot of the selected data See Plotting a Histogram on page 128 for details Filter Choose from these options Convolution Median e Smooth See Filtering on page 122 Additional filters vary depending on the iTool selected Rotate Table A 7 The Operations Menu iTool User s Guide Operations Menu 378 Appendix A iTools Interface Reference Menu Selection Function Rotate Left Rotate Right Rotate by Angle Rotate the selected data space left 90 Rotate the selected data space right 90 Specify the number of degrees to rotate the selected data space Note Rotate by Angle is absolute and always rotates relative to the original X Y coordinate system for 2D visualizations For 3D visualizations Rotate by Angle is relative and does not remember the current rotation angle Transform Resample Resample the selected data using parameters specified in Resample property settings Rotate Data Rotate the data within the visualization by a specified number of degrees without affecting the rest of the data space Scale Data Scale the selected object by a specified scale factor See Transformations on page 119 for details Additional transformations vary depending on the iTool selected Table A 7 The Operations Menu Continued Operations Menu iTool U
106. shape so that it changes to a resize pointer 1 Click and drag the selection handle to obtain the desired shape To scale the freehand annotation position the mouse pointer over the selection handle at one corner of the freehand shape so that it changes to an unconstrained scaling pointer 24 Click and drag the selection handle to obtain the desired scaling To display and modify rectangle annotation properties such as background color and transparency double click the annotation Annotations 84 Chapter 5 Adding Annotations Additional Axes By default X Y and for 3 D data spaces Z axes are displayed in the iTool window The display of these axes is controlled by property sheets for the axes container and for individual axes see Axes on page 485 Additional X Y or Z axes can be added to most data spaces to make it easier to identify characteristics To add an additional axis to your data space 1 Select the data space 2 Select Insert gt Axis 3 Choose from the following options e X axis e Y axis e Zaxis Use the mouse to position the new axis and double click the axis to display the axis property sheet Note For a 3 D visualization you can use the Shift Ctrl to translate an axis in the opposite direction This will be shown in the Status message when an axis is selected for translation You can also use the arrow keys to change axes placement direction Additional Axes iTool User s Guide Thi
107. style name and choose Edit Copy or Edit Duplicate Alternately you can right click on the style and choose Duplicate or Copy and then Paste A style named Copy of style name is then added in the My Styles folder of the Style Editor Note Styles may be named and renamed as you wish iTool User s Guide Creating Styles 196 Chapter 9 Working with Styles Applying Styles Styles can be applied to a single item or all items within a view When a new visualization is added to an existing tool the style of any previous visualization will not be automatically applied unless the preferred style is set as the default style as described in Setting the Default Style on page 205 or unless the STYLE_NAME keyword is used STYLE_NAME allows you to specify the name of a user defined or system style to be applied to the created visualizations Changes to style properties are not automatically reflected in your visualization To update a visualization with a modified style you must reapply the style When the Update current tool style checkbox is selected on the Apply Style dialog the Current Style is updated Any properties set in the style you have just applied are also changed in the Current Style Other properties are left unchanged Any new visualizations added from that point on will have the updated style applied Applying a style modifies only applicable items If the style does not contain any properties that are relevant to
108. surface Ruled XZ Data points in the surface are connected with horizontal Z direction lines forming a grid Ruled YZ Data points in the surface are connected with vertical Y direction lines forming a grid Lego Stacked histogram style plot in which each data value is rendered as an outline box covering the XY extent of the cell and with a height proportional to the Z value Lego filled Same as Lego but the boxes are filled Default Filled Fill shading String List Method used for shading the surface polygons Select a shading method from the list Choose from these values Flat Shades polygons with a uniform fill Gouraud Interpolates intensities from each vertex along each edge Then when the polygons are converted interpolates the shading along each scan line from the edge intensities Results in a more natural appearance Default Flat Draw method String List Method used for drawing the surface Select a method from the list Choose from these values Quads Draw a surface composed of quadrangles Triangles Draw a surface composed of triangles Default Quads Table D 44 Surface Properties Continued iTool User s Guide Appendix D Visualization Properties 451 Property Control Type Values Line style Line Style Style of lines used for constructing the surface Select a style from the list Default solid line
109. tee tacite 237 Th Operations Baw ier eec e theese ate receta aget robe niente pea big eee Fev en 237 Adding 8 CODEISE oce cene eee eh e re t eit recie i on dees 239 Adding a Light MP 240 Cua a MH 241 ANUS UI ES 242 Imaging A blur PM 243 Contourne eiui M Nm 244 Beeson lin dS aee eoir aad ai pter die eder Da ed bab fece 246 Pere SSIS M ER 247 Ove ine a SUuITOIGE een ende edet ases Ree id par eae oe P Dd 247 Median unc M L 247 Mimpi dla r o m 247 Adding a Textum MD iita m rt he e e m d en bae EE Ree cni 248 Manipulating Surface Displays 5 2 2 n nne de cea evo recie den 249 BEclng EIS Louer te Ce Hr ire HAVE CEP IURE REPRE ERE PER lanes 249 ese ijr P 251 PoE PUMA ONE MR 252 bio su c m r 252 Canvas ZOOM Mn 253 Exbacune a Line POoble aeui teens trm teer nitet vtsctessstetacastetiesdacessbleedenes 253 isurface Tool Operations TE erties 254 Niewing a Histogram Plof ui eerte ri ter vedete e retenue 254 kan ein i pn 254 iTool User s Guide Contents Chapter 12 Working with COnNtOUrS secsissestaccccctttaasanssaciscsasstaanndsctensatssdnctasananiananaens 255 lesen MER 256 Display og CODES 1 eene ede teet de rd o beiden deed 257 Displaying Besulor end Data tue eto rt er ee rer hes etus 257 Displaying Inosular sri Daly edicere esee te rea terr rire ne et ettet 258 Contout Properes MR 264 Labeling Conto
110. the container If you use the Visualization Browser to look at the visualization hierarchy you can see that the order of the visualizations within the tree view represents their iTool User s Guide Making Selection and Tool Changes 180 Chapter 8 Working with Macros positions in the container This arrangement is also true of annotations within the Annotation Layer You can see the Window in the Visualization Browser as well The Window is a container that holds Views and the order of Views within the Window folder of the Visualization Browser is equivalent to the Views positions in the container In relation to tool changes the container is the current iTools session containing all the tools The tools container contains the individual tools which can be referenced by their zero based position in the container The order of the tools is determined by their order of creation Selection Changes The Selection Change operation is a macro item that can alter the current selection so that subsequent macro items are applied to different objects During the recording of a macro the selection change operations are added to the macro when the selection is changed interactively In addition when you start recording a macro a Selection Change operation is added to reflect the current state of the selection for more information see Macro Type Based on Recording Selection on page 179 Adding a Selection Change Operation You can add
111. the Operations Browser window the small arrows at the top left of the Browser window will allow you to display both panes Property Sheets iTool User s Guide Chapter 6 Property Sheets and Browsers 89 Note For detailed information on Operations Browser properties see Appendix C Operations Properties iTool User s Guide Property Sheets 90 Chapter 6 Property Sheets and Browsers The Visualization Browser The Visualization Browser provides access to visualizations objects displayed in the iTool window and the properties of those visualizations When the Visualization Browser is displayed you can select graphical objects from a nested list and display the property sheets for those objects For example if a surface visualization is displayed and you would like to change the appearance of the X axis in that visualization you can select the axis in the Visualization Browser Figure 6 2 display the property sheet for that axis Figure 6 3 and modify the properties to change the appearance of the axis Element name selected Property Sheet Expansion Button Bl OLitVisSunace amp isurface Visualization Eirowser E Axis 0 E Axis 1 E Axis 2 EE Lights Ambient Light Light 1 Light 2 B m Annotation EZ Data Space E Visualizations 4 DLilVisLegend CS IDLitVisPolygon Element highlighted in iTool window Figure 6 2 Visualization Browser with Axis 0 Selected
112. the color of each vector There are two ways to do this e Use the VECTOR COLORS keyword from the command line For more information about using this keyword see IVECTOR IDL Reference Guide e Attach a dataset to the Vector Colors parameter in the Parameter Editor To do this select your dataset and then go to Edit Parameters to bring up the Parameter Editor Your auxiliary dataset can be either integer or floating point type For either type the data will automatically be scaled into the 0 255 range to be used as the color indices These color indices are then converted into actual colors as given by your current palette for the vector visualization If you insert a colorbar Insert Colorbar the colorbar axis will have the correct original range for your auxiliary dataset Vector Properties iTool User s Guide Chapter 16 Working with Vectors 363 Manipulating the Vector Visualization The iVector tool gives you many options to manipulate your existing vector visualizations Once you have visualized your vector data you may rotate flip translate scale and zoom as well as modify vector properties The following options are available for manipulating vectors Translating Translation moves an object or group of objects in a specific direction When an object is selected a bounding box appears around the object For information on translating objects see Translation on page 64 Adding Annotations
113. the format for printing output format Bitmap Vector Default Bitmap Clipboard output Boolean Set the output format for clipboard copied data format Bitmap Vector Default Bitmap Table 6 1 General Settings Properties Continued Note ___ ES s esSsSsSsSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSS The Restore Defaults button at the bottom of the Preferences Browser restores all default settings immediately General Settings iTool User s Guide Chapter 6 Property Sheets and Browsers 99 File Readers Select this folder to edit file reader preferences and properties Available file reader types and their editable properties are listed in the following tables For more information on reading in data of various types see Chapter 2 Importing and Exporting Data ASCII text The ASCII text File Reader properties are Property Control Type Values None The ASCII text File Reader has no configurable properties other than Name and Description Table 6 2 ASCII Text File Reader Properties Binary data The Binary data File Reader properties are Property Control Type Values None The Binary data Graphics File Reader has no configurable properties other than Name and Description Table 6 3 Binary Data File Reader Properties DICOM Image The DICOM Image File Reader properties are Property Control Type Values None The DICOM Image File Reader has no configura
114. the vector field as a velocity field and integrating it Each path is tracked until the path leaves the input field or a maximum number of steps is reached You can use keywords to set the number of particles the integration step size and the number of steps The following example shows the streamlines produced by a random vector field To create these streamlines in IDL enter the following code at the Command Line u RANDOMU 1 20 20 0 5 v RANDOMU 2 20 20 0 5 IVECTOR u v STREAMLINES X STREAMPARTICLES 10 Y STREAMPARTICLES 10 HEAD SIZE 0 1 STREAMLINE NSTEPS 200 SN IDL iYector io x File Edit Insert Operations Window Help Dae x eale w Ol a fo A N e e e Click on item to select or click amp drag selection box 801 74 Figure 16 3 Streamlines in iVector Noe For details on the streamline keywords see IVECTOR IDL Reference Guide Also see Adding and Modifying Streamlines on page 365 iTool User s Guide Streamlines 360 Chapter 16 Working with Vectors Vector Properties The iVector window is a self contained vector visualization and manipulation device You can import and export vector data and modify and manipulate vector data For more information on the basic iVector interface and its layout see Appendix A i Tools Interface Reference Modifying Properties By selecting Edit Properties f
115. to apply NewTextStylel This applies the personal text style to the new annotation For details on applying a style to selected items or to all items within a view or when launching an iTool see Applying Styles on page 196 For information on modifying existing styles see Editing Styles on page 202 Msi e aa uzx gt z_ aaa If nothing is currently selected then the Visualization Layer within the current view will be used when creating the style Creating a Style from Multiple Selected Items Within an iTool view you can select one or more visualization objects or annotations or a combination of the two to be included in a new Personal Style To select one object or annotation simply click on the item To select multiple items select the first and then holding down the Ctrl key click on the other items Changes to the properties of the object or annotation can be made prior to creating a new style by double clicking on the item and altering the properties in the Visualization browser or after creating a new style within the iTools Style Editor Noe If multiply items of the same class are selected say two axes the first one selected will be used when creating the style Creating a New Style from the Style Editor The Style Editor can be used to manually create a new style and specify the values of individual properties Options are available in the Style Editor to duplicate existing styles
116. to display Fill Plot property must be set to True Click to choose from the default color palette or specify RGB values Default 255 255 255 white Fill transparency Number Transparency of the plot fill from 0 to 100 Move the slider to change the value Default 0 Symbol Symbol Symbol to appear at regular intervals on the plot line Choose a symbol from the list Default No symbol Symbol size Number Factor from 0 1 determining the size of the selected symbol Move slider to change the size Default 0 2 Table D 66 Line Profile Annotation Properties Continued iTool User s Guide Appendix D Visualization Properties 519 Property Control Type Values Use default color Boolean Activate Symbol color property Choose True or False Default False Symbol color Color Color for the selected symbol Click to choose from the default color palette or specify RGB values Default 0 0 0 black Symbol thickness Number Line thickness from 1 9 9 for the selected symbol Move slider to change the thickness Default 1 Symbol Number Interval at which symbols will be displayed on the increment plot line Influenced by Number of points to average above Edit to change the value Default 1 Table D 66 Line Profile Annotation Properties Continued iTool User s Guide Line Profile Annotation Properties 520 Appendix D Visualization Properties
117. urge T 469 li cl lo e e iaki 471 lur dna TEE 474 av M a i 477 FUDGE UL Me 481 PR EE 485 iTool User s Guide Contents Ero 494 Pale BOL E ano eh Re ee Pee cR E o mr ails 497 TOL E rin ibl n UE 499 IPE M n tines 500 icy dudo MESE 505 Nri e 507 Shape PNE C 509 icri oerrinne inian iia ste denen stl een RA 510 2L AndotaDon Layer Propri g cete tes ete delete pret eet ee en ev toe ea dee 513 Text Annotation Properties amice rn etd edipi eet 514 Line Annotation Properties 5 unu EEG REERUTU ELI De een Hida ieee 516 Lane Profile Annotation Properties essere neenon petrae 517 Rectangle Annotation Properties eoe e Peer ete be diet tegi 520 Oval Annotation PEODOROS 25 cottidie nee te er re dee acne eee pneu a 521 Polygon Annotation Properties 1 ueueecen eee rece tree ii 522 Freehand Annotation Properties 12212 ueni e e tels iia 523 Lesond PROMS c 524 Le gonil CONI QUE MOME 12i date erret eee ter be eere tpe Go Pee eiim 527 Legend Contour Level hems 1 ecd ie tte eret pee ete eerie 528 IF eine PIO TOMS ME 530 Legend Surface Ies 22nonede canit met ae ie ada odas trina 531 A 533 Contents iTool User s Guide This chapter introduces you to t
118. use Projection Choose the contour type Planar or 3D Contour Description Show dialog True Number of levels 5 Value Projection Planar Cancel Figure 10 7 The Contour Dialog 3 After making any contour property changes select OK to contour your image data iTool User s Guide Contouring an Image 224 Chapter 10 Working with Images The following figure shows contouring added to the image of a meteor surface S IDL iImage Untitled ic xi File Edit Insert Operations Window Help Dee ee Iw oleate 9 fo al fololele ald Image Hals als e Pizel Location Pivel Value Pizel Scale Ki Vi Edit Palette 200 Channel hd Link All 150 0 0 50 100 150 200 250 US Min 4 En Contour amp 186 5 Y 110 5 Z 162 Figure 10 8 A Contoured Image in ilmage You can highlight and double click your contoured image data invoking the Visualization Browser which allows you to edit Contour Level properties and Contour Level color table data For more information on these edit options see Contour on page 453 Contouring an Image iTool User s Guide Chapter 10 Working with Images 225 Surfacing an Image You can also insert a surface representation of your image data into your visualization by selecting Operations Surface This causes the display to become three dimensional The following figure shows a surface added to the image of the Africa
119. 0 POU PPI cri o A E E E Oa Vendeeerlagteds 401 Roberts Filter Papier tess ois uec enero te ier rete aval a 401 Sobel Filter Properties i 5 8ci iis dive ier ice e perc edd adel cael cdi 402 Engliarp Mask Properts iiec tireeeteepore terrre proce bere ca tpe testers E 402 Curve Finis Properes ihe RH eed Rn RR Ce nt dade teu 403 Rotate Properties ME 405 Rotate Left Properties Lie eee e ete teeth tdeo enden ete ee eere nin 405 Rotate Rie it Prope rigs 1n opta peri ec bere e aba es icona 405 Rotate By Anpgle Properes ee t terrae te a tete rr rege i ere taa 405 ig rdahntan M E 405 dun M 405 Tronstorm uiii oro MP E 406 Besocpie Prope rhes i e de tatedab difti e dbasie deest 406 Rotate Data Properties ic ERE Ie ER Ere e re ERE HR ett 407 Scale Data Peper tes aoreet etuer cet eet eme Pda 408 Inven Dnase Propels ch en he ee i m i Pd e i ines 409 Eyte Scale Prop T coe nire e Rer D ee eter dren cad hed rr int etd ee etus 409 Map Projection Properes i tacit dein eerie et e teeth edes 410 Map Register Image Properties 122i sese ee LE ero EUER PUE Ete ERAS ERAS 411 Mormhine ur o M 412 SaDa O PES 413 Region Grow Properties ME 414 Contour ur MON 416 Inidse PIODOISE annone edam bube da edipi cmd ee decades ieri 417 Contents iTool User s Guide ipM uro e sedate 418 vector DIODORUS c coo en Re e P R
120. 00 3000 4000 o o o ER i Click on item to select or click amp drag selection box 239 138 Figure 12 6 Irregular grid Elevation Contours in the iContour Tool iTool User s Guide Displaying Contours 264 Chapter 12 Working with Contours Contour Properties The iContour window is a self contained contour display and manipulation device You can import and export contour data and modify and manipulate contours For more information on the basic iContour interface and its layout see Appendix A i Tools Interface Reference With the contour selected the Edit Properties option allows access to the contour property sheet You can change many contour properties through this sheet IDL iContour Visualization Browser Contour Contour Contour True Grid units Not applicable Contour level properties Click to edit Use palette color False Planar Z value Transparency Number of levels Planar Fill contours False Shading Flat Minimum value 3 59316849708557 Maximum value 55 4829978942871 Downhill ticks Hide Downhill tick interval 0 2 Downhill tick length 0 1 Figure 12 7 Contour Property Sheet The following examples show how to modify some contour properties These examples are performed on the contours imported by using the following steps 1 Atthe IDL Command Line enter ICONTOUR 2 Select File Open from the pulldown menus of the empty iContour tool The Open dialog will appear Contour Prop
121. 1 463 rendering 306 resampling 314 rotating 320 scaling 320 showing an image plane for 315 smoothing 322 Index W wind barbs 356 window layout 73 window level control 214 window menu 380 writing dat files 105 text files 105 Z zooming 70 iTool User s Guide
122. 1 Select a surface in the iSurface window For example select the isurfdemo dat surfaced data 2 Select Operations Transform Resample Sif IDL iSurface Untitled File Edit Insert Operations Window Help D ee ex 8 w epe a nox alajo be Figure 11 6 Resampled Surface in iSurface Resampling a Surface iTool User s Guide Chapter 11 Working with Surfaces 247 Filtering a Surface Three types of filters are available in the iSurface tool smooth filtering and convolution filtering Convolving a Surface To convolve a surface 1 Select the surface to be convolved 2 Select Operations Filter Convolution For details on using the convolution filter see Convolution Filter on page 124 Median a Surface The median filter replaces each point with the median a value in an ordered set of values with an equal number of values above and below it of the one or two dimensional neighborhood of a given width to median a surface 1 Select the surface 2 Select Operations Filter Median For details about using the median filter see Median Filter on page 123 Smoothing a Surface The smooth filter removes unwanted noise from a surface To apply the smooth filter to a surface 1 Select the surface 2 Select Operations Filter Smooth For details on using the smooth filter see Smooth Filter on page 122 iTool User s Guide Filtering a Surface 248 Chapter 11 W
123. 1 Working with Surfaces 251 3 Inthe Rotate Angle dialog enter the desired number of degrees to rotate the surface For more information see Rotation on page 115 Scaling a Surface Surfaces can be scaled freely or scaling can be constrained to one or more dimensions To scale a surface freely 1 Select the surface in the 1Tool window 2 Position the mouse pointer over a side of the data set bounding box so that it changes to an unconstrained scaling pointer 2X 3 Click and drag to scale all points of the surface in the desired direction To constrain scaling of a surface 1 Select the surface in the iTool window 2 Position the mouse pointer over an axis whisker to scale along only one axis or over a corner of the bounding box for multi axis scaling Figure 11 9 Constrained Single Axis left and Multi Axis right Scaling 3 Click and drag to scale in the desired direction For more information see Scaling on page 65 iTool User s Guide Manipulating Surface Displays 252 Chapter 11 Working with Surfaces Adding Annotations Annotations can be added to label or describe surface visualizations displayed in the iSurface tool The following types of annotations can be added to iSurface displays Plot Annotation Description Type Text Single lines or multiple lines of text can be added to a visualization to provide a label or description Line Straight line annotation
124. 2 histogram adding to a volume 322 for contours 279 plot 128 301 properties 397 482 surface 254 l ilmage plot profile operation 229 ilmage images adding axis 218 colorbar 217 surface 225 annotating 228 brightness 215 contouring 223 cropping 229 displaying 209 displaying multiple 211 Index 536 filtering 220 flipping 226 inverting 226 line profiling 228 manipulating 226 modifying properties 216 morphing 222 of surface data 243 panning 229 pixel scaling 227 region growing 227 registering in iMap 335 resampling 219 ROIs 214 rotating 226 scaling 226 window level control 214 zooming 227 ilmage panel 213 ilmage tool color in 215 image properties 439 image display in iImage 209 in iMap 334 multiple images 211 image panel 213 image plane about 315 for volumes 315 properties 420 422 474 image stack 322 images displaying See image display in iImage See ilmage images iMap panel 332 importing data in 1Tool 27 insert menu 376 inserting map grid 344 Index shapefiles 345 interval volume extracting 318 properties 471 inverting images 226 409 iPlot properties 442 irregularly gridded data 258 isosurfaces extracting in volumes 316 properties 469 iSurface plot profile operation 253 iSurface tool properties 449 using 233 iTools annotation toolbar 386 common operations 112 edit menu 373 edit toolbar 384 file menu 371 file toolba
125. 3 Start ilmage open an image and apply the Median operation 4 Close ilmage 5 Start iImage open an image and apply the Convolution operation 6 Keep ilmage open start a new ilmage tool open an image in the new ilmage and apply the Dilate operation to it 7 Close the second newer ilmage 8 Open the Macro Editor from the existing ilmage tool iTool User s Guide Understanding Items in the Macro Editor 168 Chapter 8 Working with Macros 3 IMAGE TOOL Closed 1 Open Smooth IMAGE TOOL Closed 2 gr Open Median 4X IMAGE TOOL gr Open Convolution Dg Macro Editor yg IMAGE TOOL 1 Closed 1 gr Open Dilate Visualizations D Figure 8 17 A History Example with Open and Closed Tools Run Macro Items The Run Macro operation is itself an operation that will show up in the history and can be added to a macro Using the Run Macro macro item lets you nest macros for grouping of common tasks If a macro has been run you can copy a Run Macro item to a macro from the History folder You can also add it from the Tool Menus Operations Macros subfolder in the source tree The item contains a Macro name property to allow specifying the name of the macro to run If you copy the item from history this property is set to the name of the macro that was run but you can set it to the name of any macro If you add the item from the Tool
126. 315 Extracting an IsoSurface 316 Extracting an Interval Volume 318 Manipulating the Volume Display 320 iVolume Tool Operations 322 303 304 Chapter 14 Working with Volumes Introduction Introduction The IDL iVolume tool displays your data in volume form The iVolume tool then allows you great flexibility in manipulating and visualizing volume data To use iVolume from the IDL Command Line type ivolume An empty iVolume tool appears You can then import volume data using any of several data import methods For more information importing volume data see Chapter 2 Importing and Exporting Data Note For more information on accepted arguments see IVOLUME IDL Reference Guide The iVolume tool can be launch in many different ways e At the IDL Command Line without arguments or keywords e At the IDL Command Line with arguments or keywords e Through the File New Visualization iVolume menu option in the IDL Workbench e Through the File New iVolume menu option in an iTool iTool User s Guide Chapter 14 Working with Volumes 305 Displaying Volumes The iVolume tool s primary purpose is to visualize volume data though the tool is capable of much more once the data is displayed The iVolume tool also allows you to manipulate and edit the displays The first task is to display the volume data Before displaying volume data must be loaded into the tool Here
127. 7 5 Long short barb V 17 5 22 5 Two long barbs _ 47 5 52 5 Flag A_ By convention for geographic data GRID_UNITS 1 or 2 the barbs and flags point in the clockwise direction in the Northern hemisphere and counterclockwise in the Southern hemisphere For non geographic data GRID_UNITS 0 the barbs and flags always point in the clockwise direction The following example shows the wind barbs produced by a field of the form Y X In this example the VECTOR_STYLE keyword sets the style to wind barbs To create these wind barbs in IDL enter the following code at the Command Line x y 2 FINDGEN 11 10 u 9 REBIN TRANSPOSE y 11 11 v 9 REBIN x 11 11 IVECTOR u v X y VECTOR_STYLE 1 iTool User s Guide Displaying Vectors 358 Displaying Vectors GM IDL iVector File Edit Insert Operations Window Help Chapter 16 Working with Vectors ollaa l lel w Ol Po A N e e e ic x PAREN PIII TARAN 7 P uk PAS y H hy Y N Jd Pesce 7 gl F NS p i Peter a p Ba PP Lop ta WSO Gy a o a 0o a o Click on item to select or click amp drag selection box Figure 16 2 Wind Barbs in iVector 828 75 iTool User s Guide Chapter 16 Working with Vectors 359 Streamlines Streamlines visualize the movement of a set of massless particles through the vector field The points are tracked by treating
128. 8 Index displaying in iContour 257 in iMap 342 filling 269 filtering 274 flipping 276 histogram 279 labeling 266 legend level properties 528 legend properties 527 on surface data 244 properties 264 416 properties described 453 convolution filtering 124 properties 398 copyrights 2 cropping images iTools 413 curve fitting for plots 294 curve fitting filtering 403 D data importing in iTool 27 manager 24 data associations removing 57 replacing 57 data manager 24 dataspace adding 63 properties 433 range resetting 131 displaying contours in iContour 257 in iMap 342 images iTool User s Guide in ilmage 209 in iMap 334 irregular grid data 258 maps 327 multi channel volumes 305 plots 2D plots 283 3D plots 284 regular grid data 257 statistics 129 surfaces 235 vectors 355 fields 355 streamlines 359 wind barbs 356 volumes 305 drag quality 429 E error bar plots 292 F file menu 371 files operations 113 toolbar 383 writing file writers 105 filling contours iTools 269 filtering contours 274 convolution 124 data in 1Tools 122 images in ilmage 220 median 123 plots 297 iTool User s Guide 535 smooth filter 122 surfaces 247 unsharp mask 125 flipping contours 276 images 226 freehand annotations adding 83 properties 523 G general settings iTool preferences browser 97 gridding wizard 259 H help menu 38
129. Creating Styles iTool User s Guide Chapter 9 Working with Styles 195 Working with the Current Style The Current Style contains the properties that will be used to create new visualizations in the current tool The Current Style can be found in the iTools Style Editor The Current Style can be modified by e Changing individual property values These changes can be copied into another style or applied to a visualization when the Current Style item is selected e Updating the Current Style when applying style modifications See Applying Styles on page 196 for details e Updating the Current Style from a style in the Style Editor Select a Personal or System style and select Update Current Tool Style from the context menu or Apply menu Note The Current Style is not saved between IDL sessions or between iTools Because of this one use of the Current Style can be as a practice area to define new styles Changes can be made to the Current Style and then used to create your desired style You can then save this new style under a new name The new style can be set as the Default style in the Preferences For more information on setting a default style see Setting the Default Style on page 205 Copying an Existing Style Any existing style can be copied within the Style Editor This is useful when you want to change only a few style properties while maintaining the majority of a style s existing properties Simply click on the
130. Description Table 6 13 Windows Bitmap File Reader Properties iTool User s Guide File Readers 104 Chapter 6 Property Sheets and Browsers Windows Waveform Audio Stream The Windows Waveform Audio Stream File Reader properties are Property Control Type Values None The Windows Waveform Audio Stream File Reader has no configurable properties other than Name and Description Table 6 14 Windows Waveform Audio Stream File Reader Properties File Readers iTool User s Guide Chapter 6 Property Sheets and Browsers 105 File Writers Select this folder to edit file write preferences and properties Available file writer types and their editable properties are shown in the following tables For more information on writing data of various types see Chapter 2 Importing and Exporting Data ASCII text The ASCII text File Writer properties are Property Control Type Values Separator Enter a value Default None Use default Boolean Use default format Choose True or False format Default True Format string Number Enter a number to change the value Default G9 2 Table 6 15 ASCII Text File Writer Properties Binary data The Binary data File Writer properties are Property Control Type Values Byte ordering String List Byte ordering type Select from the list Choose between these values Native Little endian Big endian Default Native T
131. E Int SIN oad Angle deg 0 0000 0 4 d OSEERE al aote DV gp 0 36 aa EE 0 24 LA tuc 4 mo 27 x mo 18 t tn verd es 0 0 E ISTE 0 094 a a a 0 0 0 2 0 4 0 6 0 8 1 0 IV Show points Help lt lt Back Finish Cancel Figure 12 5 The IDL Gridding Wizard Step 3 of 3 The IDL Gridding Wizard Step 3 of 3 dialog contains the following items e Choose gridding method Choose from pull down list of methods e Preview Click to preview selected method and data e Auto preview Checkbox to turn auto preview on default off e Statistics tab Shows data statistics e Options tab Set options for missing values smoothing weighting and anistropy between axes e Search tab Set options for using search ellipse e Coordinate diagram Shows coordinates of grid data Displaying Contours iTool User s Guide Chapter 12 Working with Contours 263 e Show points checkbox Select to show all points default checked e Help Obtain help on this dialog e Back Return to previous step e Finish Dismiss the Gridding Wizard with data gridded e Cancel Dismiss the Gridding Wizard 8 At Step 3 select Inverse Distance as the gridding method and click Finish to display the surface 9 The resulting contours are displayed in the iContour tool S IDL iContour Untitled File Edit Insert Operations Window Help pelala lele w Ole amp for A N a e ee 0 0 1000 20
132. For each property the type of control and the values that can be assigned are listed For a description of how a particular control is used refer to Appendix B Property Controls Property Control Type Values Color Color Color to be used for the oval outline Click to choose from the default color palette or specify RGB values Default 0 0 0 black Linestyle Line Style Style of the oval outline Select a line style from the list Default solid line Thickness Line Thickness Thickness of the oval outline in points Select a thickness from the list Default 1 Fill background Boolean Fill oval background Choose True or False Default True Fill color Color Color to be used for the background For background color to display Fill Background property must be set to True Click to choose from the default color palette or specify RGB values Default 255 255 255 white Transparency Number Transparency of the oval background fill from 0 to 100 Move the slider to change the value Default 0 iTool User s Guide Table D 68 Oval Annotation Properties Oval Annotation Properties 522 Appendix D Visualization Properties Polygon Annotation Properties These properties control polygon annotation visualizations For each property the type of control and the values that can be assigned are listed For a description of how a particular control is used refe
133. Guide Table D 45 Contour Properties Contour 454 Appendix D Visualization Properties Property Control Type Values Planar Z Value Number Z value of plane on to which to project contours Edit the number to change the value Note If the Z value is zero and the Projection is Planar then the contour visualization is considered to be 2D If the Z value is nonzero then the contour visualization is considered to be 3D and the dataspace associated with this contour will be automatically switched to 3D Default 0 Number of levels Projection Fill contours Number Number of contour levels to display Edit the number to change the value Default 5 String List Method of projection Select a method from the list Choose from these values Three D Project in three dimensions Planar Project onto a plane Default Planar Boolean Fill space between contours Choose True or False Default False Shading String List Shading method Select a method from the list Choose between these values Flat Flat shading Gouraud Gouraud shading Default Flat Minimum value Maximum value Number Minimum value to display in the contour Edit number to change value No default value Number Maximum value to display in the contour Edit number to change value No default value Downhill ticks Boolean Show downhill ticks Choose Hide or Show Default Hide Contour
134. Insert Operations Window Help oaea l see w 5 9 fos A N alelsle 4 Map Location z 7 4 Longitude limits Min 186 2 x ay 160 eee e Ie ws fe 1 Latitude limits Min 90 4 Max BD Data Space 446 187 Figure 15 7 The Map Grid The gridlines appear as a single MapGrid object within the current dataspace For information on this visualization see Map Grid on page 500 Note When you insert a map grid the Axes container within the dataspace is automatically hidden To display the axes use the Visualization Browser to change the Show property of the Axes container Inserting a Map Grid iTool User s Guide Chapter 15 Working with Maps 345 Inserting an IDL Shapefile IDL comes with several shapefiles that you can insert in the iMap tool or in another iTool that has a map projection already applied These files originated from the ESRI Data and Maps CD ROM data set 1999 2000 2002 and can be found along with their associated database dbx and index shx files in the resource maps shape directory of the IDL installation Also see Overview of ESRI Shapefiles Chapter 30 IDL Reference Guide for more detailed information on shapefiles Inserting the Continents The Insert Map Continents operation loads the continents shp file and displays the continents as a single ShapePolygon Figure 15 8
135. L ilmage menu option in an iTool Common image file formats accepted are listed in Importing Image Data on page 34 iTool User s Guide Chapter 10 Working with Images 209 Displaying Images The ilmage tool s primary design is to visualize image data though the tool is capable of much more once the data is displayed The ilmage tool also allows you to manipulate and edit the displays The first task is to display the image data Your options for invoking the iImage tool are e At the IDL Command Line without arguments or keywords e At the IDL Command Line with arguments or keywords For more information on accepted arguments and keywords see IIMAGE IDL Reference Guide e Through the File New Visualization ilmage menu option in the IDL Workbench e Through the File New ilmage menu option in an iTool To visualize image data in the ilmage tool 1 Image data can be loaded into the data manager Image data of any supported type can also be directly visualized into the iImage tool using File Open or the File Open icon amp at the top left of your ilmage window and the File Open Dialog appears 2 Select the desired image file from your directory structure For example here we will visualize an examples data file named afrpolitsm png Select the file name and click Open iTool User s Guide Displaying Images 210 Chapter 10 Working with Images SN IDL itmage Untitled ic x File Edit In
136. L Data Import Wizard Showing Step 2 of 3 3 Click the File Open button just to the right of the File Name field and select the endocel11 jpg file from the examples data directory of the IDL distribution Click Next Figure 2 4 The IDL Data Import Wizard Showing Step 3 of 3 Using the Data Import Wizard iTool User s Guide Chapter 2 Importing and Exporting Data 31 4 Select Image as the desired visualization to create since we have a JPEG image 5 Click Finish The data is imported into the Data Manager and a new image visualization appears in the iTool window Note The process of creating visualizations is discussed in detail in Chapter 3 Visualizations iTool User s Guide Using the Data Import Wizard 32 Chapter 2 Importing and Exporting Data Using File Open Selecting a data file using File Open will open the file using the default iTool file reader for the type of file you select The data will be added to the Data Manager and the iTool will automatically create the default visualization for the data contained in the file If the data in the file you select is binary or ASCII you will be prompted to specify further information that will allow the binary or ASCII file readers to correctly import the data For an explanation of the handling of various file types see the following sections e For ASCII data see Importing ASCII Data on page 34 e For binary data see Importing Binary Data on page 35 e
137. MMII M M T 289 PGI 8 Co DIE iei e Rn ea Rt iR eom n haeres 291 Adding Error BaS Pc Ei 292 nte PUD E E T EE t eee esie iade O 294 DEEE TA E PU NR 297 Piot OON es se ccdessivchetarecevestdicocnttsstt TEE AE E E E NES 297 Piot Convoi om oe re terree tie a ees HA ce Eig EETA E a 298 Piot rarum 298 Maprpulatme the Flot DIPY eit eie iter tte d eei tette e perire 299 TMU E eed deitatem ditate cati ec basiert ect 299 Adding Annotstions iui Dee Melee e ER ere a Mt Rend LER ebbe us 299 RA uo QC TELE 300 dein T v CTS 300 Sekonne the Do RINE fas ceed teen teats Beteen deen AE EEE EE EE tested ied 300 Piot Pool OpELSDONS oir pe aa eden he eite ederet dein alee nieces 301 scaling a Plot Display 12 2 ununi necp diene nice reir rk esi eed dao 301 AYUMI Gh PRLS m 301 WHOS SING d aS 301 Chapter 14 Working with Volumes ssssssensonnnoonnnunnnnennonnnnnnnnannnnannnnnnnennnnnnnnannn nannan 303 ligi a iT n o Nm 304 Displaying Volumes eiie ehe enia Dre e EEE AE 305 Lon earumdem 305 Eondenng Volumes m e tr hi re e m rea eae E cR 306 Using the Volume Panel nup EH Cete s bob Le Eva e LEY Le DEus 309 Nalwme Properes qe mm 311 Modit ine Propet 1 uiis er e iE eer e Ped n dite 311 Andine SA OLGT I M 312 Pointy ACS M 313 Resampling VOlueg 1 2 nie rte E eL Eee PL Minnie aed neces 314 Showine ai Image PIINE ERN 315 Viewing the Image Pl
138. Move slider to change the thickness Default 1 Transparency Number Transparency of the ShapePoint fill from 0 to 100 Move the slider to change the value Default 0 Table D 61 Property Settings for ShapePoint iTool User s Guide ShapePoint 510 Streamlines Appendix D Visualization Properties These properties control Streamline visualizations For each property the type of control and the values that can be assigned are listed For a description of how a particular control is used refer to Appendix B Property Controls Name Description Grid units Head size String List Set grid units type Choose from Not applicable Meters Degrees Default 2 Not applicable Number Head size Enter value Default 1 Line thickness Number Line thickness level Choose value 1 through 10 Default 1 Automatic color String List Select color setting Choose None Magnitude or Direction Default None Color Color Color for arrows Click to choose from the default color palette or specify RGB values Default 0 0 0 black Streamlines Table D 62 Property Settings for Streamlines iTool User s Guide Appendix D Visualization Properties 511 Name Description Color palette Color By selecting Edit color table Edit access the color table to manipulate vector color values EE EE 38 XY 8 17 R G BA
139. Number Number of streamline steps Choose value minimum value is 2 Default 100 Streamline step size Number Numeric value for streamline step size Enter value Default 0 2 Table D 62 Property Settings for Streamlines Continued Streamlines iTool User s Guide Appendix D Visualization Properties 513 2D Annotation Layer Properties The Annotation layer appears in the Visualization browser A IDL iPlot Visualization Browser BB window Annotation Layer 3 0 View_1 3 Annotation Layer H B Visualization Layer 1 EUR View Layer Annotation Layer 1 True A Text 7112855 258 255 B True View Layer Figure D 31 Visualization Browser with Annotation Properties Displayed The following types of annotations can be added to iTool visualizations Text Line Line Profile Rectangle Oval Polygon and Freehand annotations The following table contains properties that control the Annotation layer Subsequent tables describe the properties specific to each type of annotation Property Control Type Values Background color Color Color to be used for the Annotation Layer background For background to display Transparent property must be set to False Click to choose from the default color palette or specify RGB values Default 2 255 255 255 white Transparent Boolean Make the annotation layer transparent Choose True or False Default True
140. Predefined Gi Bi cA iv i M Display iv iv FW Modiy 1 SL xl OK Cancel Color Color Color to be used for the line Click to choose from the default color palette or specify RGB values Default 0 0 0 black Line style iTool User s Guide Line Style Style of the line profile annotation Select a line style from the list Default solid line Table D 66 Line Profile Annotation Properties Line Profile Annotation Properties 518 Line Profile Annotation Properties Appendix D Visualization Properties Property Control Type Values Thickness Line Thickness Thickness of the line profile annotation in points Select a thickness from the list Default 2 1 Minimum value Number Minimum value for line profile Edit number to change value No default value Maximum value Number Maximum value for line profile Edit number to change value No default value Histogram plot Boolean Show line profile as a histogram plot Choose True or False Default False Number of points Number Set number of points to average Enter a value to average Default 1 Polar plot Boolean Show line profile as a polar plot Choose True or False Default False Fill plot Boolean Fill plot Choose True or False Default False Fill level Number Set level to fill Enter value Default 71 Fill color Color Color used for fill For color
141. RE CES OUR 70 Uudo Bedo lolo Re RR US 62 View Panning seeeseels 72 Adding a Data Space 63 Window Layouts lees 73 THAME iss temere Ebr sins 64 iTool User s Guide 59 60 Chapter 4 Manipulating the Display Introduction Introduction The Standard IDL iTools supplied in the IDL distribution comprise seven distinct tools iImage iPlot iSurface iContour iVolume iMap and iVector Each tool performs a specific set of tasks related to the type of data it is designed to use In addition to these specific tasks all six tools have a number of manipulation tasks in common This chapter describes only these common display manipulation tasks for information about specific tasks performed by the individual iTools refer to the chapters describing those tools Noe This chapter describes manipulation tasks related only to the Standard IDL iTools those iTools supplied in the IDL distribution Other iTools written by users and third party developers share a common interface with the ITT Visual Information Solutions iTools because the iTools framework is used to create all iTools However the specific functionality of such iTools may be different from the functionality of the iTools described here iTool User s Guide Chapter 4 Manipulating the Display 61 Selection of Objects iTool elements such as axes and annotations have objects associated with them These objects have their
142. S This chapter describes Annotation functionality for only the Standard IDL iTools those iTools supplied in the IDL distribution Other iTools written by users and third party developers share a common interface with the ITT Visual Information Solutions iTools because the iTools framework is used to create all iTools However the specific functionality of such iTools may be different from the functionality of the iTools described here iTool User s Guide Chapter 5 Adding Annotations 77 Legends Legends identify the visualizations displayed in the iTool window For example a legend displayed in an iPlot window can include a description of each plot line in a plot Or a legend can be displayed in an iSurface window to identify surfaces and contour levels displayed on those surfaces To insert a legend for a surface or contour 1 Select specific items to include in the legend or click in an empty area of the iSurface window dataspace to select the dataspace and include all items in the legend 2 Select Insert New Legend To add to a legend 1 Select the visualization item or items to add to the legend 2 If there are multiple legends add the desired legend to the selection by shift clicking the legend border 3 Select Insert Legend Item Noe Only a single legend item may exist for a given visualization If you are inserting multiple visualization items into an existing legend only legend items for those
143. Selection handles appear at the corners and sides of the rectangle annotation To position the rectangle annotation position the mouse pointer inside the selected rectangle so that it changes to a translation pointer P Click and drag the annotation to the desired location To resize the rectangle annotation position the mouse pointer over the selection handle on one side of the rectangle so that it changes to a resize pointer 1 Click and drag the selection handle to obtain the desired shape To scale the rectangle annotation position the mouse pointer over the selection handle at one corner of the rectangle so that it changes to an unconstrained scaling pointer 24 Click and drag the selection handle to obtain the desired scaling To display and modify rectangle annotation properties such as background color and transparency double click the annotation Annotations 82 Chapter 5 Adding Annotations Oval Annotations To add an oval annotation 1 2 Click the Oval Annotation button 9 on the toolbar Click in an empty part of the canvas and without releasing the mouse button drag to draw a circular annotation of the desired size e To constrain the oval to a circle hold down the Shift key while drawing e To draw the oval from the center hold down the Ctrl key while drawing Release the mouse button Selection handles appear at the corners and sides of the oval annotation e To position the oval annotation po
144. Sheet Macro Properties Macros have several properties described in Table 8 3 Property Value Name Used to select the desired macro from the Run Macro dialog for more information see Running from the Operations Menu on page 147 Also serves as the basis for the filename of a saved macro Description Used to describe the behavior or purpose of the macro Its value appears in the Run Macro dialog s Description field when you select a macro from the list Table 8 3 Macro Property Values iTool User s Guide Using the Macro Editor 158 Chapter 8 Working with Macros Property Value Display Typically set to False so that the display updates only on intermediate steps completion of the macro Set this property to True to display each step of the macro which might be useful when using a macro to animate a series of actions Step delay seconds Used to specify the time in seconds to delay between each step of the macro The default value is 0 0 The minimum value is 0 0 and the maximum value is 60 0 Note You can also add the Delay operation to a macro to create a single specific delay see Delay Operation Item on page 175 Table 8 3 Macro Property Values Continued Note If Display intermediate steps is set to False the default value updates to the display are suppressed while a macro is being run Operations that typically update the display such as the Volume Render
145. Styles are pre loaded in your IDL distribution IDL s supplied System Styles are e IDL Classic This System Style contains IDL Direct Graphics common black background with white text and white linestyle IDL Standard This System Style is the iTools default and contains a white background with black text and black lines e Personal Styles IDL Personal Styles are styles which you create These are stored inside your id1 directory When you create a new style within an iTool it is automatically saved in this location Note Style information is stored independently of any iTool Styles are never automatically saved by simply making style changes in an iTool They must always be saved explicitly Applying a Style As mentioned System Styles exist in your IDL distribution and are ready to use immediately creating your own new Personal Styles is discussed at length in the Creating Styles section From an iTool window in order to apply a style select Edit Style Apply Style or Edit Style Style Editor For more in depth information on style application see Applying Styles on page 196 iTool User s Guide What Are Styles 190 Chapter 9 Working with Styles Creating Styles There are two ways a new Personal Style can be created You can use the iTool s Style Editor or you can select one or more visualizations within your iTool view or the view itself and create a new style Both of these options are
146. Table D 58 Property Settings for Map Grid Continued iTool User s Guide Map Grid 504 Appendix D Visualization Properties Name Description Text style String List Style used for label text Select a style from the list Choose from these values Normal Bold Italic Bold italic Default Normal Text font size Number Font size in points for the label text Edit the number to change the size Default 12 Table D 58 Property Settings for Map Grid Continued The Map Grid Lines dialog displays a property sheet for the longitude or latitude lines depending on which set you want to edit This sheet includes the same properties as the overall Map Grid object from Color to Text font size Map Grid iTool User s Guide Appendix D Visualization Properties ShapePolygon 505 A IDL iMap isualization Browser B window 3 0 View 1 Visualization Layer E Data Space B United States P 4 Alaska 4 Arizona 4 Arkansas 4 California 4 Colorado 4l Delaware 49 District of 4 Florida 4b Georgia 4b Hawaii E E Ez E E s E E s E E H E 4l Connecticut Alabama Alabama True moo 1 False 255 255 255 Columbia Figure D 29 Visualization Browser with ShapePolygon Properties Displayed These properties control ShapePolygon visualizations For each property the type of control an
147. Table D 63 Annotation Layer Properties iTool User s Guide 2D Annotation Layer Properties 514 Appendix D Visualization Properties Text Annotation Properties These properties control text annotation visualizations For each property the type of control and the values that can be assigned are listed For a description of how a particular control is used refer to Appendix B Property Controls Property Control Type Values Text string String Text that appears in the annotation Edit to change the text or to add formatting commands such as the following C Add new line e U Add superscript characters D Add subscript characters e IN Return to normal characters For a complete list of embedded text formatting commands refer to Embedded Formatting Commands Appendix H IDL Reference Guide No default value Horizontal alignment String List Horizontal alignment of multiple lines within text box Choose from these values Left Align text along the left border of the text box Center Align text in the center of the text box Right Align text along the right border of the text box Default Left Color Color Color to be used for the text Click to choose from the default color palette or specify RGB values Default 2 0 0 0 black Fill background Boolean Fill the background of the text with the background color Choose True or False Default False
148. To make the line invisible select No Line Line Thickness i Select a line thickness from the list Numbers indicate line thickness in SS pixels Use the scroll bar to display m2 additional items ee O Symbol Nomba Select a symbol to appear at regular T pies sin intervals on the selected line from the list To remove a symbol from a A Tionge line select No Symbol Use the S Riga anowhead scroll bar to display additional items lt Left arrowhead String List m Select an item from the list Use dog 3 the scroll bar to display additional bat items nat User Defined Click the Edit button to mf en display the user defined property control Table B 15 Controls Used in Property Sheets Continued iTool User s Guide This appendix describes the following properties of the IDL Intelligent Tools interface found in the Operations Browser of each iTool The Operations Browser 394 Macros Properties 4 395 Statistics Properties 0 06004 396 Pilter Properties oad icc tek tee doa etate 398 Rotate Properties sose coser 405 Transform Properties 406 Map Projection Properties 410 Map Register Image Properties 411 Morphing Properties 412 iTool User s Guide Crop Properties cose c e 413 Region Grow Properties 414 Contour Properties cocer rcm 416 Image Properties oce eee 417 Sutiace Pro
149. Window Level Control in the following section Image ROIs The ROI buttons shown in the Image Panel in the preceding figure allow you to draw regions of interest within your visualization You can select from rectangular elliptical polygonal and freehand region of interest buttons Once you have created your ROI you can also apply operations to image data contained within an ROI area Note The ROI tools are not available for images that have an associated map projection Select the desired button and then hold your cursor over the area in the visualization where you wish your ROI to appear Click the left mouse button and drag until the ROI is the desired shape and location ROIs can be selected and moved or deleted after they are drawn Note For more information on operations and regions of interest see Operations on Regions of Interest on page 133 Using the Image Panel iTool User s Guide Chapter 10 Working with Images 215 The Palette Editor RGB images contain their own color information while color information for indexed images is separate from the image itself Color information can be modified for indexed and greyscale images The easiest way to modify color attributes for a selected indexed binary or greyscale image is to click on the Edit Palette button on the image panel to the right of your visualization The various components and functions of the Palette Editor are discussed in CW PALETTE EDITOR
150. Within Styles You can copy properties from the Current Style My Styles and System Styles within the iTools Style Editor and paste these into any new or existing personal style For example 1 Selecta style by clicking on it 2 Select the style visualization object whose properties you wish to copy The properties appear in the right panel of the editor Editing Styles iTool User s Guide Chapter 9 Working with Styles 203 3 Select a property by clicking on the property name and selecting Edit Copy or right clicking and selecting Copy 4 Select the style name of the style in which you wish to add the copied property The properties will be copied to corresponding visualization object within that style 5 Select Edit Paste or right click to select Paste Your selected property is added to your selected style Cutting and Deleting Properties within Styles You can cut or delete properties from your personal styles but not from the Current Style or from the System Styles For example 1 From the iTools Style Editor select a personal style and select a visualization object property you wish to delete 2 Select Edit Cut or Edit Delete Alternately you can right click on the property and select Cut or Delete Note Deleting a property from a personal style cannot be undone Cutting a property places the property on the clipboard and the property may then be pasted within another style Selecting Multiple Prop
151. a bounding box appears around the object To translate a selected object to another location 1 Position the pointer inside the bounding box The mouse pointer changes to the translation pointer 4 2 Dragin the desired direction The entire object moves to the new location GH IDL iSurface Untithed Fle Edt Insert Operations Window Heb Chek on item to select or cick amp dag selection bax 1628 451 Figure 4 1 Translating Objects Note For information on creating a surface visualization which you can translate such as the one shown in the previous figure see Chapter 11 Working with Surfaces Note An axis or axes will behave differently during translation if any other object is also selected Translation iTool User s Guide Chapter 4 Manipulating the Display 65 Scaling Two types of scaling are possible constrained scaling and unconstrained scaling Constrained Scaling Constrained scaling permits scaling of only one dimension while preserving the other dimensions Constrained Scaling of 2 D Objects To scale one dimension of a 2 D object click on the object so that eight small selection boxes appear at each corner of the object and also midway along each side of the object Then position the mouse onto one of these boxes so that the mouse pointer changes to a four headed arrow pointer see the following figure Drag the mouse in the desired direction to scale the obje
152. able 6 16 Binary Data File Writer Properties iTool User s Guide File Writers 106 Chapter 6 Property Sheets and Browsers Encapsulated Postscript The Encapsulated Postscript File Writer properties are Property Control Type Values Graphics format Bitmap or Vector Render graphics using bitmap or vector output Note Only a Window or View can be exported to EPS Color model RGB or CMYK ISOLatinl Boolean Use ISOLatin1 encoding for fonts that support this encoding ISOLatin1 encoding allows access to many commonly used foreign characters Choose True or False Default True Table 6 17 Encapsulated Postscript File Writer Properties Graphics Interchange Format The Graphics Interchange Format GIF File Writer properties are Property Control Type Values None The Graphics Interchange Format File Writer has no configurable properties other than Name and Description Table 6 18 GIF File Writer Properties iTools State The iTools State File Writer properties are Property Control Type Values None The iTool State File Writer has no configurable properties other than Name and Description Table 6 19 iTools State File Writer Properties File Writers iTool User s Guide Chapter 6 Property Sheets and Browsers 107 Joint Photographic Experts Group The Joint Photographic Experts Group File Writer properties are Property Control Type Values Color Str
153. aces What sets the iTools apart from precursors such as the Live Tools now obsolete and what gives them their optimal power flexibility and extensibility is the cohesive open architecture of the iTools system The iTools system is actually comprised of a single tool which adapts to handle the data that you pass to it The plot surface image contour and volume tools are simply shortcut configurations which facilitate ad hoc data analysis and visualization Each tool encapsulates the functionality data operations display manipulations and visualization types required to handle its data or visualization type However you are not constrained to work with a single data or visualization type Instead using the iTools system you may start by bringing up a surface plot in a surface tool and then import scattered point data into the same plot to see the relationship between two data sets Or you may start with an image display overlay contours from another data set and map Introducing the iTools iTool User s Guide Chapter 1 Introducing the IDL iTools 19 both the image and contours onto a three dimensional surface representation of a third data set By throwing new data into an iTool it is easy to end up with a hybrid tool that can handle complex composite visualizations Of course you have always been able to create these kinds of powerful composite visualizations in IDL to reveal important relationships and trends in data
154. acro item Note ___ P OO sS SsSSssssSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSS If a Run Macro operation is in the macro being exported you must export the macro to which that operation refers as well to ensure proper playback behavior of the original exported macro Importing and Exporting Macros iTool User s Guide This chapter introduces IDL iTool styles and discusses the following related tasks What Are Styles cose esee 188 Editing Styles oot 202 Creating Styles ocu coe sucer y m 190 Setting the Default Style 205 Applying Styles 0 196 Importing and Exporting Styles 206 Pang SIEF cedes E dono Baden 202 iTool User s Guide 187 188 Chapter 9 Working with Styles What Are Styles iTool styles provide a convenient way to store and apply a set of properties to items in your iTool While modifying individual property items within a style has the same effect as creating a new Style that sets the same properties a new style can be created customized and applied in a current session or in later sessions Styles provide a shortcut mechanism that allows you to quickly apply groups of properties to your visualization and to automatically alter the properties of newly created visualizations Styles are available across all iTools For example a style created in the iPlot tool will also appear as a Style selection when working in the ilmage tool However only relevant style properties
155. alse Default False Orientation Boolean Set orientation of colorbar Choose Horizontal or Vertical Default Horizontal Color Color Color to be used for the colorbar in this visualization Click to choose from the default color palette or specify RGB values Default 0 0 0 black Line style Line Style Style of the colorbar lines Select a line style from the list Default solid line Line thickness Line Thickness Thickness of the colorbar lines in points Select a thickness from the list Default 1 Major ticks Number Set number of major tick marks Enter value Default 3 Minor ticks Number Set number of minor tick marks Enter value Default 0 Major tick length Number Factor from 0 1 determining major tick length Move slider to change the size Default 05 Minor tick length Number Factor from 0 1 determining minor tick length Move slider to change the size Default 1 Tick interval Number Set tick interval Enter value Default 0 Colorbar Table D 52 Colorbar Container Properties iTool User s Guide Appendix D Visualization Properties 479 Property Control Type Values Tick layout String List Set tick layout type Choose between these values Axis plus labels Labels only Box style Default Axis plus labels Tick direction String List Set tick direction Choose between these values
156. and minor ticks properties Macro information is stored in one or more macro files located on your system Macros are stored in IDL SAVE files Macros are stored in a subdirectory of the user s id1 directory When you create a new macro within an iTool it will automatically be saved in the specified location Note Macro information is never stored along with an iTool What Are Macros iTool User s Guide Chapter 8 Working with Macros 143 Recording Macros You can create macros in two ways e Using the recording functionality in the iTools Operations gt Macros menu described in this section e Using the Macro Editor described in Using the Macro Editor on page 153 To record a macro 1 Start an iTool 2 Select Operations Macros Start Recording 3 If the Start Recording dialog appears as it does if the Show dialog property is True select whether to record manipulator steps and press OK which puts the iTools system into recording mode giil Start Recording LX Start Recording Chat Pe Description Show dialog Te Record manipulator steps False Cancel Figure 8 2 The Start Recording Dialog Note For more information on recording manipulator steps see Capturing Intermediate Manipulations on page 144 4 Select operations or set properties as desired to create the macro 5 Select Operations Macros Stop Recording to complete the recording iTool User s Gui
157. ane in image eseiinsriiserrsieeririisirerissreresieiniaiicrirreniersrnesias 315 Extracting an IsaSurface einen deat hehe eie te ies boi essed nesses EYE Hee de eun 316 Bxn cting an Interval VoU 122 ctos aterert etel dedere eter ter ped un 318 Manipulating the Volume Display neto eorr hara rer tib tudga 320 iTool User s Guide Contents Rotatie INS cR 320 Cubana VOIE iunii amb eot m deti 320 bu mali MT 320 ern I Pon M 320 Adda AasBo SON oeeie te e e re ie ee d ee ne begins 320 Volite Tool PAO MD m 322 SEL UH PISO TAIN ES 322 Viewing STAUISUCS M 322 SMOE A VOMO MM 322 Opening an Inisge SOCK ae eiae d tb rd ee bred ait Pere esi da 322 Chapter 15 Working with Maps 1 ueieseidnase tus en rini udu iniu cara e gag a a aanne 325 lys ens M dete 326 Displaying Maps iuc eoque ue tereti eerie deen non tuned isla 327 Applyme dobudniep sae MER 328 Vmne the BIRD PSU ire ee frr prece ep e ree Per Page nebat 332 Displaying an Mage L 334 Registering an mage 1 uu cenae eene AEA EAE AEEA 335 Becitenns an Image imn Metera occse socieco iiite ee dee ea ana 337 Registerine an Image mi DG Ores iui ce e rettet ntt aet d redde ea 340 Drie aie COMODE ice ene e reed te tette tute Ee rete aree pire cid pa na aE 342 Creating a Shape Visalia eicecien teet ee ee eee pe eee HERE HR CEPI IS 343 Insectes o eE e cuin uere ere meer eese Ce rece Dea
158. ange the setting value display a selection dialog or list or display an Edit button providing access to a user defined property control If the text is editable edit the text to change the setting See Appendix B Property Controls for a detailed description of the types of property settings included in property sheets Click the Close button x to close the Visualization Browser The Visualization Browser 92 Chapter 6 Property Sheets and Browsers Note Properties of standard graphical objects are described in detail in Appendix D Visualization Properties and in the IDL Commands chapter of the JDL Reference Guide The Visualization Browser iTool User s Guide Chapter 6 Property Sheets and Browsers The Operations Browser 93 The Operations Browser provides a quick way to display and modify the properties for a given iTool operation task performed on iTool data before that operation is performed For example to display the properties of the Convolution filter select the name of the filter in the left pane of the Operations Browser see Figure 6 4 and modify the Scale factor property value in the right pane to change the default scale factor for convolution S IDL isurface Operations Browser Operations E Operations Browser Macros Statistics gut Histogram E Filter Convolution Median Smooth H Rotate H Transform E Map Projection 9 Morph a Contour
159. anipulating the Display This chapter describes the various ways that you can manipulate your displays within an iTool Chapter 5 Adding Annotations This chapter describes the various types of annotations available in iTools and how to work with them Chapter 6 Property Sheets and Browsers This chapter describes the property sheets and browsers that are common to all iTools Chapter 7 Common Operations Many iTool operations are common to each tool These operations are described in this chapter Chapter 8 Working with Macros This chapter describes macros in iTools and how they are created and used Chapter 9 Working with Styles This chapter describes iTool styles and how to create and work with them Chapter 10 Working with Images This chapter describes the iImage tool and gives you insight into unique image visualization and manipulation tasks Chapter 11 Working with Surfaces This chapter describes the iSurface tool and gives you insight into unique surfacing and surface manipulation tasks Chapter 12 Working with Contours This chapter describes the iContour tool and gives you insight into unique contouring and contour manipulation tasks Chapter 13 Working with Plots This chapter describes the iPlot tool and gives you insight into unique plotting and plot manipulation tasks iTool User s Guide Chapter 1 Introducing the IDL iTool
160. are applied to a selected visualization Property settings for absent visualization items in the style are ignored Nearly all properties can be stored in styles The only exception to this are user defined properties such as the color look up table associated with an image Individual property styles are never global that is the color property associated with a plot object applies only to a plot and does not affect the color property of a surface Nevertheless a style can easily be created to set the color property for these individual visualization types When applied styles are not permanently linked to a visualization In other words the visualization is exactly the same as it would be if individual properties had been set instead of the style being applied Changes to the style are not automatically updated in the visualization unless the style is re applied to the visualization All of these characteristics ensure that when an iTool is saved and then shared with any other users it will display identically There is no need to send an associated style file Note You can share styles with other users See Importing and Exporting Styles on page 206 for details What Are Styles iTool User s Guide Chapter 9 Working with Styles 189 Type of Styles Style information is stored in one or more style files located on your system The two classes of style files are System Styles and Personal Styles e System Styles IDL System
161. at Code is selected as the value of the Tick format property Tick format String List Choose a format code or time interval to use for each tick interval Choose from these values None Use Tick format code Filled Fixed Width Integer Freeform Integer or Float Float with 2 or 4 decimal places Exponential with 2 or 4 decimal places Date 13 formats Time 11 formats Default None Title String Title to apply to all axes for this visualization Enter title text for the axes No default value Text color Color Color to be used for the text Click to choose from the default color palette or specify RGB values Default 0 0 0 black Table D 54 Axes Container Properties Continued Axes iTool User s Guide Appendix D Visualization Properties 489 Property Control Type Values Text font String List Font used for tick and label text Select a font from the list Choose from these values Helvetica Courier Times e Symbol Hershey 3 Simplex In addition to the above standard fonts you will also have available all of the other Hershey fonts as well as any TrueType fonts available to IDL Default Helvetica Text style String List Style used for tick and label text Select a style from the list Choose from these values Normal Bold Italic Bold italic Default Normal Text font size Number Font size in points for the tick a
162. ate of the data later when you open the isv file Other IDL users running IDL 7 0 for Windows UNIX or Mac OS X can open isv files iTool User s Guide File Operations 114 Chapter 7 Common Operations Save File Save saves the state of the current iTool to a file If the file has already been saved it will be saved under the same filename it was previously saved under If the state has not been previously saved and has no filename enter a filename The saved file can be opened by IDL on either the Windows or the UNIX platform Save As File Save As also saves the state of the current iTool to a file but it prompts you to enter a filename even if the file has been saved previously Use Save As to save an existing iTools State file under a different name Exporting Variables and Files Data items created within the current iTool can be exported as IDL Variables and the contents of the current iTool window can be exported as an image file Select File Export and follow the instructions in the IDL Data Export Wizard Export as a Variable Data from the currently selected object can be exported as a variable from the IDL Data Export Wizard to the main IDL program For more information see Exporting Data to the IDL Session on page 48 Export as a File The contents of the current window can be exported from the IDL Data Export Wizard as an image file For more information see Exporting Data to a F
163. ate or Flip rin M T E Fe UH Figure 8 12 The Macro Editor s Source Tree You can use these property settings and operations as a source for macro items Selecting one of these items displays its properties in the source property sheet next to the tree panel While the visualizations and annotations cannot be used directly in macros you can use their properties as the source for macro property settings The source tree also contains operations for the current tool in the Tool Menus Operations subfolder which you can use as a source for macro operations Clicking on an item in the tree selects the item and displays its property sheet to the right of the tree panel You cannot multi select within the tree Right clicking within the tree brings up the context menu of available actions see The Menu Bar on page 154 If you right click on a tree item then that item is selected Using the Macro Editor iTool User s Guide Chapter 8 Working with Macros 161 The Source Property Sheet The source property sheet bottom right displays the properties of items in the source tree to its left As described above properties can be used as source items for macros Transparency Color Arrowhead size 0 05 Figure 8 13 The Macro Editor s Source Property Sheet Figure 8 13 shows the properties for the Line operation
164. ating objects see Translation on page 64 Adding Annotations The following types of annotations can be added to iPlot displays Plot Annotation Description Type Text Single lines or multiple lines of text can be added to a visualization to provide a label or description Line Straight line annotations can be added to a visualization to link labels to objects or to identify an object Rectangle Rectangular annotations can be added to a visualization to identify rectangular areas Oval Oval annotations can be added to a visualization to identify elliptical areas Polygon Polygon annotations can be added to a visualization to identify areas bounded by a multi sided polygon Freehand Freehand annotations can be added to a visualization to identify an area Table 13 1 Types of Plot Annotations For more information on creating and using annotations see Chapter 5 Adding Annotations iTool User s Guide Manipulating the Plot Display 300 Chapter 13 Working with Plots View Zoom View Zoom allows you to zoom in or out on a specific area of the plot display area To zoom in or out in View Zoom mode click Zoom amp on the toolbar For more information on working with View Zoom see Zooming on page 70 Canvas Zoom Canvas Zoom allows you to increase or decrease the magnification of the entire display canvas which may contain multiple views depending on the layout by a specified percentage Canva
165. ation selected e g a view selected instead In the first case the macro s first item is a Selection Change operation with the Selection type property set to Existing Selection This item represents the selection active when recording starts When you play back the macro it begins to apply its items operations property settings or both to the object that is selected when playback begins In the second case the macro s first item is a Selection Change operation with the Selection type property set to No Items De Select All When you play back the macro the current selection is cleared before additional macro items are processed You can create this type of macro if you want it to work on only specific objects or selections The macro would typically clear the selection and then select the particular objects and then operate on them About Containers The following discussion on the creation of these change operations and the properties of the operation introduces the concept of a container and position in the container These concepts apply to both selection and tool changes with some differences in the details For both changes the term container is a generic term for one of the iTools objects that contains other objects In relation to selection changes the commonly referenced containers are the Data Space the Annotation Layer and the Window The Data Space contains visualizations that can be referenced by their position in
166. ble properties other than Name and Description Table 6 4 DICOM Image File Reader Properties iTool User s Guide File Readers 100 Chapter 6 Property Sheets and Browsers ESRI Shapefile The ESRI Shapefile File Reader properties are Property Control Type Values Combine all Boolean If True then combine all of the shapes within the file shapes into a single visualization ShapePolygon ShapePolyline or ShapePoint The default is to create a separate visualization for each shape Name attribute String List If the shapefile has attributes associated with each shape then the Shapefile reader will attempt to use one of these attributes for the Name of the newly created data and visualizations The droplist contains all of the available attributes and allows you to choose a different attribute to be used for the visualization name If Combine all shapes is True then this property is insensitive and the filename will be used for the Name of the resulting data and visualization Table 6 5 ESRI Shapefile File Reader Properties Graphics Interchange Format The Graphics Interchange Format GIF File Reader properties are Property Control Type Values Image index Number The index of the image within the GIF file that should be read into the image data object Table 6 6 GIF File Reader Properties iTools State The iTools State File Reader properties are Property Control Type Va
167. by threshold or by standard deviation iTool User s Guide Manipulating the Image Display 228 Chapter 10 Working with Images Adding Annotations Annotations can be added to label or describe image visualizations displayed in the ilmage tool The following types of annotations can be added to ilmage displays Image Annotation Description Type Text Single lines or multiple lines of text can be added to a visualization to provide a label or description Line Straight line annotations can be added to a visualization to link labels to objects or to identify an object Rectangle Rectangular annotations can be added to a visualization to identify rectangular areas Oval Oval annotations can be added to a visualization to identify circular areas Polygon Polygon annotations can be added to a visualization to identify areas bounded by a multi sided polygon Freehand Freehand annotations can be added to a visualization to identify an area Table 10 1 Types of Image Annotations For more information on creating and using annotations see Chapter 5 Adding Annotations Line Profiles You can plot image pixel values along a selected line These values are extracted as a line profile of part of your image visualization and displayed in a new iPlot window 1 From an ilmage window with a visualized image click on the Line Profile icon on the toolbar 2 Use the mouse to position the jagged edge line profile too
168. ck this button to turn on the display of intermediate steps Using these controls lets you interactively toggle whether the display of the iTool window is updated after the execution of each macro item This ability has several useful applications If the list of macro items is displayed see Show Macro Items Hide Macro Items on page 151 you can monitor what the macro is doing and interactively turn on the display of intermediate steps for a particular part of the macro You can also interactively test a macro playback when planning to insert Step Display Change operations into the macro Inserting these operations might be useful when a macro recording contains many intermediate steps but the author of the macro wants to show only a subset of the steps For more information on this operation see Step Display Change Operation Item on page 177 Running Macros iTool User s Guide Chapter 8 Working with Macros 151 Set Step Delay You can use the button with the hourglass symbol to set the step delay This action pops up a floating dialog shown in Figure 8 6 that allows setting the step delay in seconds The Set Step Delay button is active while the macro is paused and while it is running You cannot resize the Step Delay window but you can move and close it Step delay xi 7 10000 Figure 8 6 The Step Delay Window of the Macro Controls Dialog You can set the step delay to a floating point value by either Usin
169. ckground property must be set to True Click to choose from the default color palette or specify RGB values Default 255 255 255 white Transparency Number Transparency of the background fill from 046 to 100 Move the slider to change the value Default 0 Legend Properties Table D 71 Legend Properties Continued iTool User s Guide Appendix D Visualization Properties 527 Legend Contour Items The following are properties of the top level Contour legend item For a description of how a particular control is used refer to Appendix B Property Controls Property Control Type Values Show Levels Boolean Show contour levels in the legend Choose True or False Default True Text String Text that labels the contour object in the legend Text color Color Color to be used for the legend text Click to choose from the default color palette or specify RGB values Default 0 0 0 black Text font String List Font used for legend text Select a font from the list Choose from these values Helvetica Courier Times Symbol Hershey 3 Simplex In addition to the above standard fonts you will also have available all of the other Hershey fonts as well as any TrueType fonts available to IDL Default Helvetica Text style String List Style used for legend text Select a style from the list Choose from these values Normal Bold Italic
170. control is used refer to Appendix B Property Controls Property Control Type Values Color Color Color to be used for the isosurface lines in this visualization Click to choose from the default color palette or specify RGB values Default 0 0 0 black Linestyle Line Style Style of the isosurface lines Select a line style from the list Default No line Thickness Line Thickness Thickness of the isosurface lines in points Select a thickness from the list Default 1 iTool User s Guide Table D 49 Isosurface Properties Isosurface 470 Appendix D Visualization Properties Property Control Type Values Fill background Boolean Fill background Choose True or False Default True Fill color Color Color to fill Click to choose from the default color palette or specify RGB values Default 255 0 0 red Transparency Number Level of transparency Default 0 Source color String List Choose from the following Isovalue selected Volume color table User selected Fill Color Property Default Isovalue selected Volume color table Isovalue dialog String Edit isovalue Il Isosurface Value Selector xi F Link All 100 4 gt Decimate of original surface OK Cancel Isovalue Number The value for the isosurface which should be in the range Min volume data Max volume data Mesh quality Number The percent of the isosurface
171. ct in the selected dimension Figure 4 2 Resizing a 2 D Plot iTool User s Guide Scaling 66 Scaling Chapter 4 Manipulating the Display Constrained Scaling of 3 D Objects Two types of constrained scaling are available for 3 D objects multiple axis scaling and single axis scaling The multiple axis scaling mouse pointer for 3 D objects is a three headed arrow displayed when the mouse pointer is positioned over a corner of a 3 D object s data space Dragging the constrained scaling pointer scales the object a fixed distance along all axes in the direction of the drag Constrained scaling pointer Bounding box corners Figure 4 3 Constrained Scaling iTool User s Guide Chapter 4 Manipulating the Display 67 The single axis scaling pointer for 3 D objects is a two headed arrow 1 displayed when the pointer is positioned over an axis whisker in a 3 D image Dragging an axis whisker scales the object only in the direction of the arrows Resizing pointer Axis handle Figure 4 4 Resizing a 3 D Surface Unconstrained Scaling Unconstrained scaling allows you to scale all dimensions of an object at once from any point within the object Unconstrained scaling is different for 2 D and 3 D objects iTool User s Guide Scaling 68 Scaling Chapter 4 Manipulating the Display Unconstrained Scaling of 2 D Objects Unconstrained scaling of 2 D objects occurs when a corner of the
172. d symbol Move slider to change the size Default 2 0 2 Use default color Boolean Activate Symbol color property Choose True or False Default False Symbol color Color Color for the selected symbol Click to choose from the default color palette or specify RGB values Default 0 0 0 black Symbol thickness Number Line thickness from 1 9 9 for the selected symbol Move slider to change the thickness Default 1 Symbol Number Interval at which symbols will be displayed on the increment plot line Influenced by Number of points to average above iTool User s Guide Edit to change the value Default 1 Table D 43 Plot 3D Properties Continued Plot 3D 448 Appendix D Visualization Properties Surface IDL isurface Visualization Browser B window 3 0 View 1 Visualization Layer Data Space HAG Surface iE Axes Annotation Layer 75 4341888427734 Filled Flat Quads 1 False False 0 Nearest neighbor ertex color scale bottom top Texture map scale ture map scale bottom top Visualization Layer Figure D 14 Visualization Browser with Surface Properties Displayed Surface iTool User s Guide Appendix D Visualization Properties 449 These properties control surface object visualizations For each property the type of control and the values that can be assigned are listed For a d
173. d Light 1 1 for Light 2 Intensity Number Intensity of this light from 0 no light to 1 bright light Move the slider to change the value Default 0 5 for Ambient Light 0 8 for Light 1 and Light 2 Color Color Color of this light Click to choose from the default color palette or specify RGB values Default 255 255 255 white iTool User s Guide Table D 56 Property Settings for Lights Lights 496 Appendix D Visualization Properties Property Control Type Values Cone angle Number Angle the spotlight covers from 0 to 180 Active only when Spotlight type is selected Move the slider to change the value Default 60 Focus attenuation Number Floating point value from 0 to 128 that attenuates the intensity of spotlights as the distance from the center of the cone of coverage increases This factor is used as an exponent to the cosine of the angle between the direction of the spotlight and the direction from the light to the vertex being lighted Active only when Spotlight type is selected Move the slider to change the value Default 0 Table D 56 Property Settings for Lights Continued Lights iTool User s Guide Appendix D Visualization Properties Polygonal ROI A IDL ilmage isualization Browser B window 3 0 View 1 Visualization Layer Data Space a Image Polygon ROI Parameters E Axes Annotation Layer
174. d color by default To change this color modify the surface color property in the surface visualization property sheet A property sheet consists of rows and columns The left most column identifies the properties and the other column or columns identify the property values of one or more objects A single property value can be selected at one time When a single property value is clicked on the associated property name appears indented In the Style Editor and Macro Editor multiple properties can be selected at a single time as shown in the following figure Hold down the Ctrl key while left clicking with the mouse to make nonadjacent selections or hold down the Shift key to select an adjacent range of properties a iTools Style Editor File Edit Apply Help Ey My Styles t Iren MyNewStylel NewTestStylel Property Sheet Property Multiple Property Selections es redstyle EH System Styles El Current Style Visualizations WP Surface hex Plot iol eh Image Contour GP Volume Isosurface Interval Volume Image Plane Plot Profile m Colorbar git Histogram Light GP Data Space E Axis Visualization Layer 4 Shape Polygon 4 Shape Polyline 4 Shape Point C Map Grid Annotations 0 Histogram True 0 Property Boo Value 1 True 1 False False 128 128 128 No symbol 7302 True mooo ymbol increment 1 1 Figure 6 1 Property She
175. d cuta eerie eu debe e eerie e see epe eee ep va 344 l gorbbg an IDE Sapele 22 cicer hal re crm e bea e inns 345 Inserting the Comets RT 345 Inserting the Countries Low Resolution eese eee he enm 346 Inserting the Countries Hish Resolution econtra 346 Mier inne Une a ER 348 Insertiug the Lakes iori ene ear eee d E e nee ee e t ana iE Dae 349 Inserting the United States 1 2 E e Io Eee Ed eee pe ee Du gos ede eek o edo gio 350 Ingertng the Canadian PTOVIDGQS Lunette e D ee ere ree pete eor p patei 351 Chapter 16 Workmg WUN VOOIOEB ucismenntrentnuin auda xxE RN NR RISUNUEENNIU UM n nu EN I ODE 353 TGC HO OD M HE 354 Displaying Yi d m 355 Contents iTool User s Guide pru Jl e 355 buo ru M 356 vius EE i EE 359 Aactor POPE E S LL oon cie cepe eene nerd eee recie iade petas 360 Magis Properes 1d n et e e p te ea e Pe baie ie End 360 SUDSSDUIDIUME erect erre nrbt eer rere teet ra ee reto rat dla ea bete erai aus 360 Coloring Vectors Using Auxiliary Data 1 362 Manipulating the Vector Visualivaligt 5 eee tritt tttm etti anii 363 Whcur rn 363 Adding Ano OUS inedita eda dp rab et adr e esie e escis 363 NIOR LAMONT GC 364 E RO OBI c ce tee teet te tertie eee TAEI cree REP AREE Yee Eh 364 Vector Tool
176. d the values that can be assigned are listed For a description of how a particular control is used refer to Appendix B Property Controls Color Name Description Color Color for the ShapePolygon line Click to choose from the default color palette or specify RGB values Default 0 0 0 black Line style Thickness Line Style Style for the ShapePolygon line Select a style from the list Default _ solid line Line Thickness Thickness for the ShapePolygon line Select a thickness from the list Default 1 Fill background Boolean Fill background Choose True or False Default False iTool User s Guide Table D 59 Property Settings for ShapePolygon ShapePolygon 506 Appendix D Visualization Properties Name Description Fill color Color Color for the ShapePolygon fill Click to choose from the default color palette or specify RGB values Default 2 255 255 255 white Z value Number Z value of plane on to which to project the shape polygon visualization Edit the number to change the value Note If the Z value is zero then the shape polygon visualization is considered to be 2D If the Z value is nonzero then the shape polygon visualization is considered to be 3D and the dataspace associated with this shape polygon will be automatically switched to 3D Default 0 Transparency Number Transparency of the ShapePolygo
177. d those that you use to create a macro items in the source tree Macro Items Macro items are the elements that make up a macro namely operations and property settings You insert them into a macro either during recording or in the Macro Editor by moving them from the source tree up into the macro tree The properties of a selected macro item appear in the macro property sheet Macros Dd Sample Macro diy Selection Change x C ERA SetProperty Color Smooth Jm Selection Change ny SetProperty Minor ticks Image Transform H A Plot Line ag SetProperty Color Color _ 255 255 29 Figure 8 15 Macro Items in the Macro Editor Figure 8 15 shows the macro items in the Sample Macro macro both operations Selection Change and Smooth and property settings SetProperty Color SetProperty Minor ticks The first SetProperty item is selected to show the property value Color that it will set on the selected object during playback Operations Operations are the actions that you want the macro to perform on the selected object or objects such as inserting a plot legend or applying a convolution filter You can modify an operation s properties to customize it Some operations have the Show dialog property set to False by default when the operation is added to a macro either by recording or in the editor This setting lets the Understanding Items in the Macro Editor iTool User s Guide Chapter 8 Workin
178. de Recording Macros 144 Chapter 8 Working with Macros Putting the iTools system into recording mode creates a new macro folder in the macro registry using a unique name based on New Macro as shown in the macro tree see The Macro Tree on page 156 If the New Macro folder already exists then the new name is New Macro 1 and so on until the system finds a uniquely numbered name You can change the macro s name when macro recording finishes At the end of recording IDL saves the completed macro and the Macro Editor opens Note that using the Stop Recording menu command is the only way to stop recording without exiting the iTools system Changing tools or closing the tool does not stop recording and a recording started in one iTool will continue to other iTools You can select the Stop Recording command in any active iTool Note What you select in the iTools system before starting recording dictates what happens when you run the completed macro For more information see Macro Type Based on Recording Selection on page 179 Capturing Intermediate Manipulations A manipulation such as Translate typically consists of a series of transformations based on the screen position of the mouse They start with a mouse down operation and end with a mouse up operation but each mouse motion while the mouse button is down generates a transformation Typically when a manipulation such as Translate or Rotate is recorded a single macr
179. describes how to use the Image iTool Introducon cog a dere e ere es 208 Displaying Images 209 Using the Image Panel 213 Image Properties 24 6 can aii ete 216 Adding a Colorbar 004 217 Adding Axes 2 ecce e eevee 218 Resampling an Image iTool User s Guide Filtering an Image 220 Applying a Morphological Operator 222 Contouring anImage 223 Surfacing an Image oes 225 Manipulating the Image Display 226 ilmage Tool Operations 231 207 208 Introduction Introduction Chapter 10 Working with Images The IDL ilmage tool displays your data in image form The ilmage tool then allows you great flexibility in manipulating and visualizing image data To use ilmage from the IDL Command Line type i1 Image An empty ilmage tool appears You can then import image data using any of several data import methods For more information importing image data see Chapter 2 Importing and Exporting Data Note Reference Guide For more information on accepted arguments and keywords see IIMAGE IDL The ilmage tool can be launched in many different ways e At the IDL Command Line without arguments or keywords e At the IDL Command Line with arguments or keywords Through the File New Workbench e Through the File New Visualization ilmage menu option in the ID
180. ding on your contour and needs To insert axes select Insert Axis and then select X Axis Y Axis or Z Axis or from the Visualization Browser select the Axes group and then set Style to Box Axes SM IDL iContour Untitled lS g Cr Lara fiiitliisitg 0 50 100 150 200 v 4 gt Click on item to select or click amp drag selection box 64 168 Figure 12 15 A Contour With Axes Added and Altered in Box Style Once you have placed an axis on your contour you can edit the axis settings by changing the title and increments as well as the color options on the axis Double clicking on the axis itself will show you the Visualization Browser iTool User s Guide Adding Axes 274 Chapter 12 Working with Contours Filtering a Contour The iContour tool allows you to modify your contour data in the following ways Contour Smoothing Within the iContour tool contours can also be smoothed to refine edges or compensate for random noise in the data To smooth your data from the iContour window select Operations Filter Smooth S IDL iContour Untitled File Edit Insert Operations Window Help Haaa lel w olmie 8 hes A N alelele 342 257 Figure 12 16 Brain MRI Data left and Smoothed Data right Note Note The previous figure shows brain MRI data taken from the IDL examples data directory in a file named mr brain dcm on page 401 The window s default size is three howeve
181. diting and deleting data within the tool retracing your steps with the Undo Redo commands and displaying properties for selected objects The Edit menu items are common to all standard iTools Menu Selection Keyboard Accelerator Function Undo Ctrl Z Nullifies the previous operation and restores the iTool to its state before that operation The name of the previous operation appears after Undo Note Operations such as open save export export variable print exit and window moving and resizing cannot be undone Redo Ctrl Y Nullifies the previous Undo command and restores the iTool to its state before the Undo command was issued Any action that can be undone can also be redone Cut Ctrl X Deletes the selected item s and places a copy on the local clipboard Copy Paste Ctrl C Ctrl V Copies the selected item to the local clipboard If a view is copied then a bitmap copy of that view not the entire Window is also put on the System clipboard Note You may change the magnification resolution of the bitmap copy using the Edit Copy property sheet Pastes the current local clipboard contents into the selected view If a view is pasted it is added to the current Window layout and becomes the currently selected view iTool User s Guide Table A 5 The Edit Menu Edit Menu 374 Appendix A iTools Interface Reference Menu Selection Keyboard Acc
182. dth of the structuring element Default 3 Table C 28 Morphological Filter Properties Morphing Properties iTool User s Guide Appendix C Operations Properties 413 Crop Properties Cropping is available for the ilmage tool The ilmage cropping operation allows you to crop one or more selected images at a specified location and specified dimensions See iImage Tool Operations on page 231 for details on cropping For each property the type of control and the values that can be assigned are listed For a description of how a particular control is used refer to Appendix B Property Controls Property Control Type Options X Number The X cropping value Default 0 Y Number The Y cropping value Default 0 Width Number The crop operation width setting Default lt width of selected image gt Height Number The crop operation height setting Default lt height of selected image gt Units String List Data Pixel Default Data iTool User s Guide Table C 29 Crop Properties Crop Properties 414 Appendix C Operations Properties Region Grow Properties Region growing expands a selected area to include nearby pixels that fall within a threshold range of the current selection See REGION_GROW IDL Reference Guide for additional details For a description of how a particular control is used refer to Appendix B Property Controls Property Control Type Opt
183. e Data without displaying the dialog Default True Scale Factor Number Scale the selected data by this factor Edit the number to change the factor that appears in the Scale Factor dialog Scale Factor may be positive or negative Default 2 Table C 24 Scale Data Properties Transform Properties iTool User s Guide Appendix C Operations Properties 409 Invert Image Properties Invert Image Transform properties appear on the Operations Browser for iImage only The operation has no unique properties Byte Scale Properties Byte Scale properties appear on the Operations Browser for ilmage only For each property the type of control and the values that can be assigned are listed For a description of how a particular control is used refer to Appendix B Property Controls Property Control Type Options Automatic Boolean Automatically compute minimum and maximum Min Max values Choose True or False Default True Minimum cutoff Number Minimum value of array to be considered Edit the number to change the value Default 0 Maximum cutoff Number Maximum value of array to be considered Edit the number to change the value Default 2 255 Bottom byte Number Minimum value of scaled result Edit the number to change the value Range 0 255 Default 0 Top byte Number Maximum value of scaled result Edit the number to change the value Range 0 255 Default 255 Table C 25
184. e enter iPlot FINDGEN 20 FINDGEN 20 POLAR f IDL iPlot Untitled NUS sir x File Euit Insert Operations Window Help Click on item to select or click amp drag selection box 420 154 Figure 13 3 A Simple Polar Plot Using the iPlot Tool Note The examples data directory of your IDL 7 0 distribution contains a text file named index txt This file lists all data files available in the example directory and also lists their dimensions and values iTool User s Guide Displaying Polar Plots 286 Chapter 13 Working with Plots Overplotting Once you have plotted data you may overplot new plot data in the original iPlot window Overplotting is the process of plotting new data over the top of original data or datasets for the purpose of analyzing or comparing more than one dataset at a time For example in order to overplot cosine data onto a plot of sine wave data follow these steps 1 Create a variable named theory to contain sine wave data to be plotted theory SIN 2 0 FINDGEN 200 PI 25 0 EXP 0 02 FINDGEN 200 2 Plot theory using iPlot iPlot theory S IDL iPlot Untitled Ele Edit Insert Operations Window Help a Qo Qo T T T I T I I I I I T T T T 0 8 0 6 0 4 0 2 0 0 0 2 0 4 0 6 0 50 100 150 Click on item to select or click amp drag selection box 513 297 Figure 13 4 Sin Wave Data Plotted Overplotting iToo
185. e locations should be warped to the map projection e Setting the value of the Grid units property to 0 Not applicable indicates that the vector grid is in arbitrary units that are not tied to a map projection iTool User s Guide Vectors and Mapping 368 Chapter 16 Working with Vectors Vectors and Mapping iTool User s Guide This appendix describes the following common features of the IDL Intelligent Tools interface Introduction to iTools Interface Elements 370 Help Menu Pile Menm cosesuccedecexere eere dne 371 Pile doolbat uer Bdit Ment 0 04 bia eed hehe REUS 373 Edit Toolbar cse ees WEE MENU edes aun Rr um ae 376 Manipulator Toolbar Operations Menu i eter 377 Annotation Toolbar Window Men ccs oce 380 Context Menu 0 cee as iTool User s Guide 369 370 Appendix A iTools Interface Reference Introduction to iTools Interface Elements The Standard IDL Intelligent Tools comprise seven distinct tools iImage iPlot iSurface iContour iVolume iMap and iVector Each tool has a specific set of functions related to the type of data it is designed to use In addition to these specific tasks all four tools have a number of functions in common This appendix describes those functions that all iTools have in common for information about the functions unique to the individual iTools refer to the chapters describing those tools This appendix is an overvie
186. e the macro names are retrieved and run sequentially at the conclusion of the iTool s actions This action follows the creation of the iTool and if applicable any visualization created by the command Noe For more information on the MACRO_NAMES keyword see the iTools routine commands in the IDL Reference Guide Running Macros iTool User s Guide Chapter 8 Working with Macros 149 Using the Macro Controls Dialog The Macro Controls dialog is a floating dialog that when launched appears in the bottom right corner of the iTool window containing the running macro You cannot resize or close it but you can move it to a different location It appears initially in its small or collapsed form as shown in Figure 8 4 m e x v Figure 8 4 The Macro Controls Dialog Collapsed While Running The Macro Controls dialog lets you e Pause and continue the currently running macro e Step through the macro one item at a time e Stop the macro e Hide or show the macro s intermediate steps e Set the step delay e Hide or show the macro items These actions are described in more detail below Continue Pause If the macro is running the button label is the pause symbol Click this button to pause the macro Figure 8 4 shows the Macro Controls dialog while running If the macro is paused the button label is the continue symbol Click this button to resume macro execution Figure 8 5 shows the Macro Controls dialog while paused
187. e the second volume array of a two channel volume is used as a mask to cut out a portion of the volume to create a hole With the head dat data already loaded from the examples data directory a mask volume is created and displays the result mask BYTARR 80 100 57 NOZERO mask 255 mask 30 50 20 30 0 IVOLUME data mask A rectangular hole through the middle of the head is created making portions of the inside more visible The following is an example of a four channel volume red BYTARR 20 20 20 NOZERO green BYTARR 20 20 20 NOZERO blue BYTARR 20 20 20 NOZERO alpha BYTARR 20 20 20 NOZERO red 10 255 green 10 255 blue 10 255 alpha 128 IVOLUME red green blue alpha Rendering Volumes Volume data does not automatically appear in the tool window since volume rendering can be a time consuming operation To render the volume click the Render button on the tool Auto render is available but not set by default since it can slow down your iTool session if you have simultaneous operations Note Volume data is only rendered if the volume data space is selected Thus if you have multiple volumes in your data space auto render must be turned on in order to render both simultaneously Displaying Volumes iTool User s Guide
188. e 406 for details 4 Click OK to resample the data or Cancel to abort the operation iTool User s Guide Transformations 120 Chapter 7 Common Operations Note For more information on the iTool s Operations Browser see Appendix C Operations Properties Rotate Data The Rotate Data transform makes it possible to rotate the data within the visualization by a specified number of degrees without affecting the rest of the data space graphical objects and axes To rotate data 1 Select the visualization 2 Select Operation Transform Rotate Data The Rotate Data dialog is displayed Rotate Data Description Rotate the data by a specified angle Show dialog True Angle 0 X center offset 0 Y center offset 0 Magnification 1 Interpolation method Nearest neighbor Missing value 0 Pivot False Cancel Figure 7 5 Rotate Data Dialog Transformations iTool User s Guide Chapter 7 Common Operations 121 3 Specify the number of degrees to rotate by clicking the up down control or by editing the text 4 Click OK Scale Data The Scale Data transform makes it possible to scale the data within an object by a specified scale factor To scale data 1 Select one or more objects which contain the data to be scaled 2 Select Operations gt Scale Data The Scale Data dialog appears Scale Data Description Scale the data by a given factor Show dialog True Scale factor 2
189. e is warped internally to fit the map projection if one is present The actual image data itself remains unchanged When you open an image in the iMap tool you need to register the image to define how the pixel data corresponds to points on the earth s surface For more information on this process see Registering an Image on page 335 Once you have image data in the iMap tool all of the features of the iImage tool are available For more information see Chapter 10 Working with Images You can export the mapped image by selecting File Export When the IDL Data Export wizard opens choose the To a file option the image visualization to save and the output file format The result will be the image warped to the current map projection Note Depending on the map projection the alpha channel might be used to mask out pixels outside the map boundary In this case you can export the image to a file format that supports four channels such as TIFE PNG or JPEG2000 Displaying an Image iTool User s Guide Chapter 15 Working with Maps 335 Registering an Image The Map Register Image wizard shown in Figure 15 3 registers an image s data creating a correspondence between the image pixels and points on the earth s surface This registration step is necessary to let the iMap tool properly display the image data in the map projection you select The wizard launches automatically when you import image data or open an i
190. e returned Table 6 9 JPEG2000 File Reader Properties iTool User s Guide File Readers 102 Chapter 6 Property Sheets and Browsers Macintosh PICT The Macintosh PICT File Reader properties are Property Control Type Values None The Macintosh PICT File Reader has no configurable properties other than Name and Description Table 6 10 Macintosh PICT File Reader Properties Portable Network Graphics The Portable Network Graphics File Reader properties are Property Control Type Values None The Portable Network Graphics File Reader has no configurable properties other than Name and Description Table 6 11 Portable Network Graphics File Reader Properties File Readers iTool User s Guide Chapter 6 Property Sheets and Browsers Tag Image File Format 103 The Tag Image File Format File Reader properties are Property Control Type Values Image index Number Level at which to begin image index Edit the number to change the value Default 0 Image Stacking String List Image stacking method Select a method from the Choose between these values list X X Y Y Z Z Default Read Single Image Table 6 12 Tag Image File Format File Reader Properties Windows Bitmap The Windows Bitmap File Reader properties are Property Control Type Values None The Windows Bitmap File Reader has no configurable properties other than Name and
191. e size of the associated volume dimension Color Color Color to be used for the image plane lines in this visualization Click to choose from the default color palette or specify RGB values Default 255 255 255 white Bottom color Color Color to be used for the image plane bottom color in this visualization Click to choose from the default color palette or specify RGB values Default 2 255 255 255 white Linestyle Line Style Style of lines used for constructing the surface Select a style from the list Default solid line Thickness Line Thickness Thickness of lines used for constructing the surface Select a thickness from the list Default 1 Style Style Style of lines used Choose from the following Points Lines Filled Default Filled Depth offset Number Set depth offset value Enter value Default 1 Remove hidden Boolean Remove hidden Choose True or False Default False Table D 51 Image Plane Container Properties Continued iTool User s Guide Image Plane 476 Appendix D Visualization Properties Property Control Type Values Skip zero opacity Boolean Skip zero opacity Choose True or False Default True Polygon rejection String List Hide polygons based on their orientation Choose from the following None Normals point away Normals point toward Default None Note Polygon rejectio
192. e updates e Automatic Z range updates To reset the ranges of your data space select Window Reset Dataspace Range iTool User s Guide Resetting Dataspace Ranges 132 Chapter 7 Common Operations Rendering Translucent Objects Within iTools you can set the transparency of an object to make it appear totally opaque transparent or translucent Isosurface objects are just such a case Text objects can also be made partially transparent so that you can see through the labels on a complex plot and still see both the labels and the data In the majority of scenarios where you will utilize opaque data objects and translucent text labeling this translucent rendering works very well It is important to know however that translucent rendering does not always work well in more complex situations This is because translucent objects must be strictly rendered from the back far from the viewer towards the front closer to the viewer IDL accomplishes translucent rendering by blending the pixels already drawn on the device with the pixels that are drawn to represent a translucent object Therefore it is important that the objects that are positioned behind the translucent object be rendered before the translucent object If the ordering is not correct then you will not be able to see the objects behind the translucent object For most cases in iTools ordering is not a problem If you encounter it as a problem the Bring to Front and related
193. e values Helvetica Courier Times e Symbol Hershey Default Helvetica Table D 55 Property Settings for Individual Axes Continued Axes iTool User s Guide Appendix D Visualization Properties 493 Property Control Type Values Text style String List Style used for tick and label text Select a style from the list Choose from these values Normal Bold Italic Bold italic Default Normal Text font size Number Font size in points for the tick and label text Edit the number to change the size Default 2 12 Table D 55 Property Settings for Individual Axes Continued iTool User s Guide Axes 494 Lights Lights Appendix D Visualization Properties 8 IDL iSurface Visualization Browser BEES BB window Ambient Light 3 0 View_1 Visualization Layer 6p Data Space Q Lights Ambient Light Ambient Light Show True i Type Ambient 1 1 Intensity 0 6 255 255 255 Cone angle 60 0 Q Directional Light Q Light 2 Annotation Layer Focus attenuation Figure D 25 Visualization Browser with Light Properties Displayed Lights properties control the lighting of the data space These properties are available only for 3 D Surface and Volume visualizations Three types of lights can be configured through the Lights properties Ambient Li
194. e volume each time the window is redrawn Choose True or False Default False Quality Boundary String List Quality of the volume Choose between these values Low texture maps High volume Default Low String List Boundary around the volume Choose between these values Off Wire frame e Solid walls Default Solid walls Volume Table D 48 Volume Properties Continued iTool User s Guide Appendix D Visualization Properties 467 Property Control Type Values Boundary Number Percent transparency of the boundary around the transparency volume wire frame or solid walls Move slider to change value Default 90 Render step X Number Stepping factor through the voxel matrix in the x direction Default 1 Render step Y Number Stepping factor through the voxel matrix in the y direction Default 1 Render step Z Number Stepping factor through the voxel matrix in the z direction Default 1 Extents color Color Color for the volume Click to choose from the default color palette or specify RGB values Default 0 0 0 black Ambient color String Choose from default color palette or specify RGB values Default 255 255 255 white Composite function String Choose composite function Default Alpha Blending Acceleration hints Boolean Use acceleration hints Choose Enable or Disable Default Disable Interpolati
195. ean Skip zero opacity for surface Choose True or False Default True Vertex Color Scale User Defined Select vertex color scale bottom top Texture Map Scale User Defined Select texture map scale bottom top Table D 44 Surface Properties Continued iTool User s Guide Appendix D Visualization Properties 453 Contour amp l IDL iContour Visualization Browser oix B window 3 0 View 1 Contour Contour Visualization Layer i ipti Contour level visualization E Data Space j True Contour j Click to edit EE Axes Annotation Layer False 0 6 Planar False Flat 0 Maximum value 255 i Downhill ticks Hide Downhill tick interval 0 1 Downhill tick length 0 1 Figure D 15 Visualization Browser with Contour Properties Displayed These properties control contour object visualizations For each property the type of control and the values that can be assigned are listed For a description of how a particular control is used refer to Appendix B Property Controls Property Control Type Values Contour level properties User Defined Click to edit individual or all contour level properties Click and Edit to display the Contour Levels window See Contour Levels Window on page 455 for details Use palette color Boolean Use palette color Choose True or False Default False iTool User s
196. ecting Insert Axis from the iTool window From here you can select X Axis or Y Axis You can modify axis properties by opening the Visualization Browser and selecting Axes and then changing the Style property from None to the desired style Another option is to double clicking on the axis itself within the visualization and modify its properties SN IDL iImage Untitled ic x File Edit Insert Operations Window Help oslas ee x ope e Pos A N e e eo 600 500 300 200 LLLELELELEELEEEELELE EFL EEF FL EFL FEE LET L EFL E ELEEL LLL EFL ELLLTI 100 200 300 400 500 600 mage K3525 Y 385 Figure 10 6 Image in ilmage with Axes Inserted and Placed Adding Axes iTool User s Guide Chapter 10 Working with Images 219 Resampling an Image Resampling re imports the selected image data using parameters specified in the Resample properties Resampling parameters include factors for adjusting the X Y or Z dimensions of the data as well as the interpolation method to be used To resample image data 1 Select one or more images in the ilmage window for resampling 2 If necessary use the Operations Browser to set the desired parameters through the Resample properties See Resample Properties on page 406 for details 3 Select Operation Transform Resample iTool User s Guide Resampling an Image 220 Chapter 10 Working with Images Filtering an Image There are six types of filters a
197. ects in a specific direction When an object is selected a bounding box appears around the object For information on translating objects see Translation on page 64 View Zoom View Zoom allows you to zoom in or out on a specific area of the contour display area To zoom in or out in View Zoom mode click Zoom SJ on the toolbar For more information on working with View Zoom see Zooming on page 70 Flipping a Contour You can flip your contour within the data space either horizontally or vertically These operations flip the actual data associated with the contour To flip your data select Operations Flip Flip Horizontal or Operations Flip Flip Vertical Canvas Zoom Canvas Zoom allows you to increase or decrease the magnification of the entire display canvas which may contain multiple views depending on the layout by a specified percentage Canvas Zoom is available by selecting the pull down percentage list from the top of the tool just under the Help menu For more information on working with Canvas Zoom see Zooming on page 70 Manipulating the Contour Display iTool User s Guide Chapter 12 Working with Contours 277 Scaling a Contour Display The iContour tool allows you to scale your contour data by selecting Operations Transform Scale Data You can scale your data by a factor which you provide in the Scale Factor dialog Scale Factor 2 0000000 OK Cancel Figure 12 18 Sett
198. ed by Y Parameter Property Sheet Select a visualization Plot lv OBSERVED Parameter Data Types Window VERTEX COLORS indicates a required parameter Help Import Variable Import File Insert Dismiss Figure 3 1 Insert Visualization Dialog With Image Visualization Type Selected The Insert Visualization dialog contains the following items e Data Tree View this tree contains any imported data and or variables available for visualization in the Data Manager e Data Properties this area to the right of the Data Tree View shows the properties of any selected Data Tree elements e Select a Visualization Drop down Menu this menu allows you to select the visualization type to use with the selected data Inserting Visualizations iTool User s Guide Chapter 3 Visualizations 55 iTool User s Guide Parameter Property Sheet these are the input parameters for the visualization type selected in the Visualization Type Drop down Menu These input variables will change per visualization type Parameter Data Types Window this window to the right of the parameters table shows the properties of the selected parameter Help this button will invoke the help system Import Variable gives you the ability to select a variable to import into the Data Manager For more information on importing a variable into your Data Manager see Importing Data from the IDL Session on page 41
199. eehand shape outline Click to choose from the default color palette or specify RGB values Default 0 0 0 black Linestyle Line Style Style of the freehand shape outline Select a line style from the list Default solid line Thickness Line Thickness Thickness of the freehand shape outline in points Select a thickness from the list Default 1 Fill background Boolean Fill freehand shape background Choose True or False Default True Fill color Color Color to be used for the background For background color to display Fill Background property must be set to True Click to choose from the default color palette or specify RGB values Default 255 255 255 white Transparency Number Transparency of the freehand background fill from 0 to 100 Move the slider to change the value Default 0 Table D 70 Freehand Annotation Properties iTool User s Guide Freehand Annotation Properties 524 Legend Properties Appendix D Visualization Properties These properties control legend annotations For each property the type of control and the values that can be assigned are listed For a description of how a particular control is used refer to Appendix B Property Controls IDL iPlot Visualization Browser B window 3 0 View 1 Visualization Layer Annotation Layer e Legend Legend Legend Legend False To
200. eferences Browser Note S S _ SS Changes to preferences are saved between iTool sessions When the OK button is clicked preferences are saved in their current state The Preferences Browser iTool User s Guide Chapter 6 Property Sheets and Browsers 97 General Settings The first option on the Preferences Browser is the General Settings option Settings listed here will be applied to all iTools if altered The properties listed here are Property Control Type Values Unlimited Buffer Boolean Set to determine undo redo buffer size as limited or unlimited True limited False unlimited Default True Zoom on Boolean Set to determine if iTool visualizations resize upon Window Resize view resizing True False Default False Change directory Boolean Set to be prompted to change directory upon open on open e True False Default True Default working Select Edit to bring up the Browse for folder dialog directory Default none Default style Boolean Select from existing style list Default none Default drag Boolean Set the window drag quality quality Low Medium High Default High iTool User s Guide Table 6 1 General Settings Properties General Settings 98 Chapter 6 Property Sheets and Browsers Property Control Type Values Printer output Boolean Set
201. efore the iTool can read the data and place it into the Data Manager The iTool opens the ASCII Template dialog to allow you to specify the format of the ASCII data Importing Data from a File iTool User s Guide Chapter 2 Importing and Exporting Data 35 Note You can also use the iTool s export and export variable features to export ASCII data and variables For more information on exporting see Exporting Data on page 44 To import ASCII data in an iTool select File Open or click the Import File button in the Data Manager or Insert Visualization dialog See Using the ASCII Template Dialog under ASCII TEMPLATE DL Reference Guide for instructions on how to use the dialog to define the structure of your ASCII data Note Once data has been imported into the i Tool and is visible in the Data Manager there are a few ways to visualize the data To learn more about visualizing data see Chapter 3 Visualizations For more information on using the ASCII file reader see ASCII_TEMPLATE IDL Reference Guide Importing Binary Data When you open a file containing binary data that is not of a format recognized by any other file reader available to your iTool you must specify the format of the file before the iTool can read the data and place it into the Data Manager The iTool opens the Binary Template dialog to allow you to specify the fo
202. elect layout style for major and minor tick visualization on all axes Choose from these values Axis plus labels Display tick labels and marks Labels only Display tick labels only no tick marks Box style Display tick labels and marks with labels enclosed in boxes Default Axis plus labels Tick direction String List Select a direction for tick marks Choose from these values Right Above Place tick marks to the right of or above the axis line Left Below Place text to the left of or below the axis line Default 2 Right Above Text show Boolean Set text to show or not show Choose True or False Default True show Table D 54 Axes Container Properties Continued iTool User s Guide Axes 488 Appendix D Visualization Properties Property Control Type Values Text position String List Select a position for tick and label text Choose from these values Below left Place text below or to the left of the axis line Above right Place text above or to the right of the axis line Default Below left Tick format code String A string defining the format of the tick annotation information The format code should be enclosed in parentheses and should conform to one of the formats described in Format Codes Chapter 18 Application Programming This field always displays the current format code but is only available for editing if Use Tick Form
203. elerator Function Paste Special Pastes the current local clipboard contents into the selected view and makes a reference to all contained data Delete Del Deletes the currently selected item s without putting a copy on the local or system clipboards Deletion can be reversed with Undo Select All Selects all items in the current view Grouping Select Group to add all selected objects to a group Ungroup to remove them from the group Order Change the display order of the selected object s Choose from these options Bring to Front Move selected object s to the top display level Send to Back Move selected object s to the bottom display level Bring Forward Move selected object s up one display level Send Backward Move selected object s down one display level Style Selections related to iTool s styles Apply Style Applies current style to your iTool visualization Create Style from Selection Creates a new style from selected visualization items Style Editor Brings up the Style Editor dialog Edit Menu Table A 5 The Edit Menu Continued iTool User s Guide Appendix A iTools Interface Reference 375 Menu Keyboard Function Selection Accelerator Parameters Displays the Parameter Editor See Data Import Methods on page 27 for details Properties Brings up the property sheet for the currently selected item s If only t
204. ent projection If no projection is active then IDL uses default longitude latitude coordinates The ShapePolygons exist in a Canadian Provinces visualization container S IDL iMap Untitled File Edit Insert Operations Window Help nlslalaj le I so a E Alalolele Edit Projection Data Space 482 207 Figure 15 14 The Canadian Provinces Shapefile iTool User s Guide Inserting an IDL Shapefile 352 Chapter 15 Working with Maps Inserting an IDL Shapefile iTool User s Guide This chapter describes vectors and the iVector tool TOCFOOUCEON coo ee eere hehe Gas 354 Manipulating the Vector Visualization 363 Displaying Vectors 0000 355 iVector Tool Operations 365 Vector Properties 000 eae 360 Vectors and Mapping 367 iTool User s Guide 353 354 Chapter 16 Working with Vectors Introduction Introduction The IDL iVector tool displays data in vector form A vector is a line segment that has both length magnitude and direction Magnitude and direction are expressed using two components the east west component or U and the north south component or V The iVector tool displays two dimensional vector flow fields Examples of data that can be visualized using vector flow fields are ocean currents wind and fluid flows Data can be visualized as vectors arrows wind barbs or streamlines and can be l
205. erations are provided in the iTools to allow you to open files save files import variables and files export variables or export the contents of the iTool window as an image file Opening Files Data files text files and previously saved iTools State isv files can be opened with File Open For more information on opening files see Using File Open on page 32 Importing Variables and Files IDL variables and files can be imported into the current iTool with File Import The IDL Data Import Wizard offers you the choice of importing a variable or a file and then asks you to identify the location of the data source and the type of visualization to be created with the data Import a Variable The Data Import Wizard can import an IDL variable created at the IDL command line or exported from an iTool session into the current iTool For more information on importing variables see Importing Data from the IDL Session on page 41 Import a File The Data Import Wizard can import text files data files or image files into the current iTool For more information on importing files see Importing ASCII Data on page 34 Importing Binary Data on page 35 or Importing Image Data on page 34 Saving Files The current state of the iTool can be saved as an i Tools State isv file Whenever you close an iTool window you will be prompted to save the current state as an isv file so that you can return to the current st
206. ert pointer is displayed and text can be entered from the keyboard E Line Click to enter line annotation mode The crosshairs pointer is displayed Click at the starting point for the line and drag in the desired direction Release the mouse button to terminate the line o Rectangle Click to enter rectangle annotation mode 9 Oval Click to enter oval annotation mode e Polygon Click to create a polygon annotation Click to define vertices double click to complete polygon Freehand Click to enter freehand annotation mode The cross le hairs pointer is displayed Click at a starting point and drag to create the desired shape Release the mouse button to complete the polygon Table A 13 Annotation Toolbar Buttons Annotation Toolbar iTool User s Guide Appendix A iTools Interface Reference 387 Context Menu Right clicking on the visualization window brings up a context menu at that location The context menu is common to all iTools and it contains the following menu items Menu Selection Description Cut Deletes the selected item s and places a copy on the local clipboard If the window layout is locked you will be asked if a copy of the view should be placed on the System clipboard Copy Copies the selected item to the local clipboard If a view is copied then a bitmap copy of that view not the entire Window is also put on the System clipboard Paste Paste
207. erties for Editing Multiple properties may be copied and pasted for all styles and cut or deleted only for personal styles as shown for individual properties in the previous sections To select multiple properties for these operations 1 Selecta style by clicking on it 2 Select the style visualization object whose properties you wish to copy The properties appear in the right panel of the editor 3 Click on the property name and then for the selection of multiple discontinuous items hold down the Ctrl key while clicking on any other properties you wish to select For continuous selection hold down the Shift key while clicking on the final property you wish to select in your group All selected property names should appear depressed iTool User s Guide Editing Styles 204 Chapter 9 Working with Styles 4 With your cursor over one of the property names and all desired properties selected right click and select Copy Alternately with all properties selected you can select Edit Copy i iTools Style Editor File Edit Apply Help x My Styles E Les MyNewStylel Visualization Layer iE Axis GP Data Space lc Plot E Colorbar Ey NewTestStylel A Text B System Styles w IDL Classic IF IDL Standard GI Current Style B Visualizations Ld Image lax Plot bez Plot2D Surface Contour Volume Isosurface 8 Interval Volume
208. erties iTool User s Guide Chapter 12 Working with Contours 265 3 Use the Open dialog to find and select the convec dat file in the example data directory The Binary Template wizard will appear 4 Inthe Binary Template dialog click New Field and enter the following information in the New Field dialog e Field name data or a name of your choosing e Type byte Number of dimensions 2 e Ist dimension Size 248 2nd dimension Size 248 5 Click OK to close the New Field dialog and the Binary Template dialog and the contours are displayed in the tool g IDL iContour Untitled File Edit Insert Operations Window Help Dc Ee elle w ole o Al ololele Click amp drag or use arrow keys to translate K 186 9 Y 158 9 Z 50 Figure 12 8 Earth Convection Contours in the iContour Tool iTool User s Guide Contour Properties 266 Chapter 12 Working with Contours Labeling Contours Each contour level line has its own properties You can access these properties through Contour level properties in the contour property sheet by clicking Contour level properties clicking on the arrow button and then clicking Edit The Contour Levels property sheet will appear Alllevels Levell Level 2 Level3 Value 0 10 20 3 Color ooo ooo mooo woo I Line style c qq um 4 Line thickness 1 1 1 1 Label None None None K Label interval 0 4 0 4 04 a No label gap
209. es Longitude in degrees of the projection s center Latitude in degrees of the projection s center Longitude minimum deg Minimum longitude to include in the projection in degrees Longitude maximum deg Maximum longitude to include in the projection in degrees Latitude minimum deg Minimum latitude to include in the projection in degrees Latitude maximum deg Maximum latitude to include in the projection in degrees False easting meters False easting to be added to each x coordinate in meters False northing meters False northing to be added to each y coordinate in meters Table 15 1 Common Map Projection Properties In addition to these properties the following properties Table 15 2 become available depending on the selected projection Name Description Height meters Height above surface in meters for satellite projections Hemisphere Hemisphere for UTM and Polar projections HOM azimuth angle deg Hotine Oblique Mercator azimuth angle degrees east Table 15 2 iTool User s Guide Properties for Selected Map Projections Applying a Map Projection 330 Chapter 15 Working with Maps Name Description HOM latitude 1 deg Hotine Oblique Mercator latitude in degrees of the first point HOM latitude 2 deg Hotine Oblique Mercator latitude in degrees of the second point HOM longitude 1 deg
210. es cette iba e Hav L eed 196 Appbns a Style 16 AU TIE Lee nd center en eterna 199 Applying a Style When Launching an iTool nee ere 201 Ier pend oscil T A event A heaviarteabiee val itiee 202 Copying Properties Within Sylos Leu aee ene rte mt te nte tenerte 202 Cutting and Deleting Properties within Styles nasce enden 203 Selecting Multiple Properties for EMME 1 eite 203 Seting the etal Stl iiie e E EA EAA AEA as Urt i ett destin 205 Importing and Exporting Styles 4 45 terat ee ri tee veg ree te e ai 206 Expor ng File tO SIR uu reete eite teet etienne pe eere Dep epo edet 206 Ingpocasg a Received Pe i edo ea bremen eas Eo iens 206 iTool User s Guide Contents Chapter 10 Working with IIMA QOS M 207 TAMA HE n a E E EAE EA ER 208 Displaying Dagei oiiire Tt e EANA e o beiden delete 209 Displaying MIM Tig iie eoe p er t eer ae rer hb etn 211 Usine Wie Danse PAGE uc tereti eere rr terea terrier eue t ei beoe ead 213 intro qa T C 214 The Palette Editor eee terere eren eed ertet eere evden ce EUR denn 215 bono EFE lm M 215 Inidsc PEG PCH e icai cedit eere ba teda eaae e dbasie desta 216 Modifying Properties i die LEER E Heel banca nil 216 ouai Rico DEP 217 C IUE S MUTET 218 BEosomplidie in DIGIER ince reete D ee erra gerettet int ta ed ee RE ens 219 gil iino MM 220 Consolving anm Inge 12e i ei re Las ELEC ae E ELA L BUE a 220 Pepys 3 Med
211. escription of how a particular control is used refer to Appendix B Property Controls Property Control Type Values Color Color Color of the surface visualization Click to choose from the default color palette or specify RGB values Default 255 184 0 gold Use color on Boolean Display a color for the bottom of the surface Choose bottom True or False Default False Image palette User Defined By selecting Edit Color Table Edit access the color table to manipulate surface color values Bottom color Color Color to be used for the bottom of the surface Click to choose from the default color palette or specify RGB values Default 255 255 255 white Minimum value Number Minimum Z Axis value of the surface plot Edit the number to change the value Maximum value Number Maximum Z Axis value of the surface plot Edit the number to change the value Table D 44 Surface Properties iTool User s Guide Surface 450 Surface Appendix D Visualization Properties Property Control Type Values Surface style String List Style used for rendering the surface Select a style from the list Choose from these values Points Data points in the surface are rendered as points Wire mesh Data points in the surface are connected with lines forming a mesh Filled Data points in the surface are connected with filled quadrangles or triangles forming a solid
212. et with Multiple Property Selections iTool User s Guide Property Sheets 88 Chapter 6 Property Sheets and Browsers Visualization Property Sheets Visualization property sheets can be displayed from the Visualization Browser or from the iTool window To display a visualization s property sheet from the Visualization Browser 1 Select Window Visualization Browser 2 Select the name of the object in the Visualization Browser list The object s properties are displayed in the right hand pane of the Visualization Browser window the small arrows at the top left of the Browser window will allow you to display both panes To display a visualization s property sheet from the iTool window 1 Click to select the object in the iTool window 2 Do one of the following to display the property sheet for the selected visualization e Double click the visualization in the 1Tool window e Select Edit Properties e Right click to display the Context Menu and select the Properties menu item Note For detailed information on Visualization Browser properties see Appendix D Visualization Properties Operations Property Sheets Operations property sheets can only be displayed from the Operations Browser To display an operations property sheet 1 Select Operations Operations Browser 2 Select the name of the operation in the Operations Browser list The operation properties are displayed in the right hand pane of
213. f IDL iPlot Untitled M iol xl File Edit Insert Operations Window Help Da ge lele Ole S froze Al ololelo a o n Eur ar doa a aca doa a a a doa an aru 0 50 100 150 a o o JN REET di Click amp drag to scale 467 158 Figure 13 11 A Quintic Curve Fit to a Sin Wave Plot The new curve created by the curve fitting operation is added to the Data Manager Curve Fitting iTool User s Guide Chapter 13 Working with Plots Filtering a Plot 297 The iPlot tool allows you to modify your plot data in the following ways Plot Smoothing Within the iPlot tool plots can also be smoothed to soften edges or compensate for random noise in the plot To smooth your plot from the iPlot window select Operations Filter Smooth gi IDL iPlot Untitled File Edit Insert Operations Window Help Haaa oo ale w ole S Ps A N elelele Click on item to select or click amp drag selection box 715 396 Figure 13 12 Damped Sine Plotted Data left and Smoothed Data right Note The example shown in the previous figures is taken from example data available in the examples data directory of your IDL installation The data is contained in a file called damp sn dat Note The window s default size is three however this can be changed via the operations browser For more information on smoothing properties see Smooth Properties on page 401 iTool User s Guide
214. facts reposition the object so that it is not in the same plane as the data space wall or make the wall completely transparent Data Space Properties iTool User s Guide Appendix D Visualization Properties 437 Visualization Type Properties There are many types of visualizations that can be displayed in the six iTools Each data type has its own property sheet which can be displayed in the Visualization Browser For more information see e Image on page 438 Plot on page 441 e Plot 3D on page 445 e Surface on page 448 e Contour on page 453 e Vector on page 458 e Volume on page 463 e sosurface on page 469 e Interval Volume on page 471 e Image Plane on page 474 e Colorbar on page 477 e Histogram on page 481 e Axes on page 485 e Lights on page 494 e Polygonal ROI on page 497 e IDL Graphics Objects on page 499 e Map Grid on page 500 e ShapePolygon on page 505 e ShapePolyline on page 507 e ShapePoint on page 509 e Streamlines on page 510 iTool User s Guide Visualization Type Properties 438 Appendix D Visualization Properties Image S IDL iImage Visualization Browser B window 3 0 View 1 Gy Visualization Layer Data Space E z5 Image 1 E dit color table E Axes i Annotation Layer Nearest Neighbor 0 Not applicable F
215. found in the source tree s Annotations folder You can multi select properties in the sheet Selected properties may be moved to a macro property setting item Although all properties in the source property sheet are grayed out desensitized you can select them for creation of SetProperty macro items for more information see SetProperty Settings on page 165 Note User defined properties are available only if they are part of a macro recording they will apply like any other property during playback You cannot otherwise use a user defined property moving copying modifying etc in the macros system The Add and Remove Buttons There are two sets of Add and Remove buttons one for the source and macro trees and one for the source and macro property sheets Both sets have similar behavior iTool User s Guide Using the Macro Editor 162 Chapter 8 Working with Macros The Item Add Button The item Add button in the left pair copies items from the History and operations folders up into macros If a macro folder is selected in the macro tree then the new item is placed at the end of existing items If a macro item is currently selected in the macro tree then the new item is added to the macro folder immediately following the selected macro item If the top level Macros folder is selected then a new macro is created and the item is placed within it With a visualization selected the Add button adds a Visualization
216. g the Step Delay window s slider e Typing a value in the window s field The minimum value is 0 0 seconds the maximum value is 60 0 seconds and the default step is 0 01 seconds You can set the step delay value while the macro is paused or running Modifying the step delay value does not set the macro s step delay property Setting the step delay through the Macro Controls dialog applies a temporary override value that remains in effect until the end of the macro execution until the value is modified again with the dialog or until a Step Delay Change operation is encountered in the macro items see Step Delay Change Operation Item on page 176 Show Macro Items Hide Macro Items If the Macro Controls dialog is collapsed you can use the button with the down arrow shown in Figure 8 5 to expand the dialog and show the macro items During macro execution the current macro item is selected in the tree view When the macro is paused the tree view shows the macro item to be executed next when you click either Step or Continue iTool User s Guide Running Macros 152 Chapter 8 Working with Macros Macro Controls 2A Image Transform dm Selection Change gr Open Invert Image X Delay Rotate Smooth Figure 8 7 The Macro Controls Dialog Expanded If the Macro Controls dialog is expanded as shown in Figure 8 7 you can use the button with the up arrow to collapse the dialog so that macro items are not d
217. g with Macros 165 operation run without displaying its dialog when the macro is run In this case any operation properties will be obtained from the saved macro item and used during playback You can alter the value of this property to allow customization of operation properties during playback If the Show dialog property of the macro item is set to True then during macro playback the operation s dialog will be displayed letting you alter any operation properties Once the dialog is closed the execution of the macro will continue SetProperty Settings SetProperty settings contain only the properties being modified which will apply to the currently active object during macro playback They do not contain the Name and Description properties typically displayed for an object because the property can apply to whatever object is selected that is these fields are no longer tied to a certain type However if the name and description properties are selected in the editor or modified in a recording the SetProperty item will display these properties as expected You can modify properties in the Macro Editor to customize your macros Source Items This group consists of history items and four folders of operation items that you can use in macro creation Visualizations Annotations Macro Tools and Tool Menus The items in all five groups are also available as a source for property settings to be added to a SetProperty macro item iTool Use
218. ge box manipulators This operation lets the macro system record and play back changes made with the Data Range manipulator from the iTools toolbar the graph icon Table 8 9 shows the Range Change operation s properties and values Property Value Description Operation description set by default to Range Change X Minimum Minimum value for the x coordinate of the data set X Maximum Maximum value for the x coordinate of the data set Y Minimum Minimum value for the y coordinate of the data set Y Maximum Maximum value for the y coordinate of the data set Table 8 9 The Range Change Operation s Property Values Understanding Items in the Macro Editor iTool User s Guide Chapter 8 Working with Macros 175 Property Value Z Minimum Minimum value for the z coordinate of the data set Z Maximum Maximum value for the z coordinate of the data set Table 8 9 The Range Change Operation s Property Values Continued Note that you could have unpredictable behavior if you modify those properties in the Macro Editor and then run the macro containing the modified operation e g the data range scaled up or down further than desired and thus obscuring important details Be careful with estimating these values Delay Operation Item The Delay operation can be added to a macro to cause a discrete delay at a particular place in a macro The Delay seconds property of the operation allows setting a value in seconds to
219. ght ote es 240 Adding a Legend 4 241 Adding amp xes Lede nde oped ae 242 iTool User s Guide Contouring a Surface 244 Resampling a Surface 246 Filtering a Surface losers 247 Adding a Texture Map 248 Manipulating Surface Displays 249 iSurface Tool Operations 254 233 234 Chapter 11 Working with Surfaces Introduction Introduction The IDL iSurface tool provides interactive access to surface data You can visualize surfaces and then modify and manipulate those surfaces in the ways that you need The following sections describe how surfaces can be displayed modified and manipulated in iSurface To use iSurface from the IDL Command Line type iSurface An empty iSurface tool appears You can then import surface data using any of several data import methods For more information on importing surface data see Chapter 2 Importing and Exporting Data Note __ gt SO SSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSFFFSSSSSSS For more information on accepted arguments see ISURFACE JDL Reference Guide The iSurface tool can be launched in the following ways e At the IDL Command Line without arguments or keywords e At the IDL Command Line with arguments and keywords e Through the File New Visualization iSurface menu option in the IDL Workbench e Through the File New iSurface menu option in an existing iToo
220. ght Light 1 from above and Light 2 from below Each type of light has the same set of properties as described in Table D 56 iTool User s Guide Appendix D Visualization Properties 495 For each property the type of control and the values that can be assigned are listed For a description of how a particular control is used refer to Appendix B Property Controls Property Control Type Values Type String List Type of light source for this light Select a type of light from the list Choose from these options Ambient Universal light source with no direction or position An ambient light illuminates every surface in the scene equally which means that no edges are made visible by contrast Ambient light controls the overall brightness and color of the scene Positional Supplies divergent light rays so that the edges of surfaces can be made visible by contrast A positional light source can be located anywhere in the scene Directional Supplies parallel light rays from a light source located at an infinite distance from scene Spotlight IIluminates only a specific area defined by the light s position direction and the cone angle angle the spotlight covers Default Positional Distance Number Distance of the light source from the visualization from 1 in front of the visualization to 1 behind the visualization Move the slider to change the value Default 1 for Ambient Light an
221. h 2 or 4 decimal places Exponential with 2 or 4 decimal places Date 13 formats Time 11 formats Default None Text font String List Font used for label text Select a font from the list Choose from these values Helvetica Courier Times Symbol Hershey Default Helvetica Text style String List Style used for label text Select a style from the list Choose from these values Normal Bold Italic Bold italic Default Normal Text font size Number Font size in points for the label text Edit the number to change the size Default 9 Table D 46 Contour Levels Properties Continued iTool User s Guide Contour 458 Appendix D Visualization Properties Vector g IDL iVector Visualization Browser EB Window E View 1 f Name Vector B Visualization Layer Description Vector E Data Space 1 Show True x KP Vector i Gi Axes Annotation Layer i Grid units Not applicable j Vector style Arrows Length scale Head size 1 i Arrow style Filled Proportional heads False jAmowheadange 30 j Arrowhead indentation 0 4 1 Arrow thickness 2 Line thickness 1 Data location Center i Automatic color Magnitude moo Color palette Editcolortable 1 Transparency 0 0 Automatic subsampling False jSubsampling method Nearest neighbor iM subsample factor 275 Y subsample factor 1 Mark missing points
222. h window layouts see Window Layouts on page 73 2 Select a layout in this case select Gridded and then enter 2 and 1 for Columns and Rows and then OK iTool User s Guide Displaying Images 212 Chapter 10 Working with Images 3 The window now displays a two by two arrangement of views You will notice the original political map of Africa image is shifted to the top left view Select and highlight the top right view 4 Select File gt Open or the File Open icon amp at the top left of your ilmage window and from the File Open Dialog select the examples data image named africavlc png and click Open 5 The second image of the African continent now appears in the top right view E DET Untitled Joi File Edit Insert Operations Window Help ollaa elelee Koper for al lololele n ald image Rois CO 2 2 Pixel Location 75 39 Pixel Value 0 Pixel Scale X100z Y 100 Edit Palette Channel Gray 7 T Link All A z i z Max 255 Min 0 Figure 10 3 Displaying Multiple Images in ilmage Displaying Images iTool User s Guide Chapter 10 Working with Images 213 Using the Image Panel The image panel appears to the right of the visualization window of the ilmage tool This panel allows you to view and manipulate various image properties such as pixel location and values and color properties You can also draw ROIs within your visualization The components and functions
223. he Display intermediate steps property of the macro itself If Record manipulator steps is set to True when starting a recording it is most likely that the user wants to see the intermediate steps during playback so Display intermediate steps is set to True to provide that display Note that this property applies only to the macro item generated during recording The history item generated for a transformation always consists of the single overall transformation regardless of the setting of Record manipulator steps if recording as well as if not recording There are a number of other manipulators that are not affected by the Record manipulator steps property For these manipulators their primary purpose is to specify an overall movement with the mouse to specify how a succeeding operation will be applied Therefore an overall movement is always used to create a single macro item These other manipulators are the following e Crop Box e Range Box e Range Pan e Range Zoom e Line Profile Surface Contour iTool User s Guide Recording Macros 146 Chapter 8 Working with Macros Running Macros When you run a macro its operations apply to the item or items selected in the active iTool Noe For more information on a macro s application to the current selection see Macro Type Based on Recording Selection on page 179 To run a macro do one of the following e From an iTool window select Operations Macros
224. he Tool identifier property names the tool to which the Tool Change operation will change e g IMAGE TOOL for an ilmage tool This property is used only if the value of the Change Type property is By Identifier otherwise it is ignored The Position in container property identifies the tool to which the Tool Change operation will change by number e g 0 for the first tool in the session This property is used only if the value of the Change type property is Position in Container otherwise it is ignored iTool User s Guide Making Selection and Tool Changes 186 Chapter 8 Working with Macros Importing and Exporting Macros You can import a macro from a file by selecting File Import from the Macro Editor which opens a dialog that lets you select one or more macro files to import Macro files are IDL SAVE files created by exporting an existing macro Note __ S ssssSssSSSSSSSSes Macros created in future versions of IDL might contain features not present in the current release and might not behave as designed Users will be warned if they are importing macros from a future version of IDL You can export a macro to a file by selecting File Export from the Macro Editor The filename that you specify will be used to create an IDL SAVE file containing the macro The macro to be saved is specified by either the macro folder selected explicitly or the macro folder containing the selected m
225. he irreg grid1 file contains three columns of data points These columns represent the x locations y locations and the elevation respectively of this data These columns are specified as three fields vectors of data with the ASCII Template wizard Click Next on the first and second step of the wizard then click Finish on the third last step of the wizard The IDL iTools Create Visualization dialog will appear i IDL iTools Create Visualization x IDL iTools Create Visualization This wizard will help you convert your data and create a visualization Launch the gridding wizard C Select a visualization and specify parameters C Do not create a visualization Help OK Cancel Figure 12 2 The iTools Create Visualization Dialog Displaying Contours 260 Chapter 12 Working with Contours The IDL iTools Create Visualization dialog contains the following choices Launch the gridding wizard Select a visualization and specify parameters Do not create a visualization 5 Select the Launch the gridding wizard radio button then click OK The IDL Gridding Wizard Step 1 of 3 dialog will appear IDL Gridding Wizard Step 1 of 3 This wizard helps you interpolate your scattered data values and locations onto a regular arid You have entered 100 points X coordinates 1 0 4 Rs E E s mo 88 0 007468 0 3950 mo 79 Y coordinates 9 8 ior P mo 70 0 006830 0 3346 e 0 62 0 64 7 3 Data values y
226. he new IDL iTools and aids in using this guide Introducing the iTools I8 Using This Guide oce 20 iTool User s Guide 17 18 Chapter 1 Introducing the IDL iTools Introducing the iTools The new IDL Intelligent Tools iTools are a set of interactive utilities that combine data analysis and visualization with the task of producing presentation quality graphics Based on the IDL Object Graphics system the iTools are designed to help you get the most out of your data with minimal effort They allow you to continue to benefit from the control of a programming language while enjoying the convenience of a point and click environment In IDL seven pre built iTools are exposed for immediate interactive use Each of these tools is designed around a specific data or visualization type including e Two and three dimensional plots line scatter polar and histogram style e Surface representations e Contour data e Map data e Image displays e Volume visualizations e Vector displays The iTools are built upon a new object oriented framework or set of object classes that serve as the building blocks for the interface and functionality of the Tools IDL programmers can easily use this framework to create custom data analysis and visualization environments Such custom iTools may be called from within a larger IDL application or they may serve as the foundation for a complete application A Single Tool with Many F
227. he view is selected the property sheet for the view layer is presented Only one property sheet may be displayed at a time If a different item or view is selected the contents of the property sheet change to the properties of the new item or view For grouped items a single property sheet with the intersection of the properties is displayed When the property values are not the same for the grouped items those properties are set to undefined or default Setting a property for a grouped item sets that property for all items in the group iTool User s Guide Table A 5 The Edit Menu Continued Edit Menu 376 Insert Menu Appendix A iTools Interface Reference The Insert menu contains tools for adding visualization elements to the displayed data Contents of the Insert menu vary from iTool to iTool Menu Selection Function Visualization Inserts a new visualization into the current window See Inserting Visualizations on page 54 for details View Inserts a new view into the current window e If the window is currently locked this menu item will be grayed out If the window is not locked the new view is added to the layout in the appropriate location depending on the currently active layout Dataspace Inserts data space useful when overplotting such as in iPlot Axis Inserts a new axis Choose from these options e X inserts an additional X axis e Y inserts an additio
228. help system e Import Variable This button allows you to select a variable in the IDL Main scope to import into the Data Manager For more information on importing a variable into your Data Manager see Importing Data from the IDL Session on page 41 Import File This button allows you to select a data file to import into the Data Manager e Dismiss This button will dismiss the dialog iTool User s Guide About the Data Manager 26 Chapter 2 Importing and Exporting Data Data Item Management In addition to the ability to import new data into the Data Manager you can rename duplicate or remove existing data items e Renaming data To rename a data item enter a new name in the Name field on the data property sheet e Deleting data To delete an unused or outdated data item select the item in the tree view click the right mouse button to display the Data Manager context menu and choose the Delete option Note Deletion is not reversible e Duplicating data To create a copy of an existing data item select the item in the tree view click the right mouse button to display the Data Manager context menu and choose the Duplicate option About the Data Manager iTool User s Guide Chapter 2 Importing and Exporting Data 27 Data Import Methods Data items in the Data Manager are available to all iTools until it they are removed You can bring data into the iTool Data Manager in the following ways e
229. i Tool User s Guide IDL Version 7 0 November 2007 Edition Copyright O ITT Visual Information Solutions All Rights Reserved 1107IDL70ITU Restricted Rights Notice The IDL IDL Analyst ENVI and ENVI Zoom software programs and the accompanying procedures functions and documentation described herein are sold under license agreement Their use duplication and disclosure are subject to the restrictions stated in the license agreement ITT Visual Information Solutions reserves the right to make changes to this document at any time and without notice Limitation of Warranty ITT Visual Information Solutions makes no warranties either express or implied as to any matter not expressly set forth in the license agreement including without limitation the condition of the software merchantability or fitness for any particular purpose ITT Visual Information Solutions shall not be liable for any direct consequential or other damages suffered by the Licensee or any others resulting from use of the software packages or their documentation Permission to Reproduce this Manual If you are a licensed user of these products ITT Visual Information Solutions grants you a limited nontransferable license to reproduce this particular document provided such copies are for your use only and are not sold or distributed to third parties All such copies must contain the title page and this notice page in their entirety Export Control Informa
230. iTools system as well The iTools source code is included in the IDL distribution to allow you to e extend the pre built tools with your own operations manipulations visualization types and GUI controls create your own custom tools based on the iTools component framework e share your inventions with others in the IDL community via the ITT Visual Information Solutions User Contributed Library www ittvis com codebank or other avenues of collaboration and distribution Noe For more information on building your own iTools or building hybrid iTools see the iTool Developer s Guide Tips and instructions for using this guide are detailed in the following section iTool User s Guide Introducing the iTools 20 Chapter 1 Introducing the IDL iTools Using This Guide The iTool User Guide can show you important iTool functionality such as how to start the iTools how to import data into an iTool how to export data out of an iTool the general layout of the iTools and how to perform common iTool tasks This User Guide is organized to help you make the most of the IDL iTools The User Guide contains the following chapters Using This Guide Chapter 2 Importing and Exporting Data This chapter introduces you to bringing data into the iTools as well as exporting data Chapter 3 Visualizations This chapter introduces what an iTool visualization is and how to work with visualizations Chapter 4 M
231. ice that only data items can be exported as variables Click Next IDL Data Export Wizard Step 3 of 3 Enter the desired IDL variable name Data Name Data Type IDLVECTOR Description IDL Variable Name fr Help lt lt Back Finish Cancel Figure 2 17 The IDL Data Export Wizard Exporting a Variable Step 3 of 3 4 The final screen and step allow you to name your variable as you wish A default name also appears as representative of the data item Name your variable and click Finish 5 The variable will now appear in the IDL Variable Watch window Exporting via Context Menu An alternate way to export a variable to IDL is to select the variable within the Visualization browser and right click to choose Export to IDL For more information on the Visualization browser see Appendix D Visualization Properties Exporting Data to the IDL Session iTool User s Guide This chapter describes how working with visualizations within the iTool About Visualizations 52 Inserting Visualizations 54 Visualization Creation Methods 53 Modifying Existing Visualizations 56 Creating Visualizations Automatically 53 Exporting Visualizations 58 iTool User s Guide 51 52 Chapter 3 Visualizations About Visualizations A visualization is a graphical representation of data that has been imported into the iTool Data Manager This might mean a plot image
232. ics File Writer properties are Property Control Type Values Bit depth String List Bit depth in bits Select a depth from the list Choose between these values Automatic e 8 bit 24 bit Default 2 Automatic Table 6 23 Portable Network Graphics File Writer Properties File Writers iTool User s Guide Chapter 6 Property Sheets and Browsers 109 Tag Image File Format The Tag Image File Format File Writer properties are Property Control Type Values Bit depth String List Bit depth in bits Select a depth from the list Choose between these values Automatic e 8 bit e 24 bit Default Automatic Compression String List Compression type Select a type from the list Choose between these values None Packbits e JPEG Default None Table 6 24 Tag Image File Format File Writer Properties Windows Bitmap The Windows Bitmap File Writer properties are Property Control Type Values Bit depth String List Bit depth in bits Select a depth from the list Choose between these values Automatic e 8 bit 24 bit Default 2 Automatic Table 6 25 Windows Bitmap File Writer Properties iTool User s Guide File Writers 110 Chapter 6 Property Sheets and Browsers Windows Enhanced Metafile The Windows Enhanced Metafile File Writer properties are Property Control Type Values Graphics format Bitmap or Vector Render graphics using bitmap or vec
233. ified printer via the standard Windows or Motif printer dialog If the contents have been modified in the current view they will appear modified in the printer output To print the contents of the graphics window 1 Select File Print The standard Windows or Motif printer dialog appears 2 Select the desired printer and printer properties from the printer dialog 3 Click Print The current view of the contents of the graphics window is sent to the chosen printer with the chosen options Print Preview The Print Preview dialog in iTools allows you to view and manipulate your iTool window content before sending it to the printer To open the Print Preview dialog select File Print Preview You can reposition your content in the Print Preview window by clicking it and dragging it to a new location If you move your content in such a way that part of it is no longer visible in the Print Preview dialog this same part will not be shown when printed Noe If your Print Preview dialog shows the red border it will not appear on paper when printed You can resize your content by clicking and dragging the small black rectangle at the upper right corner of the window area The aspect ratio of the content cannot be changed If Center is unchecked then the content will be resized while keeping the location of the lower left corner static If Center is checked then resizing will take place while keeping the content centered
234. igure D 11 Visualization Browser with Image Properties Displayed Image iTool User s Guide Appendix D Visualization Properties 439 These properties control image object visualizations For each property the type of control and the values that can be assigned are listed For a description of how a particular control is used refer to Appendix B Property Controls Property Control Type Values Image Palette User Defined By selecting Edit Color Table Edit access the color table to manipulate color values Interpolation String List Method used for interpolating the image Select a method from the list Choose from these values Nearest Neighbor Assign the value of the nearest pixel to the pixel in the output image Fastest method but may cause jagged edges e Bilinear Create a weighted average based on the nearness and brightness of the closest four pixels and assign that value to the pixel in the output image Default Nearest Neighbor Z value Number Z value of plane on to which to project the image Edit the number to change the value Note If the Z value is zero then the image visualization is considered to be 2D If the Z value is nonzero then the image visualization is considered to be 3D and the dataspace associated with this image will be automatically switched to 3D Default 0 Pixel size x Number Pixel size for x value Default 1 Pixel size y Nu
235. ile on page 45 Exiting the iTool Clicking the Close button xj on the iTool window will close the selected window File Exit also closes the iTool window You will be prompted to save any changes to the current state see File Save above for details All visualizations and views within the window are removed from memory File Operations iTool User s Guide Chapter 7 Common Operations 115 Rotation The iTools provide a number of ways to rotate graphical objects Objects that are 3 D can be rotated freely or along an axis using the mouse In addition both 2 D and 3 D objects can be rotated left or right in 90 degree increments or they can be rotated by a specified number of degrees These tools rotate the entire data space Note Special consideration should be given when attempting to rotate a graphic image object within ilmage See for more details Mouse Rotation To rotate a 3 D object with the mouse 1 Select the object in the iTool window 2 Click Rotate 6l on the toolbar to enter Rotate mode The rotation sphere consisting of circular x y and z dimension axes is displayed around the object as illustrated in Figure 7 1 and Figure 7 2 iTool User s Guide Rotation 116 Chapter 7 Common Operations 3 3 D objects can be constrained to rotate only along one of the three displayed axes or they can be rotated freely e To rotate an object along an axis position the mouse pointer on the axis The const
236. illing Contours 270 Chapter 12 Working with Contours The color set for each of the original seven levels is repeated every set of seven within the 20 new levels gi IDL iContour Untitled E ial xl File Elit _ insert Operations Window Help 0 50 100 150 200 u a o 4 gt Click on item to select or click amp drag selection box 256 123 Figure 12 13 20 Filled Contour Levels Reset at 20 Levels Filling Contours iTool User s Guide Chapter 12 Working with Contours 271 Adding a Colorbar You can add a colorbar to your visualized contour which will show on a color scale the minimum to maximum values of data in the visualization To add a colorbar click on the contour data and then from the iContour window select Insert Colorbar A colorbar will be placed in the visualization window Note SS S SS _ SS Be sure that the Use palette color setting in the Visualization Browser is True so that colors can be used After that you can choose or set your own color scheme from the Levels Color Table Edit color table function This colorbar can be resized and moved around the data space You can also double click on the colorbar to invoke the Visualization Browser which will allow you to change the values for the colorbar and edit color tables For more information on the colorbar see Colorbar on page 477 iTool User s Guide Adding a Colorbar 272 Chapter 12
237. ine Thickness Thickness of the interval volume lines in points Select a thickness from the list Default 1 Fill background Boolean Fill background Choose True or False Default True Fill color Color Color to fill Click to choose from the default color palette or specify RGB values Default 255 0 0 red Transparency Number Level of transparency Default 0 Source Color String List Set source color Choose from the following Isovalue selected Volume color table User selected Fill Color Property Default Isovalue selected Volume color table Isovalue dialog String Edit isovalue ll Isosurface alue Selector LX EET 100 4 gt Decimate of original surface OK Cancel Isovalue 0 Number The lower isovalue for the interval volume which should be in the range Min volume data Max volume data Table D 50 Interval Volume Container Properties Continued Interval Volume iTool User s Guide Appendix D Visualization Properties 473 Property Control Type Values Isovalue 1 Number The upper isovalue for the interval volume which should be in the range Min volume data Max volume data Mesh quality Number The percent of the interval volume mesh to retain Default is 100 Table D 50 Interval Volume Container Properties Continued iTool User s Guide Interval Volume 474 Image Plane 8 IDL i olume Visualization Browser
238. ing List Select a depth from the list Choose between these values TrueColor Grayscale Default TrueColor Quality Number Factor from 0 100 determining the level of quality Move slider to change the level Default 75 Table 6 20 Joint Photographic Experts Group File Writer Properties JPEG2000 The JPEG2000 File Writer properties are Property Control Type Values Reversible Boolean Use reversible lossless compression Wavelet levels Number The number of wavelet decomposition levels or stages in the range of 0 15 Higher values take longer to store and read but may give better compression The default is 3 Quality layers Number A positive integer specifying the number of quality layers Each layer contains the information required to represent the image at a higher quality given the information from all the previous layers A larger number of layers takes longer to encode and produces a larger file but provides more flexibility when decoding Table 6 21 JPEG2000 File Writer Properties iTool User s Guide File Writers 108 Chapter 6 Property Sheets and Browsers Macintosh PICT The Macintosh PICT File Writer properties are Property Control Type Values None The Macintosh PICT File Writer has no configurable properties other than Name and Description Table 6 22 Macintosh PICT File Writer Properties Portable Network Graphics The Portable Network Graph
239. ing the Contour Scale Factor Once you have set the scale factor select OK and the scaling takes place You may zoom in and out from your plot using either the Zoom In and Zoom Out buttons on the iPlot toolbar or by selecting Window Zoom In or Window Zoom Out Adding Annotations The following types of annotations can be added to iContour displays Plot Annotation Description Type Text Single lines or multiple lines of text can be added to a visualization to provide a label or description Line Straight line annotations can be added to a visualization to link labels to objects or to identify an object Rectangle Rectangular annotations can be added to a visualization to identify rectangular areas Oval Oval annotations can be added to a visualization to identify oval areas Table 12 1 Types of Contour Annotations iTool User s Guide Manipulating the Contour Display 278 Chapter 12 Working with Contours Plot Annotation Description Type Polygon Polygon annotations can be added to a visualization to identify areas bounded by a polygon Freehand Freehand annotations can be added to a visualization to identify an area Table 12 1 Types of Contour Annotations Continued For more information on creating and using annotations see Chapter 5 Adding Annotations Manipulating the Contour Display iTool User s Guide Chapter 12 Working with Contours 279 iContour Tool Operations
240. ins operations that are not in the standard menu system You can use these items to build macros Visualizations Annotations 3 ER GRITS Am Selection Change E Tool Change WX Scale WX Translate P View Pan Rotate Q View Zoom X Delay Step Delay Change Step Display Change Tool Menus v Figure 8 20 The Macro Editor s Macro Tools Folder The operations in this folder deal with selection changes tool changes and the Scale Translate View Pan Rotate View Zoom Range Change Delay Step Delay and Step Display Change manipulations For information on selection and tool changes see Making Selection and Tool Changes on page 179 Scale Operation Item The Scale operation stores the scaling factors from an interactive scale manipulation Table 8 4 shows the Scale operation s properties and values Property Value Description Operation description set by default to Scale X Scale Factor to scale the selected object s data in the x direction Table 8 4 The Scale Operation s Property Values iTool User s Guide Understanding Items in the Macro Editor 172 Chapter 8 Working with Macros Property Value Y Scale Factor to scale the selected object s data in the y direction Z Scale Factor to scale the selected object s data in the z direction Table 8 4 The Scale Operation s Property Values Continued Note that you could have unpredictable behavior if you modif
241. interest buttons on the ilmage Image Panel You can also apply operations to image data contained within an ROI area Some operations applied to ROIs affect the ROI data while others affect the ROI vertices Operations Modifying ROI Data If the operation acts on the pixel values of the underlying data the pixels that are contained within the ROI are changed as a result of the operation Pixel values outside of the ROI area remain unchanged but pixel values within the ROI are set to correspond with the pixel result of the chosen operation Examples of operations acting upon the ROI data are e Filter operations including Convolution Median Smooth Roberts and Sobel e Morphological operations e Transform operations including scaling and inverting data Operations Modifying ROI Vertices If the operation acts on the vertices of the ROI itself the vertices are changed as a result of the operation If the entire image is selected for an operation the ROI will follow the behavior of the entire image as the operation acts upon it If only the ROI is selected then only the ROI will respond to the operation Examples of operations acting upon the ROI vertices are e Rotate right left or by a specified angle e Flip horizontal or vertical Region grow iTool User s Guide Operations on Regions of Interest 134 Chapter 7 Common Operations Printing File Print sends the current view of the contents of the graphics window to the spec
242. ion in degrees of the image data Table 15 5 Degree Coordinate Properties Registering an Image iTool User s Guide Chapter 15 Working with Maps 341 Name Description Longitude pixel size deg Pixel size in degrees in the longitude direction Latitude minimum deg Minimum latitude position in degrees of the image data Latitude maximum deg Maximum latitude position in degrees of the image data Latitude pixel size deg Pixel size in degrees in the latitude direction Table 15 5 Degree Coordinate Properties Continued Entering the minimum value and the pixel size automatically updates the maximum value iTool User s Guide Registering an Image 342 Chapter 15 Working with Maps Displaying a Contour You can visualize contour data in the iMap tool as you would in the iContour tool To learn more about visualizing contour data see Displaying Contours on page 257 Once you have contour data in the iMap tool all of the features of the iContour tool are available For more information see Chapter 12 Working with Contours Displaying a Contour iTool User s Guide Chapter 15 Working with Maps 343 Creating a Shape Visualization A shapefile stores nontopological geometry and attribute information for the spatial features in a data set The shapefile format was created by ESRI and is widely used in the geographic information systems community
243. ion Browser B window 3 0 View 1 cj Visualization Layer Data Space bes Plot E Axes E Axis O iE Axis 1 E Axis 2 E Axis 3 Annotation Layer 485 Axes Axes Container True Box Axes False False False False 0 Hoo i 4 05 0 Axis plus labels False None Helvetica faxes Container Figure D 24 Visualization Browser with Axis Properties Displayed These properties control axis object visualizations For each property the type of control and the values that can be assigned are listed For a description of how a particular control is used refer to Appendix B Property Controls iTool User s Guide Axes 486 Appendix D Visualization Properties The following table contains the properties that control the container for the visualization axes Property Control Type Values Style String List Select display style for axes Choose from these values None Do not display axes At Dataspace Minimum Display 2 axes for 2 D visualization 3 axes for 3 D visualization Box Axes Display 4 axes for 2 D visualization 12 axes for 3 D visualization Crosshairs Display crosshair style axes Default At Dataspace Minimum Lock to Data Boolean Locks axis axes to data Default False Transparency Number Adjusts transparency of axis axes Default 0 Color C
244. ion FINT uates ee eerte ttp EOE EN 220 nre diua g TASE E 220 Applying a Roberts Fiter teeth netter ree cert ree HU aeg ts 221 Applying a Sobel Per eere reete Frente ener retirar tt 221 Applying ad Unsborp Mask um eed e eden tr eiae her Pi eres 221 Applying e Morphological Operator ice ertet tert trt aderit peine 222 Conun an DIAS ia uod ren ertet tete te Ee ere ein ena 223 ourfaeing ati Image does rr e eret na eee e Dep ECRIRE HE ERR 225 Manipmiatng the Image DISplay Jette ttt entier ree reete ceres 226 Borne 36 AB 2ioccibeto Re ta ta e iem e meh beso un 226 Scaling an Image and Byte Scaling an Image eite 226 Toyerins uNDido MT 226 Blips ani ru MEM Em 226 bo onm 227 ar Uo M 227 Pixel Scaling T H e 227 vu agi gn C 227 Adding POOR iiie ence re rer te e Pe mL d ade eis 228 Line Prole M 228 ki i q E 229 Contents iTool User s Guide Cropping on DMO D 229 Umass Pool ODIIIEUDES isha ee t t eoim en f ape eei 231 Viewing Histogram ML 231 Miewins Image SUHSBES iue iecit nnn ia aii ia 231 REPRINT MH ES 231 Chapter 11 Working with SurlaCeS a iissisese eee trina anc cina na dna aua haa duram n aaa 233 WaT Mm 234 Displaying SUAE EET IS 235 ouate Propor eE oie scales nade eda ttytni oa E S E iets antl deren 237 THe Visualization Browse eere m Dd er
245. ion can be added to a macro to toggle the visibility of intermediate steps during macro execution The setting for the Display intermediate steps property remain in place until the end of macro execution or until another Step Display Change operation is encountered The Display intermediate steps value from this operation is not saved in the corresponding property of the macro containing this operation The setting is instead a temporary override of the macro s Display intermediate steps property This property allows setting the visibility of intermediate steps for part of a macro You can use several Step Display Change operations within a macro to make different parts of a macro show intermediate steps while other parts do not update the display Note An update of the display is always done at the completion of macro execution Table 8 12 shows the Step Display Change operation s properties and values Property Value Description Operation description set by default to Change the macro step display Display Indicates whether to display intermediate steps set by default intermediate steps to False do not display intermediate steps Table 8 12 The Step Display Change Operation s Property Values iTool User s Guide Understanding Items in the Macro Editor 178 Chapter 8 Working with Macros Tool Menus Items The Tool Menus folder shown in Figure 8 21 contains the operations from the iTools menus
246. ion can be imported into the Data Manager to be visualized in an iTool Once you have entered variables into the IDL session at the command line you can import a variable directly from the Data Manager dialog or by using File Import See Chapter 3 Importing and Writing Data into Variables Using IDL for information on how to create variables that contain data within an IDL session Note If you specify a variable as a parameter to the iTool at the IDL command line the variable is automatically imported into the Data Manager The following is an example of importing a variable using the Data Manager dialog 1 From the Data Manager dialog select Import Variable The IDL Variable Browser appears Ej IDL Variables IDL Variable Name ow B 910 G A IDCOLORBAR Type 910 NX BYTE 910 NY 910 OCOLORBAR Value 919 OTOOL BYTE 255 ow R 910 RGBTABLE Data Import Name 910 5 B 910 SUCCESS A TOOL aio U Import Type 910 V IDLVECTOR i 910 VOID 010 X zi Import Close Figure 2 9 The IDL Variable Browser 2 From the IDL Variable Browser you can select available variables which you have created in your IDL session and click Import to add them to your Data Manager as available variables iTool User s Guide Importing Data from the IDL Session 42 Chapter 2 Importing and Exporting Data S Data Manager Browser x Channel 0 B 43 Data Manager 3 955 afipol
247. ion into an iTool with an existing vector visualization or if you insert a vector visualization into an iTool with an existing map projection IDL will attempt to determine whether the vector visualization should be warped using the current map projection If the X coordinates of the vector visualization are in the range from 180 to 180 and the Y coordinates are in the range from 90 to 90 the locations of the vectors are assumed to represent longitude and latitude In this case the location of each vector is warped to the current map projection If the X and Y coordinates are not in this range the vector locations are not warped Note The locations and directions of vectors are warped but their magnitudes are not The magnitude is assumed to be independent of the grid units You can override the default behavior by setting the Grid units property of the vector visualization or by specifying the value of the GRID UNITS keyword to IVECTOR e Setting the value of the Grid units property to 1 meters indicates that the vector locations are already correctly located on a particular map projection assumed to be in meters In this case you should then also set the dataspace map projection to match your map projection so that any images or shapefiles are warped to the correct map projection e Setting the value of the Grid units property to 2 degrees indicates that the vector locations are in degrees of longitude and latitude and that thes
248. ion s parameters e Do not create a visualization iTool User s Guide Working with Unknown Data 38 Chapter 2 Importing and Exporting Data Using the Gridding Wizard The iTools Gridding Wizard allows you to convert irregularly gridded data into regularly gridded data using a variety of methods The gridding wizard processes your irregularly gridded data in three steps S IDL Gridding Wizard IDL Gridding Wizard Step 1 of 3 This wizard helps you interpolate your scattered data values and locations onto a regular grid You have entered 100 points coordinates 1 07 eee e s s m0 88 0 007468 0 9950 0 79 Y coordinates CE z w P m0 70 0 006890 0 9946 P 0 62 0 64 i E Data values e m0 53 0 007098 0 9648 8 os gw 0 44 0 4 4 5 T b 3 E m0 36 Spherical data s 0 24 t 1 d zx 80 18 0 0 19 T 0 094 T T T T T T 0 0 0 2 0 4 0 6 0 8 1 0 Iv Show points Help Back Next gt gt Cancel Figure 2 6 The IDL Gridding Wizard Step 1 of 3 The IDL Gridding Wizard Step 1 of 3 dialog contains the following items Number of points entered X Coordinates The X coordinate range Y Coordinates The Y coordinate range Data values The data minimum and maximum values Spherical data checkbox Check this box if the data is spherical Coordinate diagram Shows coordinates of grid data Show points checkbox Select to show all points default 2 checked Help Obtain
249. ions Region grow method String List The method used to select pixels that are similar to the current selection Choose from these values By threshold The expanded region includes neighboring pixels that fall within the range defined by the Threshold minimum and Threshold maximum values By standard deviation The expanded region includes neighboring pixels that fall within the range of the mean of the region s pixel values plus or minus the given multiplier times the sample standard deviation as follows Mean StdDevMultiplier StdDev where Mean is the mean value of the selected pixels StdDevMultiplier is the value specified by the Standard Deviation Multiplier property and StdDev is the standard deviation of the selected pixels Default By threshold Pixel search method String List Specifies which pixels should be considered during region growing Four neighbor searching searches only the neighbors that are exactly one unit in distance from the current pixel Eight neighbor searching searches all neighboring pixels Choose from these values 4 neighbor e 8 neighbor Default 4 neighbor Region Grow Properties Table C 30 Region Grow Operation Properties iTool User s Guide Appendix C Operations Properties 415 Property Control Type Options Threshold to use String List Specifies the threshold values to use Choose from these values Source ROI Image th
250. is remembered and displayed in the Rotate By Angle dialog So for example you can set the angle to zero degrees to make your visualization angle rotate back to zero For 3D visualizations Rotate by Angle is relative and does not remember the current rotation angle Rotation iTool User s Guide Chapter 7 Common Operations 119 Transformations Three types of transforms are common to all iTools Resample Rotate Data and Scale Data Resample The Resample transform resamples the selected data Resampling operation properties include factors for each dimension of the data as well as the interpolation method to be used gl Resample Lx Resample 2nd dimension factor 9 5 3rd dimension factor 0 5 Interpolation method Nearest neighbor Figure 7 4 Resample Dialog For example if the X Y or Z value of a visualization needs to be different from the original data value you can resample the data to adjust the X Y or Z value by the specified resample factor Or if the default interpolation method produces undesirable artifacts in the visualization of the data you can resample the data with a different interpolation method To resample data 1 Select one or more objects in the iTool window for resampling 2 Select Operation Transform Resample 3 Use the property sheet that appears to specify the resampling factor in each dimension along with the interpolation method See Resample Properties on pag
251. isplayed Running Macros iTool User s Guide Chapter 8 Working with Macros 153 Using the Macro Editor You can use the Macro Editor to modify existing macros and create new macros The Macro Editor is launched automatically after you record a macro interactively You can also launch the Macro Editor at any time by selecting Operations Macros gt Macro Editor from any iTool The Macro Editor is a system wide dialog shared by all current iTools Closing all current iTools does not close the Macro Editor i iTools Macro Editor LIC Es File Edit Run Help Macros cS Sample Macro din Selection Change X SetProperty Color Smooth Jm Selection Change EX SetProperty Minor ticks 285 Image Transform FIR Plot Line SetProperty Color Color 255 255 23 E143 History H E PLOT TOOL Closed 1 E43 IMAGE TOOL Closed 1 FAN Stop Recording diy Selection Change a Start Recording iz Open Invert Image Rotate Smooth a Stop Recording IMAGE TOOL zy Visualizations 4 Annotations zy Macro Tools IMAGE TOOL Closed 1 NS IMAGE TOOL ed 1 Description EE 8 8 Figure 8 8 The Macro Editor Figure 8 8 shows the Macro Editor with the History folder expanded to show the history items that were generated while the iImage tool was open that is all iImage o
252. isplayed in the Preview window 3 Click OK to apply the changes or Cancel to close the window without applying changes To change the number of views displayed 1 Select Window Layout 2 Select Gridded from the Layout list 3 Edit the number of columns and rows in the Grid text boxes Default 1 by 1 iTool User s Guide Window Layouts 74 Chapter 4 Manipulating the Display 4 Click OK to apply the changes or Cancel to close the window without applying changes To select a preset arrangement of views 1 Select Window Layout 2 Select from the following arrangements in the Layout list 1x1 Gridded Trio Left Inset Trio Right Trio Top Freeform Trio Bottom 3 Click OK to apply the changes or Cancel to close the window without applying changes Window Layouts iTool User s Guide This chapter describes the following common tasks that can be performed with all of the IDL Intelligent Tools Introduction 12 s ERR 76 Annotations eeee eee 79 Legends 220224 ea e eR ees 77 Additional Axes 0 000 84 iTool User s Guide 75 76 Chapter 5 Adding Annotations Introduction Introduction The Standard IDL iTools supplied in the IDL distribution ilmage iPlot iSurface iContour iVolume iMap and iVector each posses common annotation capabilities This chapter describes this common annotation functionality and how it can be used Note SS
253. istogram Properties 398 Appendix C Operations Properties Filter Properties The following properties control the iTool filters Convolution Properties Convolution smooths data by using a weighted moving average Convolution filter properties appear on the Operations Browser for all iTools See Convolution Filter on page 124 for details on applying convolution For each property the type of control and the values that can be assigned are listed For a description of how a particular control is used refer to Property Control Type Options Show dialog Boolean Display the Convolution Kernel Editor dialog when the Convolution filter is selected from the Operations Filter menu Choose True to display the dialog or False to apply the Convolution filter without displaying the dialog Default True Filter Properties Table C 17 Convolution Filter Properties iTool User s Guide Appendix C Operations Properties 399 Property Control Type Options Filter String List The default filter Select from the following list User defined e Tent Boxcar Gaussian Edge Horizontal Edge Vertical Edge Diagonal Right Edge Diagonal Left Line Horizontal Line Vertical Line Diagonal Right Line Diagonal Left Laplacian Emboss Default Tent Number of columns Number Width of the filter applies only to Tent Boxcar and Gaussian Default 3 Number of
254. itrary increments from the Operations menu To rotate a surface freely or along an axis with the mouse 1 Select the surface in the iSurface window 2 Click Rotate 5 on the Manipulator toolbar The rotation sphere is displayed around the surface iTool User s Guide Manipulating Surface Displays 250 Chapter 11 Working with Surfaces S IDL iSurface Untitled a zin Bi xj File Edit Insert Operations Window Help pelala cx leslie fo mele a fo A N a e is Click amp drag selected item or use arrow keys to rotate 556 491 Figure 11 8 Surface with Rotation Sphere Displayed e To rotate the surface freely position the mouse pointer over the surface so that it changes to a free rotation pointer 5 Click and drag to rotate the surface in the desired direction e To rotate the surface along an axis position the mouse pointer over an axis so that it changes to an axis rotation pointer th Click and drag to rotate the surface along the axis in the desired direction To rotate a surface in 90 increments left or right from the Operations menu 1 Select the surface in the iTool window 2 Select Operations Rotate Rotate Left or Operations Rotate gt Rotate Right To rotate a surface an arbitrary number of degrees from the Operations menu 1 Select the surface in the iTool window 2 Select Operations Rotate Rotate by Angle Manipulating Surface Displays iTool User s Guide Chapter 1
255. itsm png Ei Image Planes TT 9i Channel 0 BREST False lH Palette a TTE sine waves H sine waves 1 sine waves 2 EH GA Surface parameters 910 5 Help Import Variable Import File Dismiss Figure 2 10 Imported Variable with Imported Files After importing data into the Data Manager you can display the data using the Insert Visualization dialog See Inserting Visualizations on page 54 for details Importing Graphic Objects You can import graphic objects into your iTool using the Visualization pull down menu on the Insert Visualization window Select IDL Graphics Object and then import your variable from the Data Manager into the Graphics Object field and select Insert When importing graphic objects into an iTool it is important to remember e Ifthe object hierarchy being inserted as a graphic object does not have the REGISTER_PROPERTIES keyword set then no properties will be available in your iTool when the object is visualized If the object hierarchy being inserted as a graphic object includes an image object rotation may not behave as expected For more information on image objects and their behavior see Transformations of IDLgrImage Objects Chapter 32 JDL Reference Guide Parameter Data and the Command Line Parameter data can often be entered at the IDL command line in IDL when creating an iTool Consider the following example 1 At the IDL Command Line enter the foll
256. k and slide to select filter radius in pixels Default 3 Clipping threshold Filter Properties Number Click and slide to select clipping threshold Default 0 Table C 20 Unsharp Mask Filter Properties iTool User s Guide Appendix C Operations Properties 403 Curve Fitting Properties Curve fitting properties appear on the Operations Browser for the iPlot tool only See Curve Fitting on page 294 for details on applying curve fitting to a plot For each property the type of control and the values that can be assigned are listed For a description of how a particular control is used refer to Appendix B Property Controls Property Control Type Options Show dialog Boolean Display the Curve Fitting Editor dialog when the Curve Fitting filter is selected from the Operations Filter menu Choose True to display the dialog or False to apply the Curve Fitting filter the default curve fitting model linear will be used without displaying the dialog Default True Table C 21 Curve Fitting Properties iTool User s Guide Filter Properties 404 Appendix C Operations Properties Property Control Type Options Model name String List Model to use in curve fitting Select a model from the list Choose from these values Linear Qaudratic Cubic Quartic Quintic Exponential Gompertz Logsquare Hyperbolic Hyperbolic trigonometric Logistic Geometric Trigo
257. ker to select a new value If a spinner control is displayed click or click and hold the up or down buttons to change the value 50 a String Enter a string in the text box If the hen the string is too long for the cell string exceeds the length of the arl activation button is displayed text box browse button is provided to expand the text box Table B 15 Controls Used in Property Sheets iTool User s Guide Appendix B Property Controls 391 Control Type Function Color Select a color from the palette displayed in the color selector Or click Custom Color UNIX users right click the color bar at the bottom of the window to specify RGB or HSL values mummmmr m Custom colors COCCO Hue 13 Red 200 FTTTTTTI BH ciu ColorlSolid Lum ms Blue NI Add to Custom Colors Define Custom Colors gt gt Cancel UNIX Color Picker Windows users enter Hue Sat Lum or Red Green Blue values and click OK to apply the new values Click Add to Custom Colors to save your values UNIX users drag the Red Green Blue or Hue Lightness Saturation sliders to change values and click OK to apply the new values Table B 15 Controls Used in Property Sheets Continued iTool User s Guide 392 Appendix B Property Controls Control Type Function Line Style Select a line style from the list
258. l iTool User s Guide Chapter 11 Working with Surfaces 235 Displaying Surfaces Three dimensional visualizations of surfaces can be displayed in the iSurface window To open an iSurface window do one of the following e Atthe IDL command line enter ISURFACE e From an iTool window select File New and select iSurface Surface data can be displayed by specifying data parameters at the IDL command line or by importing a binary or ASCII text file containing surface data To import a file containing surface data into the iSurface tool 1 Select File Open from the iSurface tool and locate the file to open For example from your IDL examples data directory select idemosurf dat 2 Double click the filename or select the filename and click Open to open the surface data file You will be prompted to enter information regarding your file type for example ASCII or binary For more information on entering this information and on importing data see Chapter 2 Importing and Exporting Data In this example enter demosurface for your template name and then select New Field and specify demosurface as the Field Name and specify it as a two dimensional 200 by 200 Floating type 3 Then select OK and OK to dismiss and visualize iTool User s Guide Displaying Surfaces 236 Chapter 11 Working with Surfaces S IDL iSurface Untitled loj xl File Edit Insert Operations Window Help Corea S eelse w o lel a P
259. l Editor settings as necessary by modifying any of the following items in the property sheet Filter select a filter type from the list The default filter is Tent Number of Columns Rows edit if necessary Center position is centered by default Select False to turn centering off Auto normalize scaling is automatic by default To use a different scale factor select False and enter a value in the Scale factor property field You can also set Bias offset to add an offset that will be added to the results after Scale factor Edge values edges wrap around by default To choose a different edge format select Zero result Repeat last value or Zero pad from the list Use invalid value filtering missing data is off by default To filter missing data using an invalid value select True and enter the value in the Invalid value property field You can also set Replacement value to give IDL a value that will replace missing results 4 Click OK to apply the filter with the current settings and close the Convolution Kernel Editor window or click Cancel to close the window without applying the filter Unsharp Mask Filter An unsharp mask filter can be applied to any two dimensional array or a TrueColor image The unsharp mask enhances the contrast between neighboring pixels in an image and is widely used for astronomical images and for digital photographs To apply the Unsharp Mask filter 1 Select the data that y
260. l User s Guide Chapter 13 Working with Plots 287 3 Create a variable named newtheory which stores cosine data to be used for overplotting newtheory COS 2 0 FINDGEN 200 PI 25 0 EXP 0 02 FINDGEN 200 4 Now overplot the new cosine data onto your original plot iPlot newtheory OVERPLOT S IDL iPlot Untitled File Edit Insert Operations Window Help oaaae ee w Ole o Al ololelo 55 223 Figure 13 5 Cosine Data Overplotted on Sine Data iTool User s Guide Overplotting 288 Chapter 13 Working with Plots Plot Properties The iPlot window is a self contained plot display and manipulation device You can import and export plot data and modify and manipulate plot data For more information on the basic iPlot interface and its layout see Appendix A iTools Interface Reference Modifying Properties By selecting Edit Properties from the iPlot tool you may modify your plot properties You may modify your plot s name description fill type and fill color opacity as well as the show hide properties and the line color style and thickness For more information on editing properties in the iTools see Appendix D Visualization Properties Plot Properties iTool User s Guide Chapter 13 Working with Plots 289 Adding Legends A legend is text that describes aspects of a visualization For example a legend might show the plot line or plot points If multiple plots a
261. l over the place which you wish your line profile to begin and click 3 Drag to the ending point of your line profile and release Manipulating the Image Display iTool User s Guide Chapter 10 Working with Images 229 4 A new plot window appears showing a plot of the image pixel values that fall along that line Once a line profile has been drawn it will remain until deleted The line may be translated or its endpoints moved individually If it is translated or edited the profile plot will automatically update If you dismiss your Plot Profile window and wish to have it back again from your ilmage window with the line selected choose Operations Plot Profile and the Plot Profile window will reappear Noe Line profiles on map projections always connect points using the image coordinates either degrees or meters See Registering an Image on page 335 for more information on image coordinates View Panning To pan an image select the View Pan tool button on the toolbar and then click on the image and drag until it is in the desired location Panning causes the extents of the visible portion of the view to be shifted Cropping an Image The ilmage crop manipulator button allows you to crop your image to your specified size and dimension It also allows you to translate and resize the crop box and then apply the crop to the currently selected image or images The button appears in the toolbar as show
262. l to a file If the state has not been previously saved and has no filename enter a filename The saved file is cross platform Print Prints the entire contents of the graphics window iTool User s Guide Table A 10 File Toolbar Buttons File Toolbar 384 Edit Toolbar The Edit Toolbar contains the following buttons Appendix A iTools Interface Reference Button Tool Name Function E Undo Nullifies the previous operation and restores the iTool to its state before that operation Note Operations such as open save export export variable print exit and window moving and resizing cannot be undone E Redo Nullifies the previous Undo command and restores the iTool to its state before the Undo command was issued Any action that can be undone can also be redone Cut Deletes the selected item s and places a copy on the local clipboard If the window layout is locked you will be asked if a copy of the view should be placed on the System clipboard Copy Copies the selected item to the local clipboard If a view is copied then a bitmap copy of that view not the entire Window is also put on the System clipboard Paste Pastes the current local clipboard contents into the selected view If a view is pasted it is added to the current Window layout and becomes the currently selected view Edit Toolbar Table A 11 Edit Toolbar Buttons iTool User
263. lay Change operation is a temporary override of the macro s Step Delay property This delay allows setting the step delay for part of a macro You can use several Step Delay Change operations within a macro to make different parts of a macro have delays of different length If you want a discrete delay in a single location use the Delay operation For more information see Delay Operation Item on page 175 Note SSS When you are using the Macro Controls dialog to step manually through a macro the step delay is not applied For more information on this dialog operation see Step on page 150 Table 8 11 shows the Step Delay Change operation s properties and values Property Value Description Operation description set by default to Change the macro step delay Delay mode Indicates which delay to use If Delay mode is set to Use specified delay the Step delay seconds value becomes the current step delay If Delay mode is set to Use macro folder delay the step delay is retrieved from the macro applied to the current step delay Step delay Value in seconds to delay The minimum value is 0 0 the seconds maximum value is 60 0 and the default step is 0 01 Table 8 11 The Step Delay Change Operation s Property Values Understanding Items in the Macro Editor iTool User s Guide Chapter 8 Working with Macros 177 Step Display Change Operation Item The Step Display Change operat
264. le to manipulate plot color values l Palette Editor x Eu ia o o Eu ia o o 0 0 0 ze E 1 Color Space Red Green Blue X EditMode Freehand Ramp Posterize Invert Smooth Reverse Duplicate Load Predefined A IV Display v Modify K Cancel l X I Xo X xc Histogram binsize Number Set histogram binsize Default 1 Color Color Color to be used for the plot lines RGB values are assigned or you may edit your color Default varies Table D 53 Histogram Container Properties Histogram iTool User s Guide Appendix D Visualization Properties 483 Property Control Type Values Line style Line Style Style of the colorbar lines Select a line style from the list Default solid line Thickness Line Thickness Thickness of the colorbar lines in points Select a thickness from the list Default 1 Minimum value Number Minimum histogram value Enter a number Default varies Maximum value Number Maximum histogram value Enter a number Default varies Histogram plot Number of points Boolean Set histogram to show or not show Choose True or False Default True show Number Number of points in plot to be averaged Enter a to average number Default 1 Polar plot Boolean Set histogram to show or not show as a polar plot Choose True or False Default False hide Fill plot Boolean Set histogram to show or not
265. lization when an iTool is launched from the command line This keyword can be used with any of the iTool routines CONTOUR IMAGE IMAP IPLOT ISURFACE IVECTOR and IVOLUME Several system styles are included in your IDL distribution For more information on setting a system style or created style see Setting the Default Style on page 205 Note Styles specified in the STYLE NAME string override the default style iTool User s Guide Applying Styles 202 Chapter 9 Working with Styles Editing Styles The iTools Style Editor makes it possible to edit your existing personal styles as well as copies of IDL System Styles The Style Editor is shown in the following figure EN iTools Style Editor ioj xj Menus Fie Edt Apply Help y My Styles H MyNewStylel E fe NewTextStylel i Herizontal alignment Left Visualization gt A m Colo 255 7272 Object a eb p Pa i Fill background False 255 255 255 0 Courier H IDL Standard E B Current Style Normal Style List gT xt font size 20 Object Properties Figure 9 9 The iTools Style Editor It is important to note that IDL s System Styles cannot be edited These can however be copied as a new style and then edited For information on copying styles see Copying an Existing Style on page 195 The following section describes various editing tasks related to styles Copying Properties
266. ll create a new data item in the iTool Data Manager and create a new iPlot tool that visualizes the data in a line plot e By opening a file in an existing iTool either by selecting File gt Open or using the Data Import Wizard File Import e By using the Data Import Wizard File Import to import a variable from the IDL Session Both the Data Import Wizard and the process of using File Open are described in detail in Chapter 2 Importing and Exporting Data Noe Certain data types such as binary or ASCII may require you to supply IDL with further information before they can be visualized For more information about reading certain data types into iTools see Importing Data from a File in Chapter 2 iTool User s Guide Visualization Creation Methods 54 Chapter 3 Visualizations Inserting Visualizations If you already have the necessary data in the iTool Data Manager you can manually create a visualization in your iTool This is done from your desired iTool window by selecting Insert Visualization To access data using Insert Visualization from your tool 1 Start an iTool 2 Select Insert Visualization The Insert Visualization Dialog appears Data Tree View Property Sheets E Insert Visualization 34 Data Manager ath ARRAY Name OBSERVED 4 CRATER Description FLOAT 200 910 THEORY Visualization Drop down Menu AJ x Parameters Data types accept
267. llle 141 Recording Macros 0000 143 Running Macros iTool User s Guide Using the Macro Editor 153 Understanding Items in the Macro Editor 164 Making Selection and Tool Changes 179 Importing and Exporting Macros 186 139 140 Chapter 8 Working with Macros Introduction Introduction The macros in IDL iTools provide a shortcut mechanism that lets you quickly and automatically repeat a sequence of operations You can record a series of actions in one iTool or several iTools save the series as a macro and then apply it to a new set of data to save you from having to repeat the actions manually This chapter discusses the following areas More information about macros see What Are Macros on page 141 Recording macros see Recording Macros on page 143 Running macros see Running Macros on page 146 Editing macros see Using the Macro Editor on page 153 Making selection and tool changes within a macro see Making Selection and Tool Changes on page 179 Importing and exporting macros see Importing and Exporting Macros on page 186 iTool User s Guide Chapter 8 Working with Macros 141 What Are Macros In the context of the iTools a macro is a collection of operations and property values that can be applied to an existing visualization or visualizations There are two kinds of macros depending on what you have selected when you start recording For more i
268. lot Boolean Display plot as a histogram Choose True or False Default False Points to average Number Number of points to average when drawing the plot Edit to change the value Default 1 Polar plot Boolean Display plot as a polar plot Choose True or False Default False Fill plot Boolean Fill between plot lines Choose True or False Default False Fill level Number Level at which to begin the plot fill Edit the number to change the value Default 0 Fill color Color Color for the plot fill Fill transparency must be less than 100 Click to choose from the default color palette or specify RGB values Default 128 128 128 Fill transparency Number Transparency of the plot fill from 0 to 100 Move the slider to change the value Default 0 Symbol Symbol Symbol to appear at regular intervals on the plot line Choose a symbol from the list Default No symbol Symbol size Number Factor from 0 1 determining the size of the selected symbol Move slider to change the size Default 2 0 2 Use default color Boolean Activate Symbol color property Choose True or False Default False Symbol color Color Color for the selected symbol Click to choose from the default color palette or specify RGB values Default 0 0 0 black iTool User s Guide Table D 42 Plot Properties Continued Plot 444 Appendix D Visualization Properties Prope
269. lues None The iTools State File Reader has no configurable properties other than Name and Description Table 6 7 iTools State File Reader Properties File Readers iTool User s Guide Chapter 6 Property Sheets and Browsers 101 Joint Photographic Experts Group The Joint Photographic Experts Group File Reader properties are Property Control Type Values None The Joint Photographic Experts Group File Reader has no configurable properties other than Name and Description Table 6 8 Joint Photographic Experts File Reader Properties JPEG2000 The JPEG2000 File Reader properties are Control Type Values Property Levels to discard A droplist giving the number of highest resolution levels which will not appear in the result Image dimensions are divided by 2 to the power of this number For example if the image in the object has dimensions of 1024 x 1026 and DISCARD LEVELS is set to 3 the resulting image will have dimensions of 128 x 129 which is the ceiling of 1024 1026 divided by 23 The default is None implying that the full resolution image will be returned Quality layers A droplist giving the maximum number of quality layers which will be returned in the result Each layer contains the information required to represent the image at a higher quality given the information from all the previous layers A value of All the default implies that all layers should b
270. ly named style to view its properties Under MyNewStylel select Plot and change the Color to your preference as shown here 8l iTools Style Editor E l E inl x File Edit Apply Help lt Q My Styles E MyNewStylel Visualization Layer E Anis GP Data Space be Plot System Styles cfe IDL Classic as IDL Standard 2 Lan Current Style False 1 False False 9 128 128 128 0 No symbol Symbol thickness 1 Symbol increment Figure 9 2 Selecting Background Color Change the Symbol to Asterisk Now from the Style Editor window select the Axis object and change the color Select File Save to save changes to MyNewStylel Next from the iPlot window select Edit Style Apply Style and select MyNewStylel from the Apply Style dialog that appears Your new style which contains changes to your line style color plot symbol type asterisks and color of plot axes is applied to the plot object Creating Styles 192 Chapter 9 Working with Styles Note If multiple items of the same class are within a container e g the axes container the first one within the container will be used when creating the style Creating a Style From Selected Items The following example shows how to create a new style from selected items within an iTool view 1 From your existing iPlot window
271. ly specified in terms of standard deviations away from the data value For example to create a 2D plot with asymmetric error bars on the X and Y axes follow these steps 1 To set asymmetric error bars for X and Y with X bars initially hidden enter err FLTARR 2 10 err 0 FINDGEN 10 10 err 1 FLTARR 10 0 5 2 Plot the error bars in the iPlot window iPlot FINDGEN 10 COLOR 255 0 255 S ERRORBAR_COLOR 255 0 0 ERRORBAR CAPSIZE 0 25 X ERRORBARS 0 XERROR err YERROR err Ij aoc ioruef ox File Edi Insert Operations Window Help Cfo a w ole for AlN olole e a Oo o EF E UY UNT TNT EN Pe PO INTE T TNT 0 2 4 6 8 o o o ICI EEEE E xfi Click on item to select or click amp drag selection box 667 38 Figure 13 8 2D Plot with Error Bars Adding Error Bars iTool User s Guide Chapter 13 Working with Plots 293 Also to create a 3D plot with asymmetric error bars on the X Y and Z axes 1 To set asymmetric error bars for a 3D plot enter nVerts 30 x FINDGEN nVerts 10 y SIN x 2 1 25 Zz X err FLTARR 2 nVerts err 0 RANDOMU seed nVerts err 1 RANDOMU seed nVerts 2 Plot the error bars in the iPlot window with 3D plot and name the plot 3D Plot with Error Bars iPlot x y Zz COLOR 0 0 255 THICK 2 ERRORBAR COLOR 255 0 0 XERROR err 2 YERROR
272. m the list Choose from these values Helvetica Courier Times e Symbol Hershey 3 Simplex In addition to the above standard fonts you will also have available all of the other Hershey fonts as well as any TrueType fonts available to IDL Default Helvetica Text style String List Style used for legend text Select a style from the list Choose from these values Normal Bold Italic Bold italic Default Normal Text font size Number Font size in points for the legend text Edit the number to change the size Default 12 Legend Plot Items Table D 74 Plot Legend Properties iTool User s Guide Appendix D Visualization Properties 531 Legend Surface Items The following are properties of individual Surface legend items For a description of how a particular control is used refer to Appendix B Property Controls Property Control Type Values Text String Text that labels the surface object in the legend Text color Color Color to be used for the legend text Click to choose from the default color palette or specify RGB values Default 0 0 0 black Text font String List Font used for legend text Select a font from the list Choose from these values Helvetica Courier Times e Symbol Hershey 3 Simplex In addition to the above standard fonts you will also have available all of the other Hershey fonts as well as any TrueType fonts available to IDL Default
273. mage file for which not all necessary map information is known To launch the wizard after the image is open and registered e g if you want to change the registering properties select Operations Map Register Image IDL Map Register Image Step 1 of 3 wizard helps you register your image data onto a map projection Please choose the units for your image grid Meters georeferenced to a map projection C Degrees longitude latitude geographic coordinates Help Back Next gt gt Cancel Figure 15 3 The Map Register Image Wizard Step 1 The coordinates are in either meters or degrees which units you choose for the translation can affect how the image appears in a map projection Selecting meters means that the image data have already been warped to a particular projection and you need to tell IDL which projection to use in displaying the image Selecting iTool User s Guide Registering an Image 336 Chapter 15 Working with Maps degrees on the other hand means that the image data are not already warped so you do not need to specify a map projection for the image It is important that you know in which units your data are to make the correct decision when registering the image for display The Map Register Image wizard reflects this difference between the units by having three steps for meters and two for degrees 1 Select the coordinate units 2 Set the pixel minimum maximum and size values 3
274. manipulate volume data For more information on the basic iVolume interface and its layout see Appendix A i Tools Interface Reference Modifying Properties By selecting Edit Properties from the iVolume tool you can modify your volume properties You may modify your volume s name description as well as the show hide properties and the line color style and thickness For more information on editing properties in the iTools see Appendix D Visualization Properties iTool User s Guide Volume Properties 312 Chapter 14 Working with Volumes Adding a Colorbar You can add colorbars to your visualized volume which will show on a color scale the minimum to maximum values of data in the visualization To add a colorbar click on the volume visualization and then from the iVolume window select Insert Colorbar Colorbars showing RGB values as well as opacity values will be placed in the visualization window These colorbars can be resized and moved around the data space You can also double click on the colorbars to invoke the Visualization Browser which will allow you to change the properties for that colorbar LITT Fie Edt Inset Operaens Window Heb Olga lllae w ol af Pos Als ololele 0 116 RGB Table 0 Figure 14 3 Rendered Volume with Colorbars Added Note Color and opacity data can be manipulated by selecting Window Visualization Browser from the iVolume window and then selecting Edit color
275. mber Minimum value for Y coordinate of data set Y Maximum Number Maximum value for Y coordinate of data set Z Minimum Number Minimum value for Z coordinate of 3 D data set Data Space Properties Table D 40 Data Space Properties iTool User s Guide Appendix D Visualization Properties 435 Property Control Type Values Z Maximum Number Maximum value for Z coordinate of 3 D data set Automatic X range updates Boolean Automatically updates the range of X values Choose True or False Default True Automatic Y range updates Boolean Automatically updates the range of Y values Choose True or False Default True Automatic Z range updates Boolean Automatically updates the range of Z values Choose True or False Default True X log Boolean Determines X axis type Choose True logarithmic or False linear Default False Y log Boolean Determines Y axis type Choose True logarithmic or False linear Default False Z log Boolean Determines Z axis type Choose True logarithmic or False linear Default False Color Color Data space bounding box border color Border Style must not be No line Click to choose from the default color palette or specify RGB values Default 0 0 0 black Linestyle Line Style Data set bounding box border line style Select a line style from the list Default No line Thickness Line Thickne
276. mber Pixel size for y value Default 1 Origin x Number Origin point for x value Default 0 Origin y Number Origin point for y value Default 0 iTool User s Guide Table D 41 Image Properties Image 440 Image Appendix D Visualization Properties Property Control Type Values Units Number Number of units Default None Image Number Transparency of the image 0 100 Move the transparency slider to change the value Default 0 no transparency Note The transparency is changed by adding an alpha channel to the image If your image has an alpha channel then the Transparency property is ignored Row Order String List Select an order from the list Choose from these values Bottom to top Top to bottom Default 2 Bottom to top Table D 41 Image Properties Continued iTool User s Guide Appendix D Visualization Properties Plot Il IDL iPlot Visualization Browser Bi window O view 1 cj Visualization Layer Data Space be Plot WE Axes Annotation Layer se default color ymbol color symbol thickness ymbol increment 441 PI E3 Plot Plot A Plot Visualization True Edit color table Hoo 255 False 1 False False n 0 0 0 No symbol 0 2 True n 0 0 1 1 Figure D 12 Visualization Browser with Plot Properties Displayed iTool U
277. mporting a variable into your Data Manager see Importing Data from the IDL Session on page 41 2 Select the data and specify a data name If you are importing data from a file the second screen of the Data Import Wizard contains the following items File Name The full path of the file want to open You can populate this field using a standard dialog by clicking the File Open button File Open button um Displays the standard file selection dialog File Type After a file is selected the File Type field displays the format of the file Type Properties Window After a file is selected the properties window shows properties of the file reader that will import the data if any exist Modify these properties as necessary to import your data correctly Note For more information about file format types that are available in i Tools see File Readers on page 99 Data Import Name The name that will be used for the imported data in the Data Manager Importing some types of data files may cause IDL to present additional screens that describe the data before import e For image data see Importing Image Data on page 34 e For ASCII data see Importing ASCII Data on page 34 e For binary data see Importing Binary Data on page 35 Using the Data Import Wizard iTool User s Guide Chapter 2 Importing and Exporting Data 29 If you are importing data from an IDL variable the second screen of the Data Impor
278. ms in the source tree to select their properties and add them to a macro e g while editing a recorded macro you could add a SetProperty item that changes the isovalue of an isosurface iTool User s Guide Understanding Items in the Macro Editor 170 Chapter 8 Working with Macros Annotation Items The Annotations folder shown in Figure 8 19 contains the operations that create text line including geometric shapes and legend annotations in a tool History Visualizations SEs O Rectangle Oval lt Polygon Q FreeHand Legend Line Profile CS Polygonal ROI Macro Tools i Tool Menus EE Figure 8 19 The Macro Editor s Annotations Folder Annotations require data for their creation and so default items from those folders cannot be copied directly to a macro You can select annotations in the source tree to select their properties and add them to a macro e g a SetProperty item that changes the caption of a text annotation but you cannot move these items directly up into macros because they require initialization with data If you want to add an annotation directly you can only add an Insert Annotation operation from the History folder because that annotation already contains data Understanding Items in the Macro Editor iTool User s Guide Chapter 8 Working with Macros 171 Macro Tools Items The Macro Tools folder shown in Figure 8 20 conta
279. n percentage list from the top of the tool just under the Help menu For more information on working with Canvas Zoom see Zooming on page 70 Manipulating the Vector Visualization iTool User s Guide Chapter 16 Working with Vectors 365 iVector Tool Operations Many operations are available in the iVector tool Once you have visualized your vector data you can add streamlines or contours The following operations are available for vectors Adding and Modifying Streamlines When a vector visualization is selected choosing Operations Vector Streamlines will bring up the Streamlines operation dialog S Streamlines xi Streamlines Show dialog Tue X stream particles 25 Y stream particles 25 Streamline steps 100 Streamline step size D 2 Cancel Figure 16 4 The Streamlines Operation Dialog From this dialog you can control the number of x and y particles and the number and size of streamline steps The dialog only contains the properties that directly affect the current streamline data After making any desired streamline setting adjustments select OK to insert a new streamline visualization into the existing dataspace iTool User s Guide iVector Tool Operations 366 Chapter 16 Working with Vectors The property sheet for the streamline visualization contains additional properties that affect both the streamline data and the visualization To see the streamline properties
280. n Change operation in the macro to select an object Table 8 13 The Selection Type Property Values Continued As Table 8 13 indicates several Selection Change properties deal with containers for more information see About Containers on page 179 For example if the Container property is set to Data Space a Selection Change operation with a Selection Type property of All in Container selects all visualizations The Selection mode property indicates the selection upon which the macro will act when you run it This property can have the following values Table 8 14 Property Value Description New Selection Makes the current object the selection Table 8 14 The Selection Mode Property Values Making Selection and Tool Changes iTool User s Guide Chapter 8 Working with Macros 183 Property Value Description Add to Selection Adds the current object to the selection Remove from Removes the current object from the selection Selection Table 8 14 The Selection Mode Property Values Continued The Container property defines the container within which the Selection Change operation will act e g Window View_1 Visualization Layer Data Space for the first View s data space The Item identifier property names the object upon which the Selection Change operation will act e g View_1 for the first View in the Window The Position in container property identifies the selected objec
281. n an image by a specified scale factor To scale your image select Operations Transform Scale Data For more information on scaling data see Scaling on page 65 Note When working with byte data the default byte scale range is always 0 255 Therefore even if data ranges from 0 100 it will display using 0 255 This may cause visualized data to appear darker Inverting an Image You can also invert the data associated with your image or with each channel of an RGB or RGBA image If the data is byte data the inversion occurs relative to the maximum byte value 255 Otherwise the inversion occurs relative to the maximum data value per channel To invert your image select Operations Transform Invert Image Flipping an Image You can flip your image within the data space either horizontally or vertically These operations flip the actual data associated with the image To flip your data select Operations Flip gt Flip Horizontal or Operations Flip Flip Vertical Manipulating the Image Display iTool User s Guide Chapter 10 Working with Images 227 View Zoom View Zoom allows you to zoom in or out on a specific area of the image display area To zoom in or out in View Zoom mode click Zoom SJ on the toolbar or select a percentage value from the View Zoom droplist For more information on working with View Zoom see Zooming on page 70 Canvas Zoom Canvas Zoom allows you to increase or decrea
282. n and out of the display for modifying the window layout and for displaying a log of system messages The Window menu items are common to all iTools Menu Selection munction Data Manager Displays the Data Manager for the current iTool See About the Data Manager on page 24 for details Visualization Displays a hierarchical nested list of all visualization elements Browser in the display area See The Visualization Browser on Canvas Zoom page 90 for details Set to increase or decrease magnification of the entire iTool s 6 window without moving the observer s eye 800 400 200 100 75 50 25 Default is 100 See Canvas Zoom on page 70 for more information Zoom on Resize If this menu item is checked visualizations will be resized whenever a view is resized By default visualizations will not be resized if the view size changes Note Resizing the tool window usually resizes the view as appropriate Window Menu Table A 8 The Window Menu iTool User s Guide Appendix A iTools Interface Reference 381 Menu Function Selection Layout Displays the window layout dialog which allows the user to change the current view layout and the window dimensions See Window Layouts on page 73 for details Fit to View Changes the View Zoom increment so that selected visualizations will completely fill the view Table A 8 The Wi
283. n fill from 0 to 100 Move the slider to change the value Default 0 Table D 59 Property Settings for ShapePolygon Continued ShapePolygon iTool User s Guide Appendix D Visualization Properties 507 ShapePolyline A IDL iMap Visualization Browser B window 3 0 View 1 Visualization Layer E Data Space E Rivers a Amu Darya a amp mur 4 Angara 4 Ataquaia 4 Arkansas 1 4l Benue 4 Blue Nile 4l Brahmaputra 4l Chire 4l Colorado 1 4l Columbia PN 2 E E H E E 2 E E H E E Ez Figure D 30 Visualization Browser with ShapePolyline Properties Displayed These properties control ShapePolyline visualizations For each property the type of control and the values that can be assigned are listed For a description of how a particular control is used refer to Appendix B Property Controls Name Description Transparency Number Transparency of the ShapePolyline from 0 to 100 Move the slider to change the value Default 0 Color Line style Color Color for the ShapePolyline Click to choose from the default color palette or specify RGB values Default 0 0 0 black Line Style Style for the ShapePolyline Select a style from the list Default solid line iTool User s Guide Table D 60 Property Settings for ShapePolyline ShapePolyline 508 Appendix D Visualization Pro
284. n has no effect on non filled polygons where Style is Points or Lines Shading String List Shading method Select a method from the list Choose between these values Flat Flat shading Gouraud Gouraud shading Default Flat Texture String List Set texture interpolation type Choose between interpolation these values Nearest neighbor Bilinear Default 2 Nearest neighbor Table D 51 Image Plane Container Properties Continued Image Plane iTool User s Guide Appendix D Visualization Properties Colorbar ff IDL image Visualization Browser B window 3 0 View 1 Visualization Layer Gy Annotation Layer Colorbar Colorbar Colorbar True False Horizontal 0 Hoo Axis plus labels Right Above False True Below left None ooo Helvetica Normal 12 Colorbar 477 Figure D 22 Visualization Browser with Colorbar Properties Displayed iTool User s Guide Colorbar 478 Appendix D Visualization Properties These properties control colorbar object visualizations For each property the type of control and the values that can be assigned are listed For a description of how a particular control is used refer to Appendix B Property Controls Property Control Type Values Border Boolean Set border on or off Choose True or F
285. n in the following figure kolm Crop Manipulator Button wee Figure 10 10 The Crop Manipulator Button on the Toolbar iTool User s Guide Manipulating the Image Display 230 Chapter 10 Working with Images The crop box will appear only if information has been set and is applicable to the currently selected image If the crop box information has not been set for the crop operation or does not fit within your image then no crop box appears For more information see Cropping Images on page 231 If no crop box visual is present you can click using the mouse anywhere on an image and drag to create a crop box Note All portions of the image that fall outside of the crop box are grayed out Once a crop box is present it may be translated by clicking and dragging anywhere within the crop box or along its edges or scaled by clicking and dragging on one of the scale handles A new crop box can also be created by clicking anywhere within the gray area outside of the current crop box The arrow keys can also be used to translate the crop box when the mouse location is anywhere within the crop box or along its edges When your crop box is correctly sized and positioned you can crop the image by e Double clicking anywhere within the defined crop box Right clicking to invoke the context menu and then selecting Crop e Selecting Operations Crop from the ilmage tool Manipulating the Image Display iTool User s Guide
286. n on the iSurface window toolbar 2 Use the mouse to position the jagged edge line profile tool over the place which you wish your line profile to begin 3 Drag to the ending point of your line profile 4 The profile plot appears in an iPlot window Once a line profile has been drawn it will remain until deleted The line may be translated or its endpoints moved individually by switching back to the arrows If it is translated or edited the profile plot will automatically update If you dismiss your Plot Profile window and wish to have it back again from your iSurface window with the line selected choose Operations Plot Profile and the Plot Profile window will reappear iTool User s Guide Manipulating Surface Displays 254 Chapter 11 Working with Surfaces iSurface Tool Operations The iSurface tool provides the following operations Viewing a Histogram Plot To display a histogram plot of your surface 1 Select the surface 2 Select Operations Histogram For more information see Plotting a Histogram on page 128 Viewing Statistics To display the Statistics dialog 1 Select an object or a group of objects in the iTools window 2 Select Operations Statistics The Statistics window displays the statistics for the selected object s For more information see Displaying Statistics on page 129 iSurface Tool Operations iTool User s Guide This chapter describes how to work with contours
287. n onto the currently selected dataspace Note Each projection has default longitude and latitude limits If you have not modified one of these limits the longitude and latitude minimum and maximum properties the Map Projection operation will automatically use its default limit However if you have modified one of these limits the Map Projection operation will use either your desired limit or the default limit whichever is smaller iTool User s Guide Applying a Map Projection 332 Chapter 15 Working with Maps Using the Map Panel The iMap tool has a Map panel Figure 15 2 that lets you manipulate the map display The panel also appears when you apply a map projection or shapefile into another iTool Map Image Location Lon 66 34 56 59062087 m Lat 34 38 0 4175485 8 m Data Value Longitude limits Min 180 Max fi 80 Latitude limits Min 3o Max 20 E dit Projection Figure 15 2 The Map Panel in the iMap Tool Using the Map Panel iTool User s Guide Chapter 15 Working with Maps 333 Table 15 3 describes the items on the Map panel Name Description Location Displays the following information e f no map projection is applied the cursor location in degrees longitude latitude or meters depending on the image units e fa map projection is applied the cursor location in degrees longitude latitude and the corresponding Cartesian X Y or U V coordinates in mete
288. n political map IDL iImage Untitled nf x File Edit Insert Operations Window Help olsa lele w mper ie eJ pos aaloele ala Image OS eju cation Pixel Value R ls Pinel Li Pixel Scale Xe Yu Edit Palette Axis 1 872163 Figure 10 9 Image Data Shown as a Surface You can highlight and double click your new surface invoking the Visualization Browser which allows you to edit surface properties For more information on these edit options see Surface on page 448 iTool User s Guide Surfacing an Image 226 Chapter 10 Working with Images Manipulating the Image Display The ilmage tool allows you many options to manipulate your existing image displays Once you have visualized your image you may rotate flip translate scale and zoom as well as modify image properties scroll and select image ROIs The following options are available for manipulating images For more information on manipulation tasks which are common to ilmage as well as other iTools see Chapter 4 Manipulating the Display Rotating an Image The rotate operation makes it possible to rotate the image within the visualization by a specified number of degrees To rotate your selected image select Operations Transform Rotate Data For more information about rotating see Rotation on page 115 Scaling an Image and Byte Scaling an Image It is possible to scale the pixel values withi
289. nal Y axis e Z inserts an additional Z axis See Additional Axes on page 84 for details New Legend Inserts a new legend for the data set or for the selected visualization s into the current window See Legends on page 77 for details Legend Item Inserts a new item into your existing legend Colorbar Inserts a colorbar for the selected item Note Only available for indexed color images Additional items vary depending on the i Tool selected For example Light Inserts a new light into the current window See Lights on page 494 for details Map Inserts a new map into the current window Insert Menu Table A 6 The Insert Menu iTool User s Guide Appendix A iTools Interface Reference 377 Operations Menu The Operations menu contains commands for performing operations on the selected data Contents of the Operations menu vary from iTool to iTool menu Function Selection Operations Displays a hierarchical nested list of all tools in the menus and Browser toolbars See The Operations Browser on page 93 for details Macros Selections related to iTool s macros Run Macro Select to run a macro Start Recording Select to begin recording a macro Stop Recording Select to cease macro recording Macro Editor Select to bring up the Macro Editor dialog Statistics Computes the statistical properties of the selected item s and displays the results in a
290. nd edit the displays The first task is to display the map data Your options for calling the iMap tool are e At the IDL Command Line without arguments or keywords e At the IDL Command Line with arguments or keywords Note Arguments and keywords are accepted at the IDL Command Line for the iMap tool for more information on accepted arguments and keywords see IMAP IDL Reference Guide e Through the File New Visualization iMap menu option in the IDL Workbench e Through the File New iMap menu option in an iTool You have two options for getting started with displaying a map You can e Apply a map projection and then visualize data within it e Visualize image or contour data and then apply a map projection to it To get started with one of these options see the following sections Applying a Map Projection on page 328 e Displaying an Image on page 334 e Displaying a Contour on page 342 iTool User s Guide Displaying Maps 328 Chapter 15 Working with Maps Applying a Map Projection A map projection establishes the axis type and coordinate conversion mechanism for mapping points on the earth s surface expressed in latitude and longitude to points on a plane according to one of several possible map projections You can apply a map projection before or after you import image or contour data into the iMap tool To d
291. nd label text Edit the number to change the size Default 12 Table D 54 Axes Container Properties Continued This table contains the properties that control axis visualization X Y or for three dimensional visualizations Z For each property the type of control and the values iTool User s Guide Axes 490 Appendix D Visualization Properties that can be assigned are listed For a description of how a particular control is used refer to Appendix B Property Controls Property Control Type Values Color Color Color to be used for the axis line Click to choose from the default color palette or specify RGB values Default 0 0 0 black Line style Line Style Style of the axis tick lines Select a line style from the list Default solid line Line thickness Major ticks Line Thickness Thickness of the axis tick lines in points Select a thickness from the list Default 1 Number Number of major ticks marks to display along the axis Edit the number to change the value Default 5 Minor ticks Number Number of minor ticks to display between major ticks Edit the number to change the value Default 3 Major tick length Number Normalized length of major tick marks for this axis from 0 no ticks to 1 major tick marks span the visualization Move the slider to change the value Default 0 05 Minor tick length Number Relative length
292. ndow Menu Continued iTool User s Guide Window Menu 382 Help Menu Appendix A iTools Interface Reference The Help menu contains commands for displaying online help and information about the iTools The Help menu items are common to all iTools Menu Selection Function Help on iTools Displays help for the iTools system Help on the iTools Displays help on the Data manager Data Manager Help on the iTools Displays help on the Parameter Editor Parameter Editor Help on Selected Item Displays help for the item selected in the iTool visualization or browser window Help on this iTool Displays help for the current iTool About iTools Displays a dialog describing the iTools and giving the version number Table A 9 The Help Menu Note In the Operations and Preferences browser windows help for the selected item is also available on the context menu Help Menu iTool User s Guide Appendix A iTools Interface Reference File Toolbar 383 The File toolbar contains the following buttons Button Tool Name Function ia New Creates a new iTool of the same type as the current tool with no data or visualizations S Open Opens a file for import into the current iTool If this is a data file such as an image file ASCII file or binary file a new data object will be created and if applicable a new visualization will be created fl Save Saves the state of the current iToo
293. ness level Choose value 1 through 10 Default 2 Line thickness Data location Number Line thickness level Choose value 1 through 10 Default 1 Boolean Select location along arrow for data Choose Tail Center or Head Default Center Automatic color Boolean Select color setting Choose None Magnitude or Direction Default Magnitude iTool User s Guide Table D 47 Vector Properties Continued Vector 460 Appendix D Visualization Properties Property Control Type Values Color Color Color for arrows Click to choose from the default color palette or specify RGB values Default 0 0 0 black Color palette Color By selecting Edit color table Edit access the color table to manipulate vector color values EN EE xvj 8 17 RGBA 36 0 32 Zoom ia a ul Color Space Red Green Blue s Edi Mode Freehand Ramp Posterize Invert Smooth Reverse Duplicate Load Predefined T HU BGB UA liv wv F Dipl liv iv i F Modify 0K Cancel Note To edit the opacity only in the editor uncheck the R G and B boxes in both the Modify and Display rows Edit the remaining line by clicking on and dragging the line in the window Click OK when finished Transparency Number Percent transparency Move slider to change value Default 0 Minimum Number minimum magnitude Enter value magnitude Default None Vector Table D 47 Vector P
294. nformation see Macro Type Based on Recording Selection on page 179 Macros are not linked to the objects or visualizations to which they are applied When you run a macro the operations or property settings apply to the objects currently selected The macro system does include functionality to change selections and tools during the execution of a macro For more information see Making Selection and Tool Changes on page 179 This means that property settings can be applied to multiple visualization types unlike property settings in styles Note Property settings in macros apply to the selection but are not tied to visualization type whereas in styles they are tied to visualization type and might or might not apply to selection The following figure shows part of the display of the Macro Editor covered in detail in Using the Macro Editor on page 153 Sample Macro acro Name Sample Macro jon Change Description Color smooth ticks ay SetProperty Color Smooth dim Selection Change 2 SetProperty Minor ticks Display intermediate steps False Figure 8 1 A Macro in the iTools Macro Editor This figure shows an example macro called New Macro composed of several operations and property settings Operations in this macro change the selection and iTool User s Guide What Are Macros 142 Chapter 8 Working with Macros apply the smooth operation Property settings change the color
295. ng a light to your surface display allows you to highlight various parts of the surface To add a light to your surface display select Insert Light you can click on the light bulb which appears and drag it around the display area to manipulate the lighting You can also adjust the lighting settings using the Visualization Browser by double clicking on the light bulb S IDL iSurface Untitled File Edit Insert Operations Window Help Corea S ols epe x 5 o a P ADNIalelsle Click on item to select or click amp drag selection box 36 432 Figure 11 2 Inserting Light into a Surface Display Adding a Light iTool User s Guide Chapter 11 Working with Surfaces 241 Adding a Legend Legends identify the visualizations displayed in the iTool window Legends can be displayed in the iSurface window to identify surfaces and contours on those surfaces To insert a legend for a surface or contour 1 Select specific items to include in the legend or click in an empty area of the iSurface dataspace to deselect and include all dataspace items in the legend 2 Select Insert New Legend To add to a legend 1 Select the visualization item or items to add to the legend 2 Ifthere are multiple legends add the desired legend to the selection by shift clicking the legend border 3 Select Insert Legend Item Noe Only a single legend item may exist for a given visualization If you are inserting
296. ng value 0 0000 L MOIS Bs Smoothing 0 0000 nus smoothing 0 84222 220 Weighting 2 000 lt ie ace be 52 Anisotropy between axes 0 6 41 DROP 53 Ratio of X to Y 1 000 ame 44 q a Ee lin Angle deg 0 0000 0 44 a 5 LIA 36 0 2 i e aji 27 eee a 5 18 0 04 ES 094 T T T T T T 0 0 0 2 0 4 0 6 0 8 1 0 IV Show points Help lt lt Back Finish Cancel Figure 2 8 The IDL Gridding Wizard Step 3 of 3 The IDL Gridding Wizard Step 3 of 3 dialog contains the following items Choose gridding method choose from pull down list See GRIDDATA IDL Reference Guide for a discussion of the gridding methods e Preview click to preview selected method and data e Auto preview checkbox to turn auto preview on default off e Statistics tab shows data statistics Options tab set options for missing values smoothing weighting and anisotropy between axes e Search tab set options for using search ellipse e Coordinate diagram shows coordinates of grid data e Show points checkbox select to show all points default checked e Help obtain help on this dialog e Back return to previous step e Finish dismiss the Gridding Wizard with data gridded Cancel dismiss the Gridding Wizard Working with Unknown Data iTool User s Guide Chapter 2 Importing and Exporting Data 41 Importing Data from the IDL Session Variables in your current IDL sess
297. nometric summation Trigonometric product Variable sinc Gaussian Gaussian constant Gaussian linear Gaussian quadratic Default Linear Parameter s Number Initial parameter s and result s Values may be edited here Default Varies Table C 21 Curve Fitting Properties Continued Filter Properties iTool User s Guide Appendix C Operations Properties 405 Rotate Properties The following properties control the iTool Rotate tools Rotate properties appear on the Operations Browser for all iTools for ilmage it is Rotate or Flip Rotate Left Properties Rotate Left has no configurable properties other than Name and Description Rotate Right Properties Rotate Right has no configurable properties other than Name and Description Rotate By Angle Properties Rotate by Angle has no configurable properties other than Name and Description Flip Horizontal Flip Horizontal has no configurable properties other than Name and Description Flip Vertical Flip Vertical has no configurable properties other than Name and Description iTool User s Guide Rotate Properties 406 Appendix C Operations Properties Transform Properties The following properties control the iTool Transform tools Resample Properties The Resample transform resamples the selected data using the resampling factors and method specified in these properties Resample Transform properties appear on the Operations Browser for all iTo
298. not applied to the macro itself This lets the macro properties maintain default values while the settings of the dialog can be modified for a single invocation To make a permanent change to these properties edit them in the Macro Editor and save your changes For more information on these properties see The Macro Property Sheet on page 156 To run a macro from this dialog either e Double click its name in the list e Select its name in the list and click OK Running from the Macro Editor You can run macros from within the Macro Editor by doing the following 1 In the macro tree panel top left select the macro to run 2 Select Run Run Macro The macro runs on the selected visualization or visualizations in the active iTool For more information see Using the Macro Editor on page 153 Running from the Command Line You can also apply macros in a non interactive situation by running them from the IDL command line The iTools routines such as IPLOT have a MACRO NAMES keyword that you can set when calling them For example you can enter the following at the command line if you have a macro named plotmacro already defined IPLOT RANDOMU 1 20 MACRO NAMES plotmacro This command creates a simple two dimensional plot of 20 randomly generated data points and then applies the plotmacro macro to it The keyword can take either a single string as in the example above or an array of strings In the latter cas
299. nter iPlot RANDOMU seed 20 f IDL iPlot Untitled E iei xi File Edit Insert Operations Window Help a o n LL pr Lar ar ar a doa a ar aur Doa na 0 5 10 15 u u o v 4 gt Click amp drag or use arrow keys to translate 412 305 Figure 13 1 A Simple 2D Plot Using the iPlot Tool Note The examples data directory of your IDL 7 0 distribution contains a text file named index txt This file lists all data files available in the example directory and also lists their dimensions and values iTool User s Guide Displaying Two Dimensional Plots 284 Chapter 13 Working with Plots Displaying Three Dimensional Plots iPlot can display multiple types of plots and allows you to manipulate and edit the displays You can also display three dimensional plots Here is a simple example of how to display a 3D plot At the IDL command line enter iPlot FINDGEN 20 FINDGEN 20 RANDOMU seed 20 CL oi Ele Edit Insert Operations Window Help Dc Eel oo lel w ole Po A N elel ele of Figure 13 2 A Simple 3D Plot Using the iPlot Tool Displaying Three Dimensional Plots iTool User s Guide Chapter 13 Working with Plots 285 Displaying Polar Plots iPlot can display multiple types of plots and allows you to manipulate and edit the displays You can also display polar plots Here is a simple example of how to display a polar plot At the IDL command lin
300. ntitled jo x File Edit Insert Operations Window Help Ds tal S ol faa w 5 a fio alNlolole o Click on item to select or click amp drag selection box 746 26 Figure 14 9 Interval Volume Note Vertex colors are not persevered during decimation Note Interval volume surfaces often contain a large number of polygons which can degrade iVolume s display performance When selecting isovalues you can specify a decimation percentage to reduce the number of polygons in the resulting surface This decimation step requires additional time but the resulting surface will contain fewer triangles and will draw faster iTool User s Guide Extracting an Interval Volume 320 Chapter 14 Working with Volumes Manipulating the Volume Display The iVolume tool allows you many options to manipulate your existing volume displays Once you have visualized your volume data you may rotate translate scroll and zoom as well as modify volume properties The following options are available for manipulating volumes Rotating a Volume Rotating makes it possible to rotate the volume within the visualization without affecting the rest of the data space graphical objects and axes To rotate your volume from the toolbar on the iVolume window select the Rotate button For more information about rotating see Rotation on page 115 Scaling a Volume It is possible to scale the data within a volume
301. ntours 258 Chapter 12 Working with Contours A IDL iContour Untitled um iml B x File Edit Insert Operations Window Help Click amp drag or use arrow keys to translate i 186 9 Y 158 9 Z 50 Figure 12 1 Earth Convection Contours in the iContour Tool Note The examples data directory of your IDL 7 0 distribution contains a text file named index txt This file lists all data files available in the example directory and also lists their dimensions and values Displaying Irregular grid Data Irregular grid data points are presented by three one dimensional vectors usually known as fields The following example shows one way of importing and displaying this type of data into the iContour tool The three fields contained within the irreg_grid1 txt ASCII file in the examples data directory is imported into IDL with the File Open option in the iContour tool This option uses the ASCII Template wizard to import the data which is then gridded into contour data with the Gridding Wizard The iContour tool then displays this data as contours Displaying Contours iTool User s Guide Chapter 12 Working with Contours 259 iTool User s Guide At the IDL Command Line enter ICONTOUR Select File Open from the pulldown menus of the empty iContour tool The Open dialog will appear Use the Open dialog to find and select the irreg_grid1 txt file in the example data directory The ASCII Template wizard will appear T
302. o be used for the line Click to choose from the default color palette or specify RGB values Default 0 0 0 black Linestyle Line Style Style of the line annotation Select a line style from the list Default solid line Thickness Line Thickness Thickness of the line annotation in points Select a thickness from the list Default 2 1 Arrow style Arrow Style Selector Select an arrow style from the list Choose from these values Default no arrow Arrowhead size Number Size of arrowhead in normalized units Arrow style must be selected for arrowhead to display Move the slider to change the value Default 0 05 Line Annotation Properties Table D 65 Line Annotation Properties iTool User s Guide Appendix D Visualization Properties 517 Line Profile Annotation Properties These properties control line profile annotation visualizations For each property the type of control and the values that can be assigned are listed For a description of how a particular control is used refer to Appendix B Property Controls Property Control Type Values Vertex Colors Color Table User Defined By selecting Edit Color Table Edit access the color table to manipulate plot color values Palette Editor x Se SS ORALLO o 0 9 ze Ej sj 1 ColorSpace RedGreenBlue Edit Mode Freehand 7 Ramp Posterize Invert Smooth Reverse Duplicate Load
303. o item is created that contains the overall translation from mouse down to mouse up This applies to the history item that is created whether recording or not When this macro item is processed during macro playback the complete transformation is applied but the individual transformations based on the individual mouse motions are not available A different mode of recording has been added which allows a recording of a manipulation to save the individual steps based on each mouse movement This is useful if the purpose of the macro is to demonstrate the transformation such as a smooth 3D rotation of a surface This new mode records each step of the manipulation while the mouse is down based on the original motion events from the operating system A new property Record manipulator steps has been added to the Start Recording operation This Boolean property lets you specify whether to record the individual Recording Macros iTool User s Guide Chapter 8 Working with Macros 145 movements of a manipulation The default value is False meaning that the macro recording captures only the overall transformation rather than individual steps This property applies to the following manipulators when they are used within a recording e Rotate e Translate includes Image Plane translation e Scale e View Pan View Zoom While they are distinctly different properties the value of Record manipulator steps is used to set the default value for t
304. o so select Operations Map Projection This command opens the Map Projection dialog shown in Figure 15 1 Map Projection Lx Map Projection Map Projectior True Mercator Clarke 1866 63 Ellipsoid datum Semimajor axis 16 4 Semiminor axis Center longitude degrees Center latitude degrees Longitude minimum deg 180 Longitude maximum deg 180 Latitude minimum deg 75 Latitude maximum deg False easting meters 0 False northing meters 0 Standard parallel 1 deg Map projection Cancel Figure 15 1 The Map Projection Dialog You can apply a map projection to another iTool as well If you do the tool will adapt to expose iMap functionality including the iMap operations and the Map panel Applying a Map Projection iTool User s Guide Chapter 15 Working with Maps 329 Table 15 1 shows the common projection properties Name Description Description Description of the map projection Show dialog Show this dialog before executing the Map Projection operation Projection Name of the map projection Ellipsoid datum Semimajor and minor axes that define the ellipsoid Semimajor axis Length of the semimajor axis in meters for the reference ellipsoid Semiminor axis Length of the semiminor axis in meters for the reference ellipsoid Center longitude degrees Center latitude degre
305. o the iTool and is visible in the Data Manager there are a few ways to visualize the data To learn more about visualizing data see Chapter 3 Visualizations Importing Data from a File iTool User s Guide Chapter 2 Importing and Exporting Data 37 Working with Unknown Data If you supply data in a format not recognized by the current iTool the Create Visualization dialog allows you to specify how the data is to be used S IDL iTools Create Visualization IDL iTools Create Visualization This wizard will help you convert your data and create a visualization Launch the gridding wizard C Select a visualization and specify parameters C Do not create a visualization Figure 2 5 The iTools Create Visualization Dialog You will see this dialog if the data you supply when launching an iTool from the IDL command line does not match a known data organization for the selected tool or if you open an ASCII text file containing data that appears to be irregularly gridded The Create Visualization dialog contains the following choices e Launch the gridding wizard This option lets you transform irregularly gridded data into regularly gridded data using IDL s gridding routines The resulting data is displayed by the iTool See Using the Gridding Wizard on page 38 for details e Select a visualization and specify parameters This option lets you manually specify how the data should be assigned to a selected visualizat
306. objects selected e For scalars the name of the variable and its value are displayed in the Statistics window e For arrays the following information is displayed e Name e Maximum and location Dimensions e Standard deviation e Mean e Variance e Absolute deviation Total e Skewness e Minimum amp location Kurtosis 3 The information in the Statistics window can be edited by selecting Edit printed or saved as a file On Windows platforms the standard Windows editing context menu containing Cut Copy Paste and Delete commands can be displayed by right clicking anywhere in the Statistics window e On UNIX platforms use the left or right mouse buttons to cut copy or paste To save the text as an ASCII file 1 Select File Save As 2 Entera filename If the filename already exists you will be asked if you want to replace the file 3 Select Cancel to return to the Statistics window without saving the file To print the text select File Print The standard Windows or Motif printer dialog is displayed To close the Statistics window select File Close Additional Operations iTool User s Guide Chapter 7 Common Operations 131 Resetting Dataspace Ranges You can reset the ranges of your data space to accommodate all your contained visualizations When you reset your ranges the following properties of the data space are reset to a value of True e Automatic X range updates e Automatic Y rang
307. ocated on a regular or irregular grid or can be georeferenced You can control all aspects of these visualizations including arrow style and size coloring by magnitude direction or another dataset data location missing data streamline particles and subsampling For more information about importing vector data see Chapter 2 Importing and Exporting Data Note For more information on accepted arguments see IVECTOR IDL Reference Guide The iVector tool can be launched in the following ways e At the IDL Command Line without arguments or keywords e At the IDL Command Line with arguments or keywords e Through the File gt New Visualization iVector menu option in the IDL Workbench e Through the File New iVector menu option in an iTool iTool User s Guide Chapter 16 Working with Vectors Displaying Vectors 355 The iVector tool s primary purpose is to display vector data though the tool is capable of much more once the data is visualized The iVector tool can display multiple types of vectors and allows you to manipulate and edit the displays The first task is to display vector data The following sections are examples of how to display various types of vector data Vector Fields In a vector field each datum is represented by a small arrow with a length proportional to the magnitude of the flow at that location and pointing in the direction of the flow The following example shows the
308. of the image panel are discussed in the following figure and list Image ROIs J Rls olo 2 Pixel Location 467 76 i Pixel Value Pixel aw 4 0 0 Pixel Scale Pixel Value x100 Y 100 Edit Palette Pixel Scale 7 Channel Gray 7 Edit Palette Window Level Control Max 72 Min o Figure 10 4 The Image Panel e ROIs The ROI buttons on the image panel allow you to draw regions of interest within your visualization For more information on ROIs see Image ROIs in the following section e Pixel Location If your pointer cursor is held over the visualization the precise pixel location will be shown in this area iTool User s Guide Using the Image Panel 214 Chapter 10 Working with Images e Pixel Value Pixel color values are shown in this area Noe If the byte scaled pixel value used for display is different from the image data value at that pixel it will be displayed in parentheses e Pixel Scale Pixel scale data is shown in this area e Edit Palette This button is enabled for indexed binary and greyscale color images For more information on the Palette Editor see The Palette Editor in the following section e Window Level Control The window level control allows you to adjust and manipulate the image brightness and contrast by changing the RGBA or indexed channel values For more information on the window level control see
309. olor Color to be used for the axis lines in this visualization Click to choose from the default color palette or specify RGB values Default 0 0 0 black Line style Line Style Style of the axis tick lines Select a line style from the list Default solid line Line thickness Line Thickness Thickness of the axis tick lines Select a thickness from the list Default 1 Major ticks Number Set number of major tick marks Enter value Default 0 Minor ticks Number Set number of minor tick marks Enter value Default 0 Axes Table D 54 Axes Container Properties iTool User s Guide Appendix D Visualization Properties 487 Property Control Type Values Major Tick Number Normalized length of major tick marks for all axes Length from 0 no ticks to 1 major tick marks span the visualization Move the slider to change the value Default 0 05 Minor tick length Number Relative length of minor tick marks for all axes from minor tick marks extend the length of major tick marks on left side of axes to 1 minor tick marks extend same length as major tick marks on right side of axes Move the slider to change the value Default 2 0 5 minor tick marks extend one half the length of major tick marks on right side of axes Tick interval Number Interval between ticks Edit the number to change the value Default 0 Tick layout String List S
310. olor table User Defined By selecting Edit Color Table Edit access the color table to manipulate plot color values l Palette Editor x z E 0 0 0 zon p alala Color Space Red Green Blue E EditMode Freehand v Ramp Posterize Invert Smooth Reverse Duplicate Load Predefined R G B A iv iv WwW M Dipy iw i iv hM Modify OK Cancel XY Shadow Boolean Show XY shadow Choose Hide or Show Default Hide YZ Shadow Boolean Show YZ shadow Choose Hide or Show Default Hide XZ Shadow Boolean Show XZ shadow Choose Hide or Show Default Hide Color Color Color for the plot line Click to choose from the default color palette or specify RGB values Default 0 0 0 black Table D 43 Plot 3D Properties iTool User s Guide Appendix D Visualization Properties 447 Property Control Type Values Line style Line Style Style for the plot line Select a style from the list Default solid line Thickness Line Thickness Thickness for the plot line Select a thickness from the list Default 1 Shading String List Shading method Select a method from the list Choose between these values Flat Flat shading Gouraud Gouraud shading Default Flat Symbol Symbol Symbol to appear at regular intervals on the plot line Choose a symbol from the list Default No symbol Symbol size Number Factor from 0 1 determining the size of the selecte
311. ols See Resample on page 119 for details on how to resample data For each property the type of control and the values that can be assigned are listed For a description of how a particular control is used refer to Appendix B Property Controls Property Control Type Options 1st dimension factor Number The resampling factor for the first dimension X Edit the number to change the value Default 2 2nd dimension factor Number The resampling factor for the second dimension Y Edit the number to change the value Default 2 3rd dimension Number The resampling factor for the third dimension Z factor Edit the number to change the value Default 2 Interpolation String List Method of interpolation to use in resampling method Select a method from the list Choose from these values Nearest neighbor Assign the value of the nearest pixel to the pixel in the output image Fastest method but may cause jagged edges Linear Surveys the two closest pixels drawing a line between them and designating a value along that line as the output pixel value Cubic Use cubic polynomial waveforms instead of linear waveforms Most accurate method but may require more processing time Default 2 Nearest neighbor Transform Properties Table C 22 Resample Transform Properties iTool User s Guide Appendix C Operations Properties 407 Rotate Data Properties The Rotate Da
312. om n ape eed 419 ejus CH 419 Conton unn m 419 Contour DCI 5 ics 2th saci vteaddecsin taney sues duskeadbaptesdcivasaccoanpeciediecsebesleaaiooadesiendcaaels 419 Volume PIO POIs CM 420 Toate PROG IEEE c 420 TORU ROG P 420 Render rd ME 420 Diierval WOM iui edd bata adeat cte ad ec baie ede 421 Image Plane Properties 2 1 25 IEEE ain ere Met ees LER rennes 422 Ph MOSS eoo m teh etd tarii een I eee ette Rud 423 Appendix D Visualization Properties Me 425 Intradacuon t Visualization PIODOIHeR ic terrere ette te tette 426 The Yasushizaliot BIGWSOI cc eoe e enmt prede re EE 427 Window Properties M ceeus sc cati don cates scceesi dsc evek tesa sane Meith stadia ceten cutest a e aa i 428 Nicw zoo D 430 Visualization Layer Properes edenda edam ico a e ee racio tede 431 Data Space Properes sirs cedeco sere rer teen e e pattes hebes ertet tec hr Dee DI bv ha 433 Rendering Objects at Data Space Depth ua esee ceperit teen 436 Visualization Type Properties i a eitis eret rer ree ever aiii beide 437 lur M 438 n 441 Plot JD iue Aen ee E ERI E UE FEE RE dens 445 POMEL KP C 448 ROU eR 453 iios d 458 VONE M 463
313. on String List Set interpolation type Choose between these values Nearest neighbor Trilinear Default 2 Nearest neighbor Use lighting Boolean Use lighting Choose True or False Default False Table D 48 Volume Properties Continued iTool User s Guide Volume 468 Appendix D Visualization Properties Property Control Type Values Voxel gradient Color Color of the volume Click to choose from the default color palette or specify RGB values Default 0 0 0 black Update Z Buffer Boolean Update Z Buffer Choose True or False Default True Skip zero opacity Boolean Skip zero opacity Choose True or False Default True Table D 48 Volume Properties Continued Volume iTool User s Guide Appendix D Visualization Properties Isosurface S IDL i olume Visualization Browser Bl window amp E view 1 B Visualization Layer E Data Space Isosurface gp Volume EE Axes Bj Lights G Annotation Layer lsosurface Isosurface Isosurface True mooo No line 1 True 469 me Gouraud 0 0 Isovalue selected Volume color table Select isovalue 116 100 Figure D 19 Visualization Browser with Isosurface Properties Displayed These properties control isosurface object visualizations For each property the type of control and the values that can be assigned are listed For a description of how a particular
314. on properties 414 registering images in degrees 340 in meters 337 wizard 335 regular grid data displays 257 rendering translucent objects 132 Index 540 volumes 306 resampling data 119 images 219 properties 406 surfaces 246 volumes 314 resetting dataspace 131 Roberts filter 401 ROI iTool annotations 79 operations 133 rotating data 115 120 images iTool operation 226 left 117 properties 405 407 right 117 surfaces 249 volumes 320 with a mouse 115 S scaling 3 D objects 66 constrained 66 data 121 images 226 objects 65 plots 301 properties 408 surfaces 251 unconstrained 67 unconstrained 2 D objects 68 unconstrained 3 D objects 69 volumes 320 selecting objects in iTools 61 Index Shapefile adding in iMap 343 creating a visualization 343 definition 343 inserting 345 Canadian provinces 351 continents 345 countries high resolution 346 countries low resolution 346 lakes 349 rivers 348 United States 350 ShapePoint 509 ShapePolygon 505 ShapePolyline 507 smooth filtering 122 400 401 smoothing volumes 322 Sobel filter 402 statistics adding to plots 301 adding to volumes 322 displaying 129 properties 396 surface 254 Streamlines 510 streamlines 359 properties 419 styles applying 189 copying 195 creating 190 current style 195 default style 205 definition 188 editing 202 exporting 206 importing 206 t
315. opacity table under Color amp opacity table Adding a Colorbar iTool User s Guide Chapter 14 Working with Volumes 313 Adding Axes By default volumes are displayed with X Y and Z axes The display of these axes is controlled by property sheets for the axes container and for individual axes see Axes on page 485 Additional X Y or Z axes can be added to a volume visualization to make it easier to identify volume characteristics To add an axis to your volume visualization 1 Select the volume 2 Select Insert Axis 3 Choose from the following options X axis Y axis e Z axis Use the mouse to position the new axis and double click the axis to display the axis property sheet For more information on adding axes see Additional Axes on page 84 iTool User s Guide Adding Axes 314 Chapter 14 Resampling Volumes Resampling re imports the selected volume data using parameters specified in the Resample properties Resampling parameters include factors for adjusting the X Y Working with Volumes or Z dimensions of the data as well as the interpolation method to be used To resample volume data 1 Select one or more volumes in the iVolume window for resampling 2 If necessary use the Operations Browser to set the desired parameters through the Resample properties See Resample Properties on page 406 for details 3 Select Operation Transform Resample Li RETE Elb Edi In
316. operation can help you improve the appearance of your translucent objects In some cases however the ordering is not easily accomplished For example a complex isosurface rendered as a translucent object does not always appear correct from all angles An isosurface is composed of a large number of triangles stored in an IDLgrPolygon object The triangles are always drawn in the same order the order in which they are stored in the object Thus as the viewing angle changes the apparent back to front ordering of the triangles also changes In some cases the triangles closest to the viewer draw first and end up blocking the view of other triangles drawn later and behind them that should be visible through the translucent triangles drawn first For all these reasons transparency should be used with care in dealing with objects like a complex isosurface The rendering of these objects ultimately may not appear correct Note For more detailed information on alpha channel support in IDL Object Graphics see Controlling Object Transparency Chapter 2 Object Programming Rendering Translucent Objects iTool User s Guide Chapter 7 Common Operations 133 Operations on Regions of Interest A region of interest or ROI is an area that contains data you wish to identify An ROI can be drawn anywhere within your image and can be selected from rectangular elliptical polygonal and freehand region of
317. operty When you select or deselect an object in an iTool the name of the object selected or deselected is concatenated to the name of that item e g Selection Change Axes In both cases this additional information in the audit trail can show which properties were changed or which objects were selected or deselected Understanding Items in the Macro Editor iTool User s Guide Chapter 8 Working with Macros 167 Note The object name is specified on history items but not on macro items because when you run the macro it might be operating on different objects based on the current selection For more information see Selection Changes on page 180 Items from Closed Tools When a tool is closed the name and identifier of the history folder changes to indicate that the tool has been closed The string Closed N is appended to the name of the history folder where N is an integer starting at 1 and is incremented each time the tool with the same identifier is closed After a tool is closed and the History folder renamed creation of another tool of the same type causes the creation of a new tool with the name of the tool identifier Actions in this tool would be recorded in a history folder named by the simple tool identifier For example the following sequence creates the History folder items shown in Figure 8 17 1 Start ilmage open an image and apply the Smooth operation 2 Close ilmage
318. operty Control Type Options Origin x Number Set the longitudinal minimum in degrees Default 0 End x Number Set the longitudinal maximum in degrees Default 0 Pixel size x Number Set the longitudinal pixel size in degrees Default 0 Origin y Number Set the latitudinal minimum in degrees Default 0 End y Number Set the latitudinal maximum in degrees Default 0 Pixel size y Number Set the latitudinal pixel size in degrees Default 0 iTool User s Guide Table C 27 Map Register Properties Map Register Image Properties 412 Appendix C Operations Properties Morphing Properties Morphing is available for ilmage iSurface and iContour Mathematical morphology is a method of processing digital images on the basis of shape Six morphing options are available for use in iTools dilate erode morph open morph close morph gradient and morph tophat All six options share the same properties See Morphing on page 127 in for details on morphing data For each property the type of control and the values that can be assigned are listed For a description of how a particular control is used refer to Appendix B Property Controls Property Control Type Options Structure Shape String List The shape of the structuring element used in the morph operation Choose from these values Square Circle Default 2 Square Structure Width Number The wi
319. ordered set of values with an equal number of values above and below it of the one or two dimensional neighborhood of a given width See Median Filter on page 123 for details on applying the median filter Filter Properties iTool User s Guide Appendix C Operations Properties 401 For each property the type of control and the values that can be assigned are listed For a description of how a particular control is used refer to Appendix B Property Controls Property Control Type Options WIDTH Number Width of the smooth window Enter a whole number between 1 no smoothing and the width of the data Default 3 Even Average Boolean If set to true and the Width property is set to an even number the operation will return the average of the two middle numbers Table C 18 Median Filter Properties Smooth Properties The Smooth filter reduces noise within an image by applying low pass filters Smooth filter properties appear on the Operations Browser for all iTools See Smooth Filter on page 122 for details on applying the smooth filter For each property the type of control and the values that can be assigned are listed For a description of how a particular control is used refer to Appendix B Property Controls Property Control Type Options WIDTH Number Width of the smooth window Enter a whole number between 1 no smoothing and the width of the data Default 3
320. ore information on the basic ilmage interface and its layout see Appendix A iTools Interface Reference Modifying Properties By selecting Edit Properties from the ilmage tool you may modify your image properties You may modify your image s name description transparency interpolation pixel dimensions pixel origin and so on For more information on editing properties in the iTools see Appendix D Visualization Properties Image Properties iTool User s Guide Chapter 10 Working with Images 217 Adding a Colorbar You can add a colorbar to your visualized image which will show on a color scale the minimum to maximum pixel values To add a colorbar click on the image and then from the ilmage window select Insert gt Colorbar A colorbar will be placed in the visualization window This colorbar can be resized and moved around the window You can also double click on the colorbar to invoke the Visualization Browser which will allow you to change properties for the colorbar SI IDL iImage Untitled ic x File Edit Insert Operations Window Help Digg aS cepe Pe meo S hos A N e e e o Lal image al e e Rls Pie Click on item to select or click amp drag selection box 865 151 Figure 10 5 Image With Inserted Colorbar iTool User s Guide Adding a Colorbar 218 Chapter 10 Working with Images Adding Axes You can add X and Y axes to your image data by sel
321. original color black Noe If a particular existing style does not contain style information for an item that you have selected for instance if a style does not contain text information and you have selected a text item no changes will be made to that item when the style is applied iTool User s Guide Applying Styles 198 Chapter 9 Working with Styles 5 Click OK and your style changes will be visualized as shown in the following figure S IDL iPlot Untitled f lol xl File Edit Insert Operations Window Help 0 8 0 6 0 4 A 02 lolx File Edit Insert Operations Window Help 0 4 Data Space 0 5 10 15 20 25 4 a Mr Axis 0 1 140 Figure 9 6 iPlot Window Before background and After foreground Style Selection Application Changes Line Color and Plot Symbol Only Noe If nothing is currently selected then style will be applied to the Visualization Layer within the current view Applying Styles iTool User s Guide Chapter 9 Working with Styles 199 Applying a Style to All Items You can also apply a style to all items within a view For example 1 Visualize a surface from the IDL Command Line by typing iSurface dist 20 2 Next add a text annotation to your image reading New Surface Now select Edit Style Apply Style 4 The Apply Style dialog appears as shown in the following figure here you can select your preferred style to be applied
322. orking with Surfaces Adding a Texture Map An image file can be imported into a surface visualization to serve as a texture map an image projected onto the surface skin in place of the default red skin To add a texture map to a surface 1 Select the surface 2 Select Edit Parameters to open the Parameter Editor 3 Click Import File to import the image file to be used as a texture map into the Data Manager 4 Find the image file in the list of files in the Data Manager tree and select either a specific image channel to import or select Image Planes to import all channels of the image 5 Click the Assign Data button J under TEXTURE The name of the data to import appears in the TEXTURE field Clear data TEXTURE o Assign data 2 image Channel Data name Figure 11 7 TEXTURE Field in Parameter Editor 6 Click OK The Parameter Editor window closes and the texture map appears on the surface Adding a Texture Map iTool User s Guide Chapter 11 Working with Surfaces 249 Manipulating Surface Displays The iSurface tool provides options for manipulating surface data You can rotate as well as scale surfaces These manipulations are described in the following sections Rotating a Surface Rotation tools are provided in the iSurface tool to make it easier to see all aspects of a 3 D surface visualization Surfaces can be rotated freely or along an axis with the mouse and they can be rotated in fixed or arb
323. ort the contents of an entire iTool window into a single image or data file using the IDL Data Export Wizard For example to export a file 1 Select File Export The IDL Data Export Wizard appears IDL Data Export Wizard Step 1 of 3 This wizard helps you export data from the current tool determining the data source and the resultant destination Select the export destination ToaFile C To anIDL Variable Help Back Next gt gt Cancel Figure 2 12 The IDL Data Export Wizard Showing Step 1 of 3 2 The first step asks you to choose to export the data to either a file or an IDL variable Select To a File and then Next Note For more information on exporting data to an IDL variable see the following section Exporting Data to the IDL Session on page 48 iTool User s Guide Exporting Data to a File 46 Chapter 2 Importing and Exporting Data f IDL Data Export Wizard Data Space Plot Figure 2 13 The IDL Data Export Wizard Showing Step 2 of 3 3 From the next screen select the data which you wish to export Notice that only the Window level or View level can be exported Click Next f IDL Data Export Wizard Figure 2 14 The IDL Data Export Wizard Showing Step 3 of 3 Exporting Data to a File iTool User s Guide Chapter 2 Importing and Exporting Data 47 4 You are now prompted for selection of the destination and file type After entering a desired
324. otations can be added to a visualization to identify an area Table 5 1 Types of Annotations Note Annotations are 2 D in nature and are defined in their own data space They are most useful for adding notes to a data visualization for which the orientation has been finalized Text Annotations To add a text annotation 1 Click the Text Annotation button A on the toolbar 2 Click anywhere on the canvas A text insertion bar appears where you click iTool User s Guide Annotations 80 Chapter 5 Adding Annotations 3 Type the annotation text e To add a new line press Ctrl Enter e To add superscript characters press Ctrl U e To add subscript characters press Ctrl D e To return to normal characters press Ctrl N Note LL For information on how to embed these and other formatting commands from the Text Annotation property sheet refer to Text Annotation Properties on page 514 4 Press Enter A bounding box appears around the annotation text e To position the annotation position the mouse pointer within the bounding box so that it changes to a translation pointer P Click and drag the annotation to the desired location e To display and modify text annotation properties such as font text color and transparency double click the bounding box or inside the bounding box Line Annotations To add a line annotation 1 Click the Line Annotation b
325. ou want to unsharp mask 2 Select Operations Filter Unsharp Mask 3 The unsharp mask filter editor appears as shown in the following figure and desired settings can be edited iTool User s Guide Filtering 126 Chapter 7 Common Operations Ia Unsharp Mask Figure 7 10 The Unsharp Mask Filter Editor 4 Click OK and the filter is applied Filtering iTool User s Guide Chapter 7 Common Operations 127 Morphing Mathematical morphology is a method of processing digital images on the basis of shape Morphing is available when working with images surfaces and contours Six morphing options are available for use in iTools dilate erode morph open morph close morph gradient and morph tophat Morphing Option Description Dilate Dilate is commonly known as fill expand or grow It can be used to fill holes of a size equal to or smaller than the structuring element Erode Erode does to the background what dilation does to the foreground Given an image and a structuring element erode can be used to remove islands smaller than the structuring element Morph open Morph open is simply an erosion operation followed by a dilation operation Applying morph open more than once produces no further effect Morph close Morph close is simply a dilation operation followed by an erosion operation Applying morph close more than once produces no further effect
326. our Untitled E EC ini xl File Edit Insert Operations Window Help usual 8 Bale w Ole amp for Al olole 2 200 150 n 100 50 EI E Q cL a 0 50 100 150 200 o o o Y 4 gt Click on item to select or click amp drag selection box 538184 Figure 12 11 Color Contour Levels After changing the colors of each level click OK in the Contour Levels property sheet The Contour Labels property sheet closes Changing the Contour Colors iTool User s Guide Chapter 12 Working with Contours 269 Filling Contours The Fill contours setting in the original contour property sheet controls whether the contour levels are filled or not Change the Fill contours setting to True Noe You must also change the Use palette color setting to True as well before colors can be used After that you can choose or set your own color scheme from the Levels Color Table Edit color table function The contour colors are now more distinctive S IDL iContour Untitled inl xl File Edit Insert Operations Window Help Corea S c x ge x ole a o7 A N a ele e Click amp drag or use arrow keys to translate K 1228 Y 18 15 Z 82 Figure 12 12 Filled Contour Levels Using the Predefined Blue Waves Scheme Even more detail can be added by increasing the number of levels in the contour display Change the Number of levels from 6 to 20 iTool User s Guide F
327. ow values To apply the Median filter 1 Select the data that you want to smooth 2 Select Operations Filter Median 3 The median filter editor appears as shown in the following figure and desired settings can be edited S Median x Median Description Perform the median filter operation on the selec Show dialog True Width 3 Even average False Figure 7 8 The Median Filter Editor 4 Click OK and the filter is applied iTool User s Guide Filtering 124 Chapter 7 Common Operations Convolution Filter Filtering To convolve data 1 2 Select the data to be convolved Select Operations Filter Convolution The Convolution Kernel Editor dialog is displayed A Convolution Kernel Editor x Convolution Description Perform the convolution oper Filter Tent Number of columns 3 Number of rows 3 Center True Bias et 0 Edge values Wrap around View 1D slice Use invalid value False a10 aj Invalid value 0 Replacement value 0 OK Cancel Figure 7 9 Convolution Kernel Editor The dialog displays an image preview for two dimensional data only The View 1D slice option is always disabled when you use the editor with existing data You have access to the option when you open the editor through the Operations Browser see Convolution Properties on page 398 iTool User s Guide Chapter 7 Common Operations 125 3 Change Convolution Kerne
328. owing myPlotData RANDOMU seed 30 iPlot myPlotData Importing Data from the IDL Session iTool User s Guide Chapter 2 Importing and Exporting Data 43 2 The variable myPlotData is inserted into the iTool Data Manager 3 The following is produced in an iPlot window E IDL Plot jG Ix Fie Edt Insert Operations Window Help Dae x ge W e fox AlNlolole o Figure 2 11 Reading Parameter Data in at the IDL Command Line Noe See Chapter 3 Importing and Writing Data into Variables Using IDL for more information on Command Line data access iTool User s Guide Importing Data from the IDL Session 44 Chapter 2 Importing and Exporting Data Exporting Data Data of many common file formats can be exported by IDL iTools File formats that are exportable are e ASCII text JPEG2000 Binary data Macintosh PICT Encapsulated Postscript Portable Network EPS Graphics PNG Graphics Interchange Tag Image File Format Format GIF TIFF iTools State Windows Bitmap BMP Joint Photographic Windows Enhanced Experts Group JPG Metafile WMF You can export data from an iTool to a data file or back to the current IDL session e Exporting Data to a File on page 45 e Exporting Data to the IDL Session on page 48 These methods are discussed next Exporting Data iTool User s Guide Chapter 2 Importing and Exporting Data 45 Exporting Data to a File You can exp
329. p Right Column 0 15 0 02 0 02 mooo Helvetica Normal 10 Hoo 1 True 255 255 255 0 Figure D 32 Visualization Browser with Legend Properties Displayed Note This section discusses the properties of the legend container which can contain multiple legend items of different types The individual legend types are described in Legend Contour Items on page 527 Legend Contour Level Items on page 528 Legend Plot Items on page 530 Legend Surface Items on page 531 Legend Properties iTool User s Guide Appendix D Visualization Properties 525 Property Control Type Values Layout String List Arrange the legend elements in columns or rows Select a layout from the list Choose from these values Columns Rows Default Columns Sample width Number Width in normalized units of the element sample that appears in the legend box Range 0 0 to 0 5 Move the slider to change the value Default 0 15 Horizontal Number Space in normalized units between samples and text spacing in the legend box Range 0 0 to 0 25 Move the slider to change the value Default 0 02 Vertical spacing Number Space in normalized units between lines in the legend box Move the slider to change the value Default 0 02 Text color Color Color to be used for the legend text Click to choose from the default color palette or specify RGB values Default 0 0 0 black Text font
330. particles Default 25 Y stream particles Number Set number of Y dimension stream particles Default 25 Streamline steps Number Set number of streamline steps Default 100 Streamline step Number Set streamline step size value BUE Default 2 0 2 Table C 32 Vector Streamline Properties Contour Magnitude Contour Magnitude has no configurable properties Contour Direction Contour Direction has no configurable properties iTool User s Guide Vector Properties 420 Appendix C Operations Properties Volume Properties Volume Properties appear on the Operation Browser for the iVolume tool only Image Plane Image Plane has no configurable properties other than Name and Description Isosurface For each property the type of control and the values that can be assigned are listed For a description of how a particular control is used refer to Appendix B Property Controls Property Control Type Options Show Dialog Boolean Display the Isosurface Value Selector dialog when Isosurface is selected from the Operations Volume menu Choose True to display the dialog or False to apply the isosurface without displaying the dialog Default True Table C 33 Isosurface Properties Render Volume Render Volume has no configurable properties other than Name and Description Volume Properties iTool User s Guide Appendix C Operations Properties 421 Interval Volume For each property
331. perations whether recorded in a macro or not The Macros folder in the upper right panel shows a macro with its SetProperty item selected iTool User s Guide Using the Macro Editor 154 Chapter 8 Working with Macros Understanding the Macro Editor The Macro Editor consists of four panels and two sets of add remove buttons The four panels consist of the two macro panels on the top and the two source panels on the bottom You use the add remove buttons to move operations and settings from the source panels to the macro panels The Menu Bar The following menus appear on the Macro Editor menu bar e File e Edit e Run e Help You can use the Edit and Run operations in a right click context menu on items in the macro and source trees The File menu shown in Table 8 1 contains tools for creating importing exporting and saving macros Menu Function Selection New Creates a new macro in the macro tree with a name based on New Macro If New Macro already exists then the new name is New Macro 1 and so on until the system finds a uniquely numbered name Import Imports a macro from an external file See Importing and Exporting Macros on page 186 for details Export Exports the selected macro to an external file See Importing and Exporting Macros on page 186 for details Save Saves all macros to external IDL SAVE files with names based on the macro names Close Closes the Macro Edito
332. perations iTool User s Guide Chapter 7 Common Operations 129 Displaying Statistics The Statistics dialog displays all available statistical information pertaining to the object or objects currently selected in the iTool window To display the Statistics dialog 1 2 iTool User s Guide Select an object or a group of objects in the iTools window Select Operations Statistics The Statistics window is displayed Si Display statistics for the selected item File Edit iTools Statistics Fri Jun 11 15 30 57 2004 Channel 2 histogram Channel 2 Dimensions 227 149 33823 elements Mean 81 4838 Total 2 75603e 006 Minimum 15 UT 178752 Maximum 255 at 55 gt 0 Variance 3070 42 Standard Deviation 55 4114 Absolute Deviation 39 3921 Skewness 1 92229 Kurtosis 3 2 74756 Channel 2 histogram values Dimensions 256 Mean 132 121 Total 33823 Minimum 0 0 1362 B 45 Variance 53564 Standard Deviation 231 439 Absolute Deviation 145 991 Skewness 3 0516 Kurtosis 3 9 97955 Channel 2 histogram locations Dimensions 256 Mean 12745 Total 32640 0 Minimum 0 255 H 255 Variance 5482 67 Standard Deviation 74 045 Absolute Deviation 64 Skewness 0 Kurtosis 3 1 21407 Figure 7 12 The iTools Statistics Window Additional Operations 130 Chapter 7 Common Operations The information displayed in the Statistics window varies depending upon the type of
333. perties Name Description Thickness Line Thickness Thickness for the ShapePolyline Select a thickness from the list Default 1 Z value Number Z value of plane on to which to project the shape polyline visualization Edit the number to change the value Note If the Z value is zero then the shape polyline visualization is considered to be 2D If the Z value is nonzero then the shape polyline visualization is considered to be 3D and the dataspace associated with this shape polyline will be automatically switched to 3D Default 0 Table D 60 Property Settings for ShapePolyline Continued ShapePolyline iTool User s Guide Appendix D Visualization Properties 509 ShapePoint These properties control ShapePoint visualizations For each property the type of control and the values that can be assigned are listed For a description of how a particular control is used refer to Appendix B Property Controls Name Description Symbol Symbol Symbol to represent each ShapePoint Choose a symbol from the list Default No symbol Symbol size Number Factor from 0 to 1 determining the size of the selected symbol Move slider to change the size Default 0 2 Symbol color Color Color for the selected symbol Click to choose from the default color palette or specify RGB values Default 0 0 0 black Symbol thickness Number Symbol thickness from 1 to 9 9 for the selected symbol
334. perties isses eres 418 Vector Properties 2 0 occ ewes sc eed 419 Volume Properties oces oe sedis cireres 420 Image Plane Properties 422 393 394 Appendix C Operations Properties The Operations Browser The Operations Browser provides a hierarchical tree view of the tools and operations available from the iTool Operations menu The Operations Browser is used to set properties for operations and tools used in the iTool window See The Operations Browser on page 93 for details on how to display and use the Operations Browser M IDL iPlot Operations Browser Operations E Operations Browser Macros Statistics gut Histogram B Filter Convolution Median Smooth Curve Fitting Sy Rotate Rotate Left Rotate Right Rotate By Angle H Transform E Map Projection Operations Figure C 6 The Operations Browser The property sheet for each operation displayed in the Operations Browser contains the Name and Description properties described in the following table For each property the type of control and the values that can be assigned are listed For a description of how a particular control is used refer to Appendix B Property Controls Property Control Type Options Name String Name assigned to this statistics dialog Edit the text to change the name Description String Description of this statistics function
335. porting Graphic OBJEC 0 0 scsi eteesi eee es deis eed ii ee etra od 42 Parameter Data and the Command Line eet ett e rta 42 EXBOLDUS ERIS iue enciende eig imde Lade gie eda facce ede e rus 44 Exporting Data to a Pile 2 5 sdan nh HIR repre i READ OSEE HER EH eta 45 Exporting Data to the IDL Session euin rte crt nent reete ien riter acera 48 Chapter 3 Lio 7 m 51 About Vinoo OME CT 52 Visualization Creation Methods sce eter reet beer Dem RS 53 Creating Visualizations Automatically eet eret ien tette nne 53 huagerting VIUS sone cerent eet nnne ote aie 54 Modi vie Existing NisualixatloUS scsi rere t i ec t epa rds 56 The Paramotor AM 56 Removing Data ASSOCISBOUS eiae ae acne tendere eir ei EE Re et lea n iUa 57 Replacing Data Associations 1 nicer RE ER eae tees Lee nes ELE era Od 57 Exporting Vis Walt AACR m 58 Bxpopuns t0 9 PU oci eb rre eee Prec a pene E td e barbe 58 Chapter 4 Manipulating the Display oeeeeeeeee eene 59 TPAC M 60 Selgcuoibot CLS iie emm anii b etiain ro Bead tea ctae 61 Miri m 61 Undo Redon e tetetute era cde arn ante RU Er Lo La Eid ee FEES Ex ebat 62 Adding s Data Space idet einen cte Pei eei eee En ene dee HH RU neues eei E ea Rad 63 gu rro rap teetesad ade sec ete eset eweeta E tle viseee ee eli ovata a ad eat eget eas 64 I D MT
336. r 383 help menu 382 insert menu 376 inserting a visualization 54 manipulator toolbar 385 operations menu 377 view properties 430 window menu 380 window properties 428 iVector tool See also vectors about 354 displaying vectors 355 properties 458 using 353 iVolume panel 309 iVolume tool image stack 322 iTool User s Guide L labeling contours 266 layout window 73 legalities 2 legends adding 77 to contours 272 to plots 289 to surfaces 241 properties 524 lights adding to a surface 240 properties 494 line annotations adding 80 properties 516 lines profiles annotating 517 extracting for a surface 253 in images 228 M Macro Controls dialog 149 Macro Editor Add and Remove buttons 161 items annotation 170 history 166 macro 164 Macro Tools 171 Tool Menus 178 visualization 169 macro property sheet 156 macro tree 156 menu bar 154 source property sheet 161 source tree 159 iTool User s Guide 537 using 153 macros iTool capturing intermediate manipulations 144 definition 141 exporting 186 importing 186 properties 395 recording 143 running 146 IDL command line 148 Macro Editor 148 Operations menu 147 Selection Change operation 180 181 Tool Change operation 183 184 types 179 manipulating images in iTools 226 manipulating volume data in iTools 320 manipulator toolbar 385 map grid inserting 344 properties 501 map panel IMAP 332 map p
337. r Set the number of contour levels Default 5 Value Number Set the contour value to use Default 0 Projection Boolean Choose the contour type Planar 3D Default Planar Contour Properties Table C 31 Contour Properties iTool User s Guide Appendix C Operations Properties 417 Image Properties Image Properties appear on the Operations Browser for iSurface and iContour only Image has no configurable properties other than Name and Description iTool User s Guide Image Properties 418 Appendix C Operations Properties Surface Properties Surface Properties appear on the Operations Browser for iImage and iContour only Surface has no configurable properties other than Name and Description Surface Properties iTool User s Guide Appendix C Operations Properties 419 Vector Properties Vector Properties appear on the Operation Browser for the iVector tool Streamlines For each property the type of control and the values that can be assigned are listed For a description of how a particular control is used refer to Appendix B Property Controls Property Control Type Options Show Dialog Boolean Display the Streamlines Value Selector dialog when Streamlines is selected from the Operations Vector menu Choose True to display the dialog or False to apply the streamlines without displaying the dialog Default True X stream particles Number Set number of X dimension stream
338. r prompting you to save any unsaved macro changes Table 8 1 The File Menu Using the Macro Editor iTool User s Guide Chapter 8 Working with Macros 155 The Edit menu shown in Table 8 2 contains tools for editing deleting duplicating and moving items within the macro and source trees Menu i Function Selection Cut Copies the selected item to an internal clipboard and removes the item from the tree Copy Copies the selected item to an internal clipboard Paste Pastes the contents of the internal clipboard into the tree Delete Deletes the selected item without making a copy If the selected item is a SetProperty item and the last selection was in the macro property sheet this action deletes selected properties from the SetProperty item If the last selection was in the macro tree the whole SetProperty item is deleted Duplicate Duplicates the selected item Move Item Up Moves the selected item up one position in the tree Move Item Down Moves the selected item down one position in the tree Table 8 2 The Edit Menu The Run menu contains only one operation Run Macro which runs the selected macro See Running from the Macro Editor on page 148 for details The Help menu opens the online help for the Macro Editor iTool User s Guide Using the Macro Editor 156 Chapter 8 Working with Macros The Macro Tree The macro tree top left contains folders for existing macros
339. r LI pixel size meters Y or V minimum meters 0 Y or V maximum meters 560 Y or V pixel size meters 1 Help lt lt Back Next gt gt Cancel Figure 15 4 The Map Register Image Wizard Step 2 Meters Table 15 4 shows the properties associated with meter coordinates Name Description X or U minimum meters Minimum position in the x or u direction in meters of the image data X or U maximum meters Maximum position in the x or u direction in meters of the image data Table 15 4 Meter Coordinate Properties iTool User s Guide Registering an Image 338 Chapter 15 Working with Maps Name Description X or U pixel size meters Pixel size in meters in the x or u direction Y or V minimum meters Minimum position in the y or v direction in meters of the image data Y or V maximum meters Maximum position in the y or v direction in meters of the image data Y or V pixel size meters Pixel size in meters in the y or v direction Table 15 4 Meter Coordinate Properties Continued Note The u v coordinates refer to the UV plane of a cylindrical projection Entering the minimum value and the pixel size automatically updates the maximum value Registering an Image iTool User s Guide Chapter 15 Working with Maps 339 Figure 15 5 shows the final step in the Map Register Image wi
340. r example a subsampling factor of 2 for both x and y indicates that every other vector will be displayed A subsampling factor of 10 indicates that one out of every 10 vectors will be displayed Autosubsampling You can also enable autosubsampling Autosubsampling will automatically decrease the number of displayed vectors based on the current view zoom factor Zooming out a smaller zoom percentage will increase subsampling factors in turn decreasing the number of displayed vectors Zooming in a larger zoom percentage will decrease subsampling factors in turn increasing the number of displayed vectors The following table shows the two ways to enable autosubsampling Command Line Visualization SMe Uae Method Browser Method Options Auto Use the choose For subsampling AUTO SUBSAMPLE Edit Properties Command keyword to IVECTOR and set Automatic Line set to subsampling enable default is disabled For visualization browser set to True to enable Default is False disabled Table 16 2 Enabling Autosubsampling for iVector iTool User s Guide Vector Properties 362 Chapter 16 Working with Vectors Coloring Vectors Using Auxiliary Data Imagine you have global wind data and want to color each wind vector according to the surface temperature at that location In a case like this you want to visualize your vector data using one dataset for the magnitude and direction and another dataset for
341. r s Guide Understanding Items in the Macro Editor 166 Chapter 8 Working with Macros History Items The History folder in the source tree shown in Figure 8 16 contains history items The properties of a selected history item appear in the source property sheet PLOT TOOL Closed 1 3 4 IMAGE TOOL Closed 1 a Stop Recording dm Selection Change a Start Recording gr Open Invert Image Rotate Smooth a Stop Recording IMAGE TOOL Visualizations Annotations 9 Macro Tools Lm 7 To 444 JE Figure 8 16 The Macro Editor s History Folder The History folder records actions that occur in an iTool The history items are grouped into folders for each tool in current or past use with each folder named by its tool identifier e g PLOT TOOL for an open iPlot tool History items will continue to be added to history folders for the duration of the i Tools session This sequence of history items thus represents an audit trail for actions taken in a tool It also serves as a source for the creation of macros Noe The History folder is cleared at the end of an iTools session through the itreset command or by exiting IDL When you change a property value in an iTool IDL creates a corresponding history item The name of the property being changed is appended to the name of that item e g SetProperty Color instead of simply SetPr
342. r this can be changed via the operations browser For more information on smoothing properties see Smooth Properties Filtering a Contour iTool User s Guide Chapter 12 Working with Contours 275 Contour Convolution You can also use iContour convolution feature by selecting Operations gt Filter gt Convolution By selecting this the Convolution Editor appears From this dialog you can select the desired convolution type from a drop down list or you may manipulate the columns and rows and scale factor and details manually For more details on the convolution filter see Convolution Filter on page 124 Ini x i IDL iContour Untitled File Edit Insert Operations Window Help oaaae w ole 8 hes AlNlololele Contour amp 1064 Y 171 1 Z 191 zs Figure 12 17 Brain MRI Data left and Convolved right Using Gaussian Convolution For more information on convolution properties see Convolution Properties on page 398 iTool User s Guide Filtering a Contour 276 Chapter 12 Working with Contours Manipulating the Contour Display The iContour tool allows you many options to manipulate your existing plot displays Once you have visualized your contours you may rotate flip translate scale and zoom as well as modify contour properties scroll and select contour ROIs The following options are available for manipulating contours Translating Translation moves an object or group of obj
343. r to Appendix B Property Controls Property Control Type Values Color Color Color to be used for the polygon outline Click to choose from the default color palette or specify RGB values Default 0 0 0 black Linestyle Line Style Style of the polygon outline Select a line style from the list Default solid line Thickness Line Thickness Thickness of the polygon outline in points Select a thickness from the list Default 1 Fill background Boolean Fill polygon background Choose True or False Default True Fill color Color Color to be used for the background For background color to display Fill Background property must be set to True Click to choose from the default color palette or specify RGB values Default 2 255 255 255 white Transparency Number Transparency of the polygon background fill from 0 to 100 Move the slider to change the value Default 0 Table D 69 Polygon Annotation Properties Polygon Annotation Properties iTool User s Guide Appendix D Visualization Properties 523 Freehand Annotation Properties These properties control freehand annotation visualizations For each property the type of control and the values that can be assigned are listed For a description of how a particular control is used refer to Appendix B Property Controls Property Control Type Values Color Color Color to be used for the fr
344. rained rotation pointer th is displayed Drag in the desired direction to rotate the object along the selected axis Figure 7 1 Rotating a 3 D Object e To rotate an object freely position the mouse pointer anywhere on the object The free rotation pointer 5 is displayed Drag in any direction to rotate the object in that direction Rotation iTool User s Guide Chapter 7 Common Operations 117 S IDL isurface Untitled File Edit Insert Operations Window Help X S Ree r Click amp drag selected item or use arrow keys to rotate 556 491 Figure 7 2 Free Rotation 4 Click or select Edit Undo to undo the rotation or click to leave rotate mode Rotate Left and Rotate Right To rotate a selected 2 D or 3 D object 90 left or right select Operations Rotate Rotate Left or Operations Rotate Rotate Right Note For three dimensional objects the rotation is about the Z axis iTool User s Guide Rotation 118 Chapter 7 Common Operations Rotate by Specified Angle To rotate a selected 2 D or 3 D object a specific number of degrees select Operations Rotate Rotate by Angle specify the number of degrees in the Rotate Angle dialog and click OK EET ES x Enter angle pz E B OK Cancel Figure 7 3 Rotate Angle Dialog Noe For two dimensional objects such as plots images annotations contours and so on the angle is absolute The rotation angle
345. rameter Data and the Command Line 42 Exporting Data ooieoe cse eec 44 23 24 Chapter 2 Importing and Exporting Data About the Data Manager All data used by any iTool is first loaded into the iTools Data Manager which keeps track of which data items are associated with an iTool visualization The Data Manager provides a convenient and structured environment in which to import and view files and variables The process of loading data into the Data Manager is entirely automatic if you specify data when launching an iTool at the IDL command line or if you open a data file using the Open command from the iTool s File menu In these cases the iTool will import the data in the specified file or variable and create a visualization of the default type for the selected data and the iTool you are using If you want more control over the process of creating a visualization you can load data into the Data Manager manually either from a data file or from one or more variables that exist in your current IDL session Once a data item is placed in the Data Manager it is available to all iTools until it is removed The IDL iTools support several data types Data import and export capabilities within each iTool allow you to access these various types of data Methods used to place data into the Data Manager are described in this chapter File readers allow you to import data stored in binary formats ASCII files and several image file types Noe
346. rb visualization Symbol size Number Factor from 0 1 determining the size of the selected symbol Move slider to change the size Default 0 2 iTool User s Guide Table D 47 Vector Properties Continued Vector 462 Appendix D Visualization Properties Property Control Type Values Use default color Boolean Activate Symbol color property Choose True or False Default False Symbol color Color Color for the selected symbol Click to choose from the default color palette or specify RGB values Default 0 0 0 black Table D 47 Vector Properties Continued Vector iTool User s Guide Appendix D Visualization Properties 463 Volume g IDL i olume Visualization Browser B window c View 1 7 Volume Visualization Layer B ipti Volume fg Data Space i True ap Volume ipi lect display scale bottom top WE Axes Lights Annotation Layer it color opacity table dit color opacity table it Subvolume extents le ow texture maps Solid walls Alpha blending Disable Nearest neighbor False ne sided True True Figure D 18 Visualization Browser with Volume Properties Displayed These properties control volume object visualizations For each property the type of control and the values that can be assigned are listed For a description of how a particular control is used
347. re present the legend may show which colors and linestyles represent which plots An inserted legend will include items selected at the time of insertion If no specific dataset is selected the legend will include all datasets in the plot To add a legend to your plot select Insert New Legend CLE LT File Edit Insert Operations Window Help Haaa lo ealel w ole fos A N elel ell E a a E a E a N E a E a O a a a E 0 6 ac ES T pra a 0 50 100 150 Y 4 gt Click on item to select or click amp drag selection box 447 505 Figure 13 6 A Simple Sine Plot with Default Legend Added You can add new information to your existing legend or you can also use the Insert Legend option can be used over again to add more legends For example in the theory plot with newtheory overplot displayed in the previous section you can add a legend for each plot 1 Select the newtheory plot by clicking once on the line 2 Select Insert New Legend A new legend appears on top of the previous legend this new legend can be selected and repositioned iTool User s Guide Adding Legends 290 Adding Legends Chapter 13 Working with Plots File Edit Insert Operations Window Help oaea elelee w ole a hors A S lolol elo Maye PP ssn 0 50 100 150 Theory New Theory E Click on item to select or click amp drag selection box 26 345
348. reshold Base the threshold values on the pixel values in the currently selected region Explicit Specify the threshold values using the Threshold minimum and Threshold maximum properties Default Source ROI Image threshold Threshold Number The explicitly specified minimum threshold value minimum Default 0 Threshold Number The explicitly specified maximum threshold value maximum Default 256 Standard Number The number of standard deviations to use if the deviation region growing method is By standard deviation Default 1 multiplier For an RGB A String List If the image has separate color channels use the image use selected channel when growing the region Choose from these values Luminosity Luminosity values Red Channel Red values Green Channel Green values Blue Channel Blue values Alpha Channel Transparency values Default Luminosity Table C 30 Region Grow Operation Properties Continued iTool User s Guide Region Grow Properties 416 Appendix C Operations Properties Contour Properties Contour Properties appear on the Operations Browser for ilmage and iSurface only The following properties control the contour operation For each property the type of control and the values that can be assigned are listed For a description of how a particular control is used refer to Appendix B Property Controls Property Control Type Options N_LEVELS Numbe
349. riable is displayed to the right of the tree view e Data Import Name The name that will be used for the imported data in the Data Manager e Import Type The variable type to be used for the imported data in the Data Manager iTool User s Guide Using the Data Manager Dialog 34 Chapter 2 Importing and Exporting Data Importing Data from a File You can import data from several types of files into the iTool Data Manager The following sections describe the process of importing different types of data Importing Image Data on page 34 e Importing ASCII Data on page 34 e Importing Binary Data on page 35 e Importing Shapefile Data on page 36 Importing Image Data You can visualize image data stored in many common file formats Common image file formats accepted are DICOM Images Macintosh PICT Graphics Interchange Portable Network Format Images GIF Graphics PNG Joint Photographic Tag Image File Format Experts Group JPEG TIFF JPEG2000 JP2 or JPX Windows Bitmap BMP Note You can also use the iTool s export and export variable features to export image data and variables For more information on exporting see Exporting Data on page 44 Noe For more information on the ilmage tool and its functions and features see Chapter 10 Working with Images Importing ASCII Data When you open a file containing ASCII data you must specify the format of the file b
350. rmat of the binary data Wele Za 2a Hzctzuzsws Wa N m If the file contains binary data of a recognized format such as TIFF or JPEG the iTool will automatically choose the correct file reader to read the binary data Note You can also use the iTool s export and export variable features to export binary data and variables For more information on exporting see Exporting Data on page 44 To import binary data in an iTool select File Open or click the Import File button in the Data Manager or Insert Visualization dialog See Using the BINARY TEMPLATE Interface under BINARY TEMPLATE IDL Reference Guide for instructions on how to use the dialog to define the structure of your binary data iTool User s Guide Importing Data from a File 36 Chapter 2 Importing and Exporting Data Note Once data has been imported into the iTool and is visible in the Data Manager there are a few ways to visualize the data To learn more about visualizing data see Chapter 3 Visualizations For more information on the binary file reader see BINARY TEMPLATE IDL Reference Guide For more information on plotting and plot functions see Chapter 13 Working with Plots Importing Shapefile Data For more information on shapefiles and inserting them into an iTool see Inserting an IDL Shapefile on page 345 Noe Once data has been imported int
351. rojections applying 328 common properties iTools 329 definition 328 properties 410 vector data 367 map register image operation properties iTools 411 mapping images onto geometry iTools 248 See also texture maps iTool display 327 maps displaying in IMAP 327 median filtering 123 Index 538 morphing data 127 images 222 properties 412 multi channel volumes 305 O objects rendering translucent 132 scaling 65 selecting 61 selecting all 61 translating 64 operations browser 93 394 common 112 file 113 menu 377 property sheets 88 oval annotations 82 properties 521 overplotting IPLOT 286 P panel IIMAGE 213 IMAP 332 IVOLUME 309 panning images IIMAGE 229 parameter editor 56 parameters editor 56 plot profile operation 229 253 plots 3 D iPlot 284 histogram 128 legend 530 Index plotting IPLOT adding a histogram to 301 annotating 299 colorbar 291 curve fitting 294 displaying 2 D 283 displaying 3 D 284 displaying polar 285 error bars 292 filtering 297 legend 289 modifying properties for 288 scaling 301 statistics 301 translating 299 IVECTOR annotating 363 overplotting IPLOT 286 polar plots IPLOT 285 polygon annotations creating 82 properties polygon annotation properties 522 polygonal ROIs 497 preferences browser in iTools 95 preferences browser 95 printing iTools 134 properties 2D annotation layer 513 3D plot 445 a
352. rom the iVector tool you may modify your vector properties You may modify your vector visualization s name description grid units style arrow properties direction convention as well as the show hide properties For more information on editing properties in the iTools see Appendix D Visualization Properties Subsampling If you have a vector dataset with a large number of vectors and thus very high resolution seeing individual vectors may be difficult Subsampling allows you to decrease the number of displayed vectors making it easier to view the vector dataset You can set subsampling using keywords to iVector from the command line or from the iVector visualization s property sheet The following table shows subsampling functions and how you can invoke them Visualization Command Line a Function Method Browser Options Method X Set the X SUBSAMPLE Edit Properties Set to a value Subsampling keyword to IVECTOR select X from 1 to any Factor subsample factor positive value Y Set the Y SUBSAMPLE Edit Properties Set to a value Subsampling keyword to IVECTOR select Y from 1 to any Factor subsample factor positive value Subsampling Set the Edit Properties Set to Nearest Method SUBSAMPLE METHOD set Subsampling neighbor or keyword to IVECTOR method Linear Vector Properties Table 16 1 iVector Subsampling iTool User s Guide Chapter 16 Working with Vectors 361 Fo
353. roperties Continued iTool User s Guide Appendix D Visualization Properties 461 Property Control Type Values Maximum Number maximum magnitude Enter value magnitude Default None Z value Number Z value of plane on to which to project the vector visualization Edit the number to change the value Note If the Z value is zero then the vector visualization is considered to be 2D If the Z value is nonzero then the vector visualization is considered to be 3D and the dataspace associated with this vector will be automatically switched to 3D Default 0 Automatic Boolean Automatically subsample the vector visualization subsampling Choose True or False Default False Subsampling String List Set subsample type Choose between these values method Nearest neighbor Linear Default 2 Nearest neighbor X subsampling factor Number Subsample factor in the x direction Default 1 Y subsampling factor Number Subsample factor in the y direction Default 1 Mark missing points Boolean Automatically mark missing points Choose True or False Default False Direction Boolean Choose direction convention Select Polar convention Meteorological or Wind azimuths Default Polar counterclockwise from X axis Missing point Symbol Symbol to be used for missing points Choose a symbol symbol from the list Default No symbol for arrow visualizations Points for wind ba
354. roperty Sheets and Browsers and Appendix D Visualization Properties The Operations Browser The Operations Browser provides a nested list of all operations available from the iSurface Operations menu From the Operations Browser you can display property sheets for each of the items in the iSurface Operations menu To display the Operations Browser 1 Select Operations Operations Browser 2 Click an item to display its property sheet iTool User s Guide Surface Properties 238 Chapter 11 Working with Surfaces For more information see Chapter 6 Property Sheets and Browsers and Appendix C Operations Properties Surface Properties iTool User s Guide Chapter 11 Working with Surfaces 239 Adding a Colorbar If you have added vertex coloring or texture to your surface visualization you can add a colorbar that will show on a color scale the minimum to maximum values of data in the visualization To add a colorbar click on the surface data and then from the iSurface window select Insert Colorbar A colorbar will be placed in the visualization window This colorbar can be resized and moved around the data space You can also double click on the colorbar to invoke the Visualization Browser which will allow you to change the values for the colorbar For more information on the colorbar see Colorbar on page 477 iTool User s Guide Adding a Colorbar 240 Chapter 11 Working with Surfaces Adding a Light Addi
355. rs Sensitive only if an image or a contour is selected Data Value Displays the following information Foran image the data value and corresponding grayscale or RGB value for the current cursor location identical to Pixel Value on the Image panel Foracontour the data value for the current cursor location Sensitive only if an image or contour visualization is selected Longitude limits Displays the active map projection s maximum and minimum longitude values Enter new values to update these limits Sensitive only if a dataspace or a visualization within the dataspace with a map projection is selected Latitude limits Displays the active map projection s maximum and minimum latitude values Enter new values to update these limits Sensitive only if a dataspace or a visualization within the dataspace with a map projection is selected Edit Projection Opens the Map Projection dialog for the currently active dataspace For more information see Applying a Map Projection on page 328 Table 15 3 Items on the Map Panel iTool User s Guide Using the Map Panel 334 Chapter 15 Working with Maps Displaying an Image You can visualize image data in the iMap tool as you would in the ilmage tool To learn more about visualizing image data see Displaying Images on page 209 Note By default the iMap tool creates an image visualization if given a 2D array or a Truecolor image This imag
356. rty Control Type Values Symbol thickness Number Line thickness from 1 9 9 for the selected symbol Move slider to change the thickness Default 1 Symbol Number Interval at which symbols will be displayed on the increment plot line Influenced by Number of points to average listed previously Edit to change the value Default 1 Table D 42 Plot Properties Continued Plot iTool User s Guide Appendix D Visualization Properties Plot 3D IDL iPlot Visualization Browser B window O View_1 B m Visualization Layer c g Data Space 3d plot mE Axes Lights I Annotation Layer i Symbol size Use default color i Symbol color il Symbol thickness i Symbol increment 445 3d plot 3d plot JA 3D Plot Visualization True E dit color table Hide Hide Hide ooo 1 Flat No symbol 0 2 True 0 0 1 0 fa 3D Plot Visualization Figure D 13 Visualization Browser with 3D Plot Properties Displayed These properties control three dimensional plot object visualizations For each property the type of control and the values that can be assigned are listed For a description of how a particular control is used refer to Appendix B Property Controls iTool User s Guide Plot 3D 446 Plot 3D Appendix D Visualization Properties Property Control Type Values Vertex c
357. s eye To zoom in or out with Canvas Zoom 1 Select Window Canvas Zoom and select a percentage from the list e To increase magnification choose a percentage greater than 100 e To decrease magnification choose a percentage less than 100 2 Select 100 to return to the default magnification View Zoom View Zoom increases or decreases magnification of items in the currently selected 2 6 view in an iTool window This is similar to moving the observer s eye closer to or farther away from the objects in the view You can change the view zoom using the view zoom button or by using the view zoom pull down menu To use the view zoom button 1 Click Zoom S on the toolbar to enter Zoom mode 2 Position the mouse pointer on the viewplane The pointer changes to a zoom pointer Zooming iTool User s Guide Chapter 4 Manipulating the Display 71 3 Do any of the following e Drag the zoom pointer toward the top of the iTool window to enlarge the display Drag the zoom pointer toward the bottom of the iTool window to make the display smaller e Use the mouse scroll wheel to make the display larger or smaller 4 Click on the arrow Select button to leave Zoom mode and return to Select mode The mouse pointer changes to an arrow pointer In Select mode dragging the arrow pointer positions the zoomed image The view zoom combobox is located just to the right of the view zoom manipulator button on the toolbar and
358. s 21 iTool User s Guide Chapter 14 Working with Volumes This chapter describes the iVolume tool and gives you insight into unique volume visualization and volume manipulation tasks Chapter 15 Working with Maps This chapter describes the iMap tool and gives you insight into unique mapping and map manipulation tasks Chapter 16 Working with Vectors This chapter describes the iVector tool and gives you insight into unique vector and vector manipulation tasks Appendix A iTools Interface Reference This appendix gives you a detailed look at the iTool interface and its components Appendix B Property Controls This appendix describes the iTool controls used to set properties in the i Tool property sheets Appendix C Operations Properties This appendix describes the properties of the iTools found in the Operations Browser of each iTool Appendix D Visualization Properties This appendix describes the properties of the iTools found in the Visualization Browser of each iTool Using This Guide 22 Using This Guide Chapter 1 Introducing the IDL iTools iTool User s Guide This chapter describes how to access data using the iTool About the Data Manager 24 Data Import Methods 27 Importing Data from a File 34 Working with Unknown Data 37 iTool User s Guide Importing Data from the IDL Session 41 Pa
359. s False False False F Use label color False False False F Label color mn RN moo I Symbol label No symbol No symbol No symbol No symbol Symbol size 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 Textlabel Tick format code Tick format None None None n Text font Helvetica Helvetica Helvetica H Text style Normal Normal Normal Text font size 3 3 9 9 g RE B Figure 12 9 Contour Levels Property Sheet Labeling Contours iTool User s Guide Chapter 12 Working with Contours 267 The first column of the Contour Levels property sheet contains the property values for all the levels In this column change the Label setting from None to Value The value of each contour line appears as labels in the iContour display f IDL iContour Untitled BN iral sel File Edit Insert Operations Window Help Dee eee w ole o aaee 0 50 100 150 200 Click on item to select or click amp drag selection box 473 367 Figure 12 10 Labelled Contour Levels iTool User s Guide Labeling Contours 268 Chapter 12 Working with Contours Changing the Contour Colors The columns after the first one are for each individual contour level In each level column change the Color setting from black to a different color making sure to use a different color for each level When a level color is changed in the property sheet that level is updated in the iContour display The resulting display contains a different color contour for each level 8 IDL iCont
360. s Guide Appendix A iTools Interface Reference 385 Manipulator Toolbar The Manipulator Toolbar contains the following buttons Button Tool Name Function x Select Click to enter select mode The arrow pointer is displayed and objects can be selected in the display area Click to select an object a selection box appears around the current selection o Rotate Click to enter rotate mode A rotation sphere appears around the currently selected object e Position the mouse pointer on an axis and the axis rotation pointer is displayed Drag in the desired direction to rotate the object along the axis e Position the mouse pointer anywhere on the selected object and the free rotation pointer is displayed Drag in the desired direction to rotate the object freely m View Pan Click and drag across the view to pan al View Zoom Click to enter zoom mode The zoom cursor is displayed and dragging the mouse closer to or farther from the center of the canvas decreases or increases magnification at the initial point of clicking View Zoom Click to select a magnification percentage for the entire view Table A 12 Manipulator Toolbar Buttons iTool User s Guide Manipulator Toolbar 386 Annotation Toolbar Appendix A iTools Interface Reference The Annotation Toolbar contains the following buttons Button Tool Name Function Al Text Click to enter text annotation mode The ins
361. s Zoom is available by selecting the pull down percentage list from the top of the tool just under the Help menu For more information on working with Canvas Zoom see Zooming on page 70 Selecting the Data Range In a two dimensional plot your data range can be manipulated in several ways First enter into the Data Range tool mode by clicking on the Data Range button jy on the toolbar You can then manipulate your data range in the following ways e Clicking and dragging a selection box within the view The selected range becomes the new data range Panning in one direction or another along a single axis by clicking on the arrow manipulators Zooming in or out by clicking on one of the plus or minus symbols When isotropic scaling is in effect the default for the iPlot tool these symbols appear at the axis origin and will impact both the X and Y ranges simultaneously Note Plots are clipped to fit within newly selected data ranges Manipulating the Plot Display iTool User s Guide Chapter 13 Working with Plots 301 iPlot Tool Operations Many operations are available in the iPlot tool Once you have visualized your plot data you can scale and filter as well as creating a histogram or viewing statistics for your plot The following operations are available for plots Scaling a Plot Display iPlot allows you to scale your plotted data by selecting Operations Transform Scale Data You can scale your data by a
362. s can be added to a visualization to link labels to objects or to identify an object Rectangle Rectangular annotations can be added to a visualization to identify rectangular areas Oval Oval annotations can be added to a visualization to identify elliptical areas Polygon Polygon annotations can be added to a visualization to identify areas bounded by a polygon Freehand Freehand annotations can be added to a visualization to identify an area Table 11 1 Types of Surface Annotations For more information on creating and using annotations see Chapter 5 Adding Annotations View Zoom View Zoom allows you to zoom in or out on a specific area of the surface display area To zoom in or out in View Zoom mode click Zoom SJ on the toolbar For more information on working with View Zoom see Zooming on page 70 Manipulating Surface Displays iTool User s Guide Chapter 11 Working with Surfaces 253 Canvas Zoom Canvas Zoom allows you to increase or decrease the magnification of the entire display canvas which may contain multiple views depending on the layout by a specified percentage Canvas Zoom is available by selecting the pull down percentage list from the top of the tool just under the Help menu For more information on working with Canvas Zoom see Zooming on page 70 Extracting a Line Profile To extract a line profile of part of your surface visualization in an iPlot window 1 Click on the Line Profile ico
363. s chapter describes the following common tasks that can be performed with all of the IDL Intelligent Tools Introduction ius s ERE 86 The Preferences Browser 95 Property Sheets occo 6 0 05 esa ian 87 The Operations Browser 93 The Visualization Browser 90 iTool User s Guide 85 86 Chapter 6 Property Sheets and Browsers Introduction Introduction The Standard IDL iTools supplied in the IDL distribution iPlot iSurface iContour iVolume iMap and iVector each share several common property sheets and browsers This chapter discusses those property sheets and browsers and their uses Nolen eee This chapter describes only the Standard IDL iTools those iTools supplied in the IDL distribution Other iTools written by users and third party developers share a common interface with the ITT Visual Information Solutions iTools because the iTools framework is used to create all iTools However the specific functionality of such iTools may be different from the functionality of the ITT Visual Information Solutions iTools described here iTool User s Guide Chapter 6 Property Sheets and Browsers Property Sheets 87 Most iTool visualizations and operations have attributes or properties that can be modified to change their characteristics These properties are organized into property sheets for each operation and visualization type For example the skin of a surface visualization has a gol
364. s that have been performed in the iTool window Notem gt o ooo K Operations which cannot be undone are Open Save Export Export variable Print Exit and window moving and resizing To undo the most recent action do one of the following e Select Edit Undo e Click S To undo multiple actions simply repeat these commands When no more actions remain to be undone the Undo menu item or toolbar button is no longer active To repeat actions that have been undone do one of the following e Select Edit gt Redo Click S Tip Look at the text following the Undo or Redo menu item or hover the mouse pointer over the Undo or Redo button on the toolbar to display the tooltip to identify the action that will be undone or redone iTool User s Guide Chapter 4 Manipulating the Display 63 Adding a Data Space The data space is the area within your visualization window where imported data appears A data space is added automatically when data is visualized directly into an iTool window However if you desire to add a data space manually to any of the iTools you can select Insert Data Space from the iTool window iTool User s Guide Adding a Data Space 64 Chapter 4 Manipulating the Display Translation Translation moves an object or group of objects in a specified direction When an object is selected
365. s the current local clipboard contents into the selected view If a view is pasted it is added to the current Window layout and becomes the currently selected view Delete Deletes the currently selected item s without putting a copy on the local or system clipboards Deletion can be reversed with Undo Grouping Group Ungroup Grouping gives you the advantage of allowing desired items to operate together and be manipulated as a single unit Groups the currently selected items into a single unit If the selected item is currently a group then it is ungrouped Note You cannot group items across separate visualization and annotation layers iTool User s Guide Table A 14 The Context Menu Context Menu 388 Appendix A iTools Interface Reference Menu Selection Order Bring To Front Send To Back Bring Forward Send Backward Description Brings the selected item s to the front of the graphics hierarchy Sends the selected item s to the back of the graphics hierarchy Bring the selected item s forward one position in the graphics hierarchy Send the selected item s back one position in the graphics hierarchy Export to IDL Exports the currently selected item s to your IDL session Parameters Properties Brings up the parameter editor for the currently selected item s Brings up the property sheet for the currently selected item s If only the view is
366. se True lt None gt Default drag qualit 3 auy MyNewStylel NewTextStylel IDL Classic IDL Standard Restore Defaults OK Cancel Help Figure 9 11 Selecting the Default Style Once a default style is set when a new iTool is started the Current Style will contain a set of default values That is the default style is read into the Current Style Note Because a default style is applied over the IDL system default settings a default style does not need to include properties for all visualization types iTool User s Guide Setting the Default Style 206 Chapter 9 Working with Styles Importing and Exporting Styles You can use the Styles import export functionality to share style files between yourself and other users Exporting a File to Share You can save export a style file to a place on your system to then share with other users To do this 1 From the Style Editor select File Export and name the file then save it into a directory as a style file sav 2 This file can then be saved to a disk or sent via E mail FTP etc to another user Importing a Received File You can import a saved style file To do this 1 From the Style Editor select File Import and locate the desired file 2 Click Open 3 The style should now appear in your style listing in the iTools Style Editor Importing and Exporting Styles iTool User s Guide This chapter
367. se the magnification of the entire display canvas which may contain multiple views depending on the layout by a specified percentage Canvas Zoom is available by selecting a percentage from the Window Canvas Zoom menu For more information on working with Canvas Zoom see Zooming on page 70 Pixel Scaling The pixel scale represents the number of window pixels used to display a single image pixel horizontally and vertically Pixel scaling is shown on the image panel which appears on the right side of the iImage tool and can be manipulated via the View Zoom manipulator on the iImage window toolbar and using its accompanying pull down menu When an image is first loaded into ilmage the X and Y pixel scales are by default set to 100 one window pixel is used to display one image pixel horizontally Typically when ilmage first displays an image the view zoom factor matches the X pixel scale Changing the view zoom factor also updates the pixel scale labels If the currently selected image has been rotated or if the visualization has switched to 3D for example because a surface was inserted then the pixel scale labels are set to an empty string Region Growing The ilmage region growing operation lets you apply a region growing algorithm to the currently selected ROI A new ROI is then created and displayed To apply region growing to your ROI select Operations Region Grow You can then select the region grow method
368. selected the property sheet for the view layer is presented Only one property sheet may be displayed at a time If a different item or view is selected the contents of the property sheet change to the properties of the new item or view For grouped items a single property sheet with the intersection of the properties is displayed When the property values are not the same for the grouped items those properties are set to undefined or default Setting a property for a grouped item sets that property for all items in the group Table A 14 The Context Menu Continued Context Menu iTool User s Guide The following user interface controls are used in iTool property sheets The general function of these controls is described here Refer to the individual property descriptions in Appendix C Operations Properties and Appendix D Visualization Properties for specific information on how to set individual property controls iTool User s Guide 389 390 Appendix B Property Controls Control Type Function Boolean Click the browse button fto False expand the list Select either of the two choices Show or Hide True or False etc from the list Number If the number is editable type in a new value You may be restricted to whole numbers or a range of numbers Entering a value outside of the valid range causes the number to snap to the nearest allowable value If a slider is displayed slide the mar
369. ser s Guide Plot 442 Appendix D Visualization Properties These properties control plot object visualizations For each property the type of control and the values that can be assigned are listed For a description of how a particular control is used refer to Appendix B Property Controls Property Control Type Values Vertex Colors User Defined By selecting Edit Color Table Edit access Color Table the color table to manipulate plot color values EN EN Eu ia o o 0 0 0 0 ze E alala Color Space Red Green Blue X EditMode Freehand Ramp Posterize Invert Smooth Reverse Duplicate Load Predefined R G BOA iv iv WwW M Dipy M v iw i Mody 0K Cancel Color Color Color for the plot line Click to choose from the default color palette or specify RGB values Default 0 0 0 black Line style Line Style Style for the plot line Select a style from the list Default solid line Thickness Line Thickness Thickness for the plot line Select a thickness Plot from the list Default 1 Table D 42 Plot Properties iTool User s Guide Appendix D Visualization Properties 443 Property Control Type Values Minimum value Number Minimum value to include in the plot Edit the number to change the value Maximum value Number Maximum value to display in the plot Edit the number to change the value Histogram p
370. ser s Guide Appendix A iTools Interface Reference 379 Meny Function Selection Morph Choose from the following options e Dilate is commonly known as fill expand or grow It can be used to fill holes of a size equal to or smaller than the structuring element Erode does to the background what dilation does to the foreground Given an image and a structuring element erode can be used to remove islands smaller than the structuring element Morph open is simply an erosion operation followed by a dilation operation Applying morph open more than once produces no further effect Morph close is simply a dilation operation followed by an erosion operation Applying morph close more than once produces no further effect Morph gradient is the subtraction of an eroded version of the original image from a dilated version of the original image Morph tophat is implemented by first applying the opening operator to the original image then subtracting the result from the original image Applying tophat shows the bright peaks within the image See Morphing on page 127 for details Additional items vary depending on the iTool selected iTool User s Guide Table A 7 The Operations Menu Continued Operations Menu 380 Window Menu Appendix A iTools Interface Reference The Window menu contains commands for displaying the Data Operations and Visualization browsers for zooming i
371. ser with Data Space Properties Displayed iTool User s Guide Data Space Properties 434 Appendix D Visualization Properties These properties control the visualization of the data space For each property the type of control and the values that can be assigned are listed For a description of how a particular control is used refer to Appendix B Property Controls Property Control Type Values Isotropic scaling Scaling method Select a method from the list Choose between these values Automatic automatic scaling Isotropic isotropic scaling Anistropic anistropic scaling Default Automatic Note If this property is set to Automatic then 1 If any visualization within the dataspace has its Isotropic scaling property set to True the dataspace will be automatically set to isotropic and the Anisotropic 2D 3D scale properties will be desensitized 2 If none of the visualizations are isotropic the dataspace will be automatically set to anisotropic and the appropriate Anisotropic scale property will be sensitized for either 2D or 3D data Anistropic 2D scale Presentation scale factor applied along Y axis Anistropic 3D scale Presentation scale factor applied along Z axis Map projection Default No projection click to edit X Minimum Number Minimum value for X coordinate of data set X Maximum Number Maximum value for X coordinate of data set Y Minimum Nu
372. sert Operations Window Help Dame oele w Ol o A N a o e ajd Volume Name Volume Data Channels 1 Auto Render Quality Boundary Render Step Click on item to select or click amp drag selection box fi 42 503 Figure 14 4 Resampled and Rendered Volume Resampling Volumes iTool User s Guide Chapter 14 Working with Volumes 315 Showing an Image Plane An image plane is a visualization of a slice of the volume An image plane can be dragged and rotated within the volume To show an image plane for a portion of volume data first be sure your volume is selected and then choose Operations Volume Image Plane An image plane appears showing a cross section of your volume data You can change the orientation of an image plane by double clicking on the image plane to bring up the property browser You can also click on the edge of the plane and move it to various other points in the volume data i IDL ivolume Untitled loj xj File Edit Insert Operations Window Help osaa e e w ole 8 fos A s alo el ajd Volume Click on item to select or click amp drag selection box 335 77 Figure 14 5 Image Plane of a Rendered Volume Viewing the Image Plane in ilmage Image plane data is available in Data Manager and can be utilized in the iImage tool for closer image analysis The image plane image data is always a four channel RGBA truecolor image To vie
373. sert Operations Window Help olaaa x B e slope te a fos A s e e ele Lal Image n n M no ojojeje Pixel Location y onocco meg Aem S E 366 0 Pixel Value 0 ALGERIA Pixel Scale 100 Y 100 Edit Palette a o n Click amp drag to pan view Shift constrains or use arrow keys 393 82 Figure 10 1 A JPEG File Visualized Using the ilmage Tool Note The examples data subdirectory of your IDL distribution contains a text file named index txt This file lists all data files available in the example directory and also lists their dimensions and values Displaying Images iTool User s Guide Chapter 10 Working with Images 211 Displaying Multiple Images You can use the window layout dialog to provide for multiple image display within your window To add another image to the window containing the image you just visualized 1 From the ilmage window displaying the political map of Africa JPEG image select Window Layout Dimensions pixels Preview Width 840 Height 600 Layout idded Gri Columns 2 Rows Figure 10 2 The Window Layout Dialog The Window Layout dialog contains these items Dimensions Allows you to enter specific window dimensions Layout Allows you to pick from a scroll down list of layout options and grids Preview Gives you a visual preview of the selected layout For more information on working wit
374. show as a filled plot Choose True or False Default False hide Fill level Number Level to fill if fill plot is selected Enter a number Default varies Fill color Color Color to be used for fill plot if selected Default 128 128 128 grey Table D 53 Histogram Container Properties Continued iTool User s Guide Histogram 484 Appendix D Visualization Properties Property Control Type Values Fill transparency Number Value of transparency if fill plot is selected Enter a number Default 0 Symbol String List Font used for legend text Select a font from the list Choose from the list of symbols Default No symbol Symbol size Number Value for symbol size in points if fill symbol is selected Enter a number Default 0 2 Use default color Symbol color Boolean Set to use default color for symbols Choose True or False Default True use default color Color Color to be used for symbols if default color is set to False Enter a value Default varies Symbol thickness Number Value for symbol thickness in points if symbol is selected Enter a number Default 1 Symbol Number Value for symbol increments if fill symbol is increment selected Enter a number Default 1 Table D 53 Histogram Container Properties Continued Histogram iTool User s Guide Appendix D Visualization Properties Axes g IDL iPlot Visualizat
375. sition the mouse pointer inside the selected oval so that it changes to a translation pointer P Click and drag the annotation to the desired location e To resize the oval annotation position the mouse pointer over the selection handle on one side of the oval so that it changes to a resize pointer 1 Click and drag the selection handle to obtain the desired shape e To scale the oval annotation position the mouse pointer over the selection handle at one corner of the oval so that it changes to an unconstrained scaling pointer 24 Click and drag the selection handle to obtain the desired scaling e To display and modify oval annotation properties such as background color and transparency double click the annotation Polygon Annotations To add a polygon annotation 1 2 3 Tip Click the Polygon Annotation button on the toolbar Click in an empty part of the canvas to specify the first point of the polygon Click again to specify the second point of the polygon A line is drawn to connect the first and second points Click to specify the third and each consecutive point of the polygon Lines are drawn to connect each subsequent point forming a multi sided shape To remove the last point press the Esc key Annotations iTool User s Guide Chapter 5 Adding Annotations 83 5 Double click to specify the last point of the polygon Selection boxes appear at the corners and sides of the newly created annotation To
376. splays the lakes as separate ShapePolygons Figure 15 12 in the current dataspace using the current projection If no projection is active then IDL uses geographic coordinates The ShapePolygons exist in a Lakes visualization container 9 IDL iMap Untitled File Edit Insert Operations Window Help nlslala e I s SJ Alsalolele Edit Projection Data Space 303 276 Figure 15 12 The Lakes Shapefile Continents Added for Context iTool User s Guide Inserting an IDL Shapefile 350 Chapter 15 Working with Maps Inserting the United States The Insert Map United States operation loads the states shp file and displays the states as separate ShapePolygons Figure 15 13 in the current dataspace using the current projection If no projection is active then IDL uses geographic coordinates The ShapePolygons exist in a United States visualization container S IDL iMap Untitled File Edit Insert Operations Window Help oaea eee w ol aj for AlN ololelo ay 90 Edit Projection Data Space 384 182 Figure 15 13 The United States Shapefile Inserting an IDL Shapefile iTool User s Guide Chapter 15 Working with Maps 351 Inserting the Canadian Provinces The Insert Map Canadian Provinces operation loads the canadaprovince shp file and displays the provinces as separate ShapePolygons Figure 15 14 in the current dataspace using the curr
377. ss Data set bounding box border line thickness Select a thickness from the list Default 1 Fill Background Boolean Fills data space background with background color Choose True or False Default True Fill Color Color Data space background color Fill Background must be set to True Click to choose from the default color palette or specify RGB values Default 2 255 255 200 cream Transparency Number Transparency of data space background from 0 to 100 Fill Background must be set to True Move slider to select a new percentage Default 100 Table D 40 Data Space Properties Continued iTool User s Guide Data Space Properties 436 Appendix D Visualization Properties Rendering Objects at Data Space Depth The depth buffer is a record of the depth at which each pixel of a graphic primitive is rendered on a graphics device This is typically used to control the visual positioning of objects in front or behind other objects See Controlling the Depth of Objects in a View Chapter 2 Object Programming for more information on depth buffers Data space walls are polygon objects that are transparent by default In unusual circumstances when the walls are not transparent and when another object is drawn in the same plane display artifacts may be visible when the objects are transformed This results from the normal competition between z buffer and polygon rasterization operations To avoid any display arti
378. t s position by number e g O for the first item in the Visualization Layer Tool Changes The Tool Change operation represents a macro item that sets the current tool so that subsequent macro items are applied in a different tool During macro recording a Tool Change operation is added when the currently selected tool is changed interactively Note that when the tool selection changes because of an operation such as Histogram rather than changing interactively a Tool Change operation is not added because it would be redundant that is the tool change is part of such an operation Adding a Tool Change Operation You can add a Tool Change operation either when you record a macro or by adding the operation from the Macro Editor s source tree in the Macro Tools folder If the operation is added during recording the Change type property is set to By Identifier and the identifier and position values are set If it is added through the Macro Editor only the Change type and Position in container properties are set to By Identifier and 0 respectively As with other operations you can modify and delete the Tool Change operation by using the Macro Editor iTool User s Guide Making Selection and Tool Changes 184 Chapter 8 Working with Macros Tool Change Operation Properties Figure 8 23 shows a Tool Change operation s property sheet Tool Change Description Change type Tool identifier Pasition in container
379. t Wizard contains the following items e List of IDL Variables All variables available in the current IDL session are listed in a tree view e Variable Information Information about the selected variable is displayed to the right of the tree view e Data Import Name The name that will be used for the imported data in the Data Manager 3 Select the type of visualization you want to create The Data Import Wizard will automatically create a new visualization of the selected type Choosing Default will create the default visualization for the selected data type regardless of the type of iTool into which you are importing the data Example Importing a JPEG File The following example describes how to import a JPEG image file using the Data Import Wizard and display the image 1 From an iTool window select File Import IDL Data Import Wizard Step 1 of 3 This wizard helps you import data into the current tool determining the data source and the resultant visualization Select the data source location From a File From an IDL Variable Help Bac Next gt gt Cancel Figure 2 2 The IDL Data Import Wizard Showing Step 1 of 3 2 Select From a File and click Next iTool User s Guide Using the Data Import Wizard 30 Chapter 2 Importing and Exporting Data E IDL Data Import Wizard IC RSIMIDL61 examples data endocell jpg j oint Photographic Experts Group Figure 2 3 The ID
380. t as displayed in the previous figure iTool User s Guide IDL Graphics Objects 500 Map Grid S IDL iMap Visualization Bro EM Window 3 0 View 1 j Visualization Layer fg Data Space i Map Grid iE Axes Annotation Layer Map Grid wser e Description i Show i Automatic grid 1 Longitude minimum deg 1 Latitude minimum deg 1 Latitude maximum deg 1 Longitude spacing 1 Latitude spacing Longitude lines Latitude lines Line style Thickness 1 Transparency il Label i Label position Use label color Label color i Label fill background i Label fill color JZ value Text font Text style Figure D 28 Visualization Browser with Map Grid Object Properties Displayed 1 Longitude maximum deg Appendix D Visualization Properties Map Grid Map Grid True True 90 Click to edit Click to edit wooo 1 0 True 05 False mooo None 255 255 255 0 Helvetica Normal 3 iTool User s Guide Appendix D Visualization Properties 501 These properties control map grid object visualizations For each property the type of control and the values that can be assigned are listed For a description of how a particular control is used refer to Appendix B Property Controls Name Description Automatic grid Boolean Automatically compu
381. t or Landscape Changing the orientation will reset the X and Y margins and the width and height unless the Center check box is checked in which case the width and height will be reset but the image will remain centered Default is Portrait Center Click to center your content on the page When center is checked the X and Y margin text boxes are no longer available and the ability to drag the image with the mouse is removed Default is off Printing Table 7 2 Print Preview Functions iTool User s Guide Chapter 7 Common Operations 137 Component Function Border Click to show or hide the content border as a red outline The border does not print and is included only to indicate the boundary of the contents The border setting is not saved Default is on Setup Select to edit printer information If the Print button is pressed while in the setup dialog the contents of the Print Preview dialog will be printed and the dialog will be dismissed Print Prints the contents of the Print Preview dialog to the currently selected printer and closes the dialog Close Closes the Print Preview dialog and saves the current settings without printing iTool User s Guide Table 7 2 Print Preview Functions Printing 138 Chapter 7 Common Operations Printing iTool User s Guide This chapter describes how to use the iTool macros Introduction erres Cee eem Ree 140 What Are Macros
382. ta HDF EOS Library Copyright 1996 Hughes and Applied Research Corporation SMACC Copyright 2000 2004 Spectral Sciences Inc and ITT Visual Information Solutions All rights reserved This software is based in part on the work of the Independent JPEG Group Portions of this software are copyrighted by DataDirect Technologies O 1991 2003 BandMax Copyright 2003 The Galileo Group Inc Portions of this computer program are copyright 1995 1999 LizardTech Inc All rights reserved MrSID is protected by U S Patent No 5 710 835 Foreign Patents Pending Portions of this software were developed using Unisearch s Kakadu software for which ITT has a commercial license Kakadu Software Copyright 2001 The University of New South Wales UNSW Sydney NSW 2052 Australia and Unisearch Ltd Australia This product includes software developed by the Apache Software Foundation www apache org MODTRAN is licensed from the United States of America under U S Patent No 5 315 513 and U S Patent No 5 884 226 FLAASH is licensed from Spectral Sciences Inc under a U S Patent Pending Portions of this software are copyrighted by Merge Technologies Incorporated Support Vector Machine SVM is based on the LIBSVM library written by Chih Chung Chang and Chih Jen Lin www csie ntu edu tw cjlin libsvm adapted by ITT Visual Information Solutions for remote sensing image supervised classification purposes IDL Wavelet Toolkit Cop
383. ta operation allows you to rotate the data within the visualization by a specified number of degrees without affecting the rest of the data space graphical objects and axes See Rotation on page 115 in for details on using the Rotate Data operation The following properties control the Rotate Data tool For each property the type of control and the values that can be assigned are listed For a description of how a particular control is used refer to Appendix B Property Controls Property Angle Control Type Options Number The angle of rotation in degrees clockwise Default 0 X center offset Number X subscript of the center of rotation Default 0 Y center offset Number Y subscript of the center of rotation Default 0 Magnification Number Magnification factor Default 1 Interpolation method String List Method of interpolation to use when rotating Select a method from the list Choose from these values Nearest neighbor Assign the value of the nearest pixel to the pixel in the output image Fastest method but may cause jagged edges Linear Surveys the two closest pixels drawing a line between them and designating a value along that line as the output pixel value Cubic Use cubic polynomial waveforms instead of linear waveforms Most accurate method but may require more processing time Default 2 Nearest neighbor Extrapolate missing Boolean
384. tae 0 70 Y coordinates 0 643 Wmo iiim SE m0 62 imension 25 eR RES 0 53 Dimension de ee z i 0 006890 po tek m m um 0 4 ix e End 0 9946 LP s n E 0 24 4 mo 27 mo 18 nes E low twes 0 04 ete ee Elli 0094 T T T T T T 0 0 0 2 0 4 0 6 0 8 1 0 Iv Show points Help lt lt Back Next gt gt Cancel Figure 12 4 The IDL Gridding Wizard Step 2 of 3 The IDL Gridding Wizard Step 2 of 3 dialog contains the following items X Coordinates modify dimension start or end Y Coordinates modify dimension start or end Coordinate diagram Shows coordinates of grid data Show points checkbox Select to show all points default is checked Help Obtain help on this dialog Displaying Contours 262 Chapter 12 Working with Contours e Back Return to previous step e Next Proceed to Step 3 of 3 e Cancel Dismiss the Gridding Wizard 7 At Step 2 click Next to accept the dimensions start and spacing The IDL Gridding Wizard Step 3 of 3 dialog will appear IDL Gridding Wizard Step 3 of 3 Please choose a gridding method Inverse Distance v Preview Auto preview Statistics Options Search N E ETE T 0 88 Missing value 0 0000 1 diac dm ee a ionwier faeiueisencs uera navit oore MO ees Smoothing 0 0000 0 8 m TE PER i4 26 Weighting 2 000 o ed prc ge o pO Dill Mes 0 62 Anisotropy between axes 0 6 4 x s ans 0 53 Ratio of X to 1 000 I E e Me E EI
385. tch the full extent of your first selected image If these values have previously been set they are constrained to fit within the first selected image You can enter new values manually or the mouse can be used to define resize and or translate the crop box The Units property can be set to indicate the units of measure to be used for reporting crop box coordinates The default is data units This property will automatically reset to data units and become de sensitized if multiple images are selected and their pixel origins or pixel sizes differ Once your crop dialog is present on your image you can crop by doing the following e Double clicking anywhere within your defined crop box in the primary visualization window e Pressing the Crop button within the crop operation dialog Once your image is cropped the original image is replaced by the new cropped image data You can only retrieve your original data by selecting Edit Undo crop or by reloading the original image data as a separate visualization Note If your original image contains any ROIs those that do not lie completely within the crop box will be lost in the new image ilmage Tool Operations iTool User s Guide This chapter describes how to work with surfaces in the iSurface tool Introduceert edersek e eres 234 Displaying Surfaces 0 235 Surface Properties lecce 237 Adding a Colorbar eec 239 Adding Li
386. te the grid range and spacing Choose True or False Default True Note If a SAVE file is restored from an IDL version prior to 6 2 this property is set to False Longitude minimum deg Number Minimum longitude in degrees to include in the grid Longitude maximum deg Number Maximum longitude in degrees to include in the grid Latitude minimum deg Number Minimum latitude in degrees to include in the grid Latitude maximum deg Longitude spacing Number Maximum latitude in degrees to include in the grid Number Longitude grid spacing in degrees Latitude spacing Number Latitude grid spacing in degrees Longitude lines User Defined Click to edit individual or all longitude line properties Click and Edit to display the Map Grid Lines dialog All grid lines Prime Meridian 0E Lon 180W Lon 150W Lon120w Show True True True True Color Booo mooo Eoo mooo ooo Line style Thickness 1 1 1 1 1 Transparency 0 0 0 0 0 Label True True True True True Label position 05 05 05 05 05 Use label color False False False False False Label color i 0 l 0 i 0 0 Label fill background None None None None None Label fill color 258 5 Text font Helvetica Helvetica Helvetica Helvetica Helvetica Text style Normal Normal Normal Normal Normal Texfonsze 9 B J 3 3 Table D 58 Proper
387. ted Import Imports an IDL variable or file to the current iTool See Data Import Methods on page 27 for details Export Exports the data from the currently selected object to the IDL main program level or exports the current window to an image file Save Ctrl S Saves the state of the current iTool to a file If the state has not been previously saved and has no filename enter a filename Save As Prompts you to enter a filename and then saves the state of the current iTool Print Preview Shows a preview of the visualization to print and allows you to reorient Portrait or Landscape as well as center print close or change printer setup Print Ctrl P Sends the current view of the contents of the graphics window to the specified printer via the standard Windows or Motif printer dialog iTool User s Guide Table A 4 The File Menu File Menu 372 Appendix A iTools Interface Reference Menu Keyboard Function Selection Accelerator Preferences Displays the Preferences Browser See The Preferences Browser on page 95 for details Exit Ctrl1 Q Exits the iTool window closing all visualizations and views within the window and removing them from memory File Menu Table A 4 The File Menu Continued iTool User s Guide Appendix A iTools Interface Reference Edit Menu 373 The Edit menu contains tools for e
388. the right hand pane of the Preferences Browser see Appendix D Visualization Properties The Preferences Browser displays a nested list of general preferences file readers and file writers available for all iTools in the left pane and a property sheet for the currently selected item in the right pane e To expand a list item click the icon e To collapse an expanded list item click the icon iTool User s Guide The Preferences Browser 96 Chapter 6 Property Sheets and Browsers To change the properties of a general setting file reader or file writer from the Preferences Browser 1 Select File Preferences 2 Select the name of the general setting file reader or file writer in the list A list of properties and the current property settings appears in the right hand pane of the Preferences Browser window 3 Locate the property you want to change in the list and click in the settings column e Ifa drop down button appears in the settings column click the button to choose a new setting from the list of options activate a slider to change the setting value display a selection dialog or list or display an Edit button providing access to a user defined property control e If the text is editable edit the text to change the setting See Appendix B Property Controls for a detailed description of the types of property settings included in property sheets 4 Click the Close button xj to close the Pr
389. the selected item or visualization no changes are made to the visualization a Selecting Edit Undo Redo will completely undo the application of a style If a style is applied and Undo is selected all properties changed by the style revert to their pre application values Applying a Style to a Selected Item You can apply a style to selected items in a visualization For example 1 From the IDL Command Line visualize the following simple line graph iPlot RANDOMU seed 30 2 Highlight and select the plot line by clicking on the line 3 Select Edit Style Apply Style The Apply Style dialog appears as shown in the following figure Here you can select your preferred style to be applied to the plot item Applying Styles iTool User s Guide Chapter 9 Working with Styles 197 8 Apply Style xi IDL Classic IDL Standard MyNewStylet NewT extStylel C Apply to all items in current view Apply to all items in all views v Update current tool style Help Cancel Figure 9 5 The Apply Style Dialog 4 After selecting your preferred style here MyNewStylel has been selected choose Apply to selected items so that the style changes will only be made to the selected item MyNewStylel was created to contain properties to change line color plot symbol type and axis color Because Apply to selected items is selected and not Apply to all items in view you can expect that the axes will remain their
390. the text is editable edit the text to change the setting See Appendix B Property Controls for a detailed description of the types of property settings included in property sheets 4 Click the Close button 3 to close the Operations Browser Note Properties of standard iTool operations are described in Appendix C Operations Properties and in the IDL Commands chapter of the JDL Reference Guide The Operations Browser iTool User s Guide Chapter 6 Property Sheets and Browsers 95 The Preferences Browser The Preferences Browser provides a means of setting preferences or default properties for the general settings and file readers and writers used by all iTools For example if you prefer default drag quality to be low rather than high you can change the default property for Default drag quality from High to Low in the Preferences Browser as shown in Figure 6 5 Ey Settings General Settings File Readers File Writers General Settings e Unlimited buffer Memory limit Mb Zoom on window resize False Change directory on open True Default working directory Default style iS None gt Default drag quality High Printer output format Bitmap Clipboard output format Bitmap Restore Defaults DK Cancel Help Figure 6 5 Preferences Browser with Contour Projection Properties Displayed For more information on the property sheets displayed in
391. the type of control and the values that can be assigned are listed For a description of how a particular control is used refer to Appendix B Property Controls Property Control Type Options Show Dialog Boolean Display the Isosurface Value Selector dialog when iTool User s Guide Isosurface is selected from the Operations Volume menu Choose True to display the dialog or False to apply the isosurface without displaying the dialog Default True Table C 34 Interval Volume Properties Volume Properties 422 Appendix C Operations Properties Image Plane Properties Image Plane Properties appear on the Operation Browser for the iVolume tool only Property Control Type Options Show Boolean Display the image plane after Image Plane is selected from the Operations Volume Image Plane menu Choose True to display or False to apply the image plane without displaying Default True Opacity control Boolean Choose opacity control type Use opacity table Opaque Opacity value Default Use opacity table Opacity value Number Set opacity value Default 50 Orientation Boolean Choose image plane orientation e X Y Z Default X Opacity Number Set opacity Default 1 Color Boolean Set color Default White 255 255 255 Bottom color Boolean Set bottom color Default White 255 255 255 Image Plane Properties
392. tion This software and its associated documentation are subject to the controls of the Export Administration Regulations EAR It has been determined that this software is classified as EAR99 under U S Export Control laws and regulations and may not be re transferred to any destination expressly prohibited by U S laws and regulations The recipient is responsible for ensuring compliance to all applicable U S Export Control laws and regulations Acknowledgments ENVI and IDL are registered trademarks of ITT Corporation registered in the United States Patent and Trademark Office ION ION Script ION Java and ENVI Zoom are trademarks of ITT Visual Information Solutions Numerical Recipes is a trademark of Numerical Recipes Software Numerical Recipes routines are used by permission GRG2 is a trademark of Windward Technologies Inc The GRG2 software for nonlinear optimization is used by permission NCSA Hierarchical Data Format HDF Software Library and Utilities Copyright 1988 2001 The Board of Trustees of the University of Illinois All rights reserved NCSA HDFS5 Hierarchical Data Format 5 Software Library and Utilities Copyright 1998 2002 by the Board of Trustees of the University of Illinois All rights reserved CDF Library Copyright O 2002 National Space Science Data Center NASA Goddard Space Flight Center NetCDF Library Copyright 1993 1999 University Corporation for Atmospheric Research Unida
393. tistics see Displaying Statistics on page 129 Smoothing a Volume Within the iVolume tool plots can also be smoothed to soften edges or compensate for random noise in the volume To apply the smooth filter to a volume 1 Select the volume 2 Select Operations Filter Smooth Opening an Image Stack iVolume allows you to open a group of images as an image stack within the tool To open images as an image stack select File Open Image Stack From the dialog select the images you wish to open using either Shift right click if images are consecutive or Ctrl right click if nonconsecutive iVolume Tool Operations iTool User s Guide Chapter 14 Working with Volumes 323 Note Images are opened and stacked in the order they are named and not in the order of selection In other words file names are opened alphanumerically The only way to control the order of opening files is through the naming or renaming of files iTool User s Guide iVolume Tool Operations 324 Chapter 14 Working with Volumes iVolume Tool Operations iTool User s Guide This chapter describes how to use the map iTool IBCEGOUCUDE 2 Len Se e eres 326 Displaying Maps 327 Applying a Map Projection 328 Using the Map Panel 04 332 Displaying an Image
394. tive to the selected object s current position not absolute within an iTool view you could have unpredictable behavior if you modify those properties in the Macro Editor and then run the macro containing the modified operation e g an object rotating further than desired and thus obscuring important details Be careful with estimating these values iTool User s Guide Understanding Items in the Macro Editor 174 Chapter 8 Working with Macros View Zoom Operation Item The View Zoom operation stores the zoom percentage from an interactive zoom manipulation This operation lets the macro system record and play back movements made with the View Zoom manipulator from the iTools toolbar Table 8 8 shows the View Zoom operation s properties and values Property Value Description Operation description set by default to Zoom Zoom Percentage Zoom percentage on the selected object Table 8 8 The View Zoom Operation s Property Values Because the zoom percentage is relative to the selected object s current position not absolute within an iTool view you could have unpredictable behavior if you modify this property in the Macro Editor and then run the macro containing the modified operation e g an object zooming further in than desired Be careful with estimating this value Range Change Operation Item The Range Change operation stores the changes to the dataspace range from interactive range zoom range pan and ran
395. to IDL Default Helvetica Text style String List Style used for legend text Select a style from the list Choose from these values Normal Bold Italic Bold italic Default Normal Text font size Number Font size in points for the legend text Edit the number to change the size Default 12 Table D 52 Colorbar Container Properties Continued Colorbar iTool User s Guide Appendix D Visualization Properties 481 Histogram LOX Channel 2 histogram Channel 2 histogram E Histogram 4 Show True f Vertex Colors Color Table Edit color table i 1 B500255 Sl IDL iPlot Histogram Visualization Browser Sl Window 5 0 View 1 B E Visualization Layer EG Data Space ba Channel 0 histogram b Channel 1 histogram E Axes Annotation Layer No symbol Symbol size 0 2 i True Bo f Symbol thickness 1 i Symbol increment 1 Figure D 23 Visualization Browser with Histogram Properties Displayed iTool User s Guide Histogram 482 Appendix D Visualization Properties These properties control histogram object visualizations For each property the type of control and the values that can be assigned are listed For a description of how a particular control is used refer to Appendix B Property Controls Property Control Type Values Vertex Colors Color By selecting Edit Color Table Edit access the Color Table color tab
396. to the text item yy Apply Style xi MyNewStylel NewT extStyle C Apply to selected items Apply to all items in current view C Apply to all items in all views v Update current tool style Help Cancel Figure 9 7 The Apply Style Dialog 5 After selecting your preferred style here IDL Classic has been selected select Apply to all items in current view so that the style changes will be made to all the items in the view iTool User s Guide Applying Styles 200 Chapter 9 Working with Styles Note Selecting Apply to all items in all views applies the style changes to every item in every view available in the current iTool e g an iPlot tool subdivided into four views using the VIEW_GRID keyword from the command line 6 Click OK and the style is applied to the entire visualization y IDL isurface Untitled File dit Insert Operations Window Help Osea ee E ini xl Iw Olli a fe AlN olol elo New Surface Click on item to select or click amp drag selection box 458 395 Figure 9 8 iSurface Window Before left and After right Entire Style Application Note Applying a style to all items will ignore items that have the Show property is set to False i e hidden items Applying Styles iTool User s Guide Chapter 9 Working with Styles 201 Applying a Style When Launching an iTool The STYLE_NAME keyword allows you to apply a style to a visua
397. tor output Note Only a Window or View can be exported to EMF Table 6 26 File Writers Windows Enhanced Metafile File Writer Properties iTool User s Guide This chapter describes the following common tasks that can be performed with all of the IDL Intelligent Tools TAOTAO ioo hin deka eee SIR 112 Morphing i lc RR 127 Pile Operations occ 6 ceca aaa es 113 Additional Operations 128 Rotation i c ile eda bee ber ees 115 Rendering Translucent Objects 132 THANSTORMIAUIONS 12d uoces Hue de ae 119 Operations on Regions of Interest 133 PIENE cis ls ada emet mee os 122 POMAS e or RRR URS RR 134 iTool User s Guide 111 112 Chapter 7 Common Operations Introduction Introduction The Standard IDL iTools supplied in the IDL distribution iPlot iSurface iImage iContour iVolume iMap and iVector each have many common operations This chapter discusses the use of these common operations Noe This chapter describes only the Standard IDL iTools those iTools supplied in the IDL distribution Other iTools written by users and third party developers share a common interface with the ITT Visual Information Solutions iTools because the iTools framework is used to create all iTools However the specific functionality of such iTools may be different from the functionality of the iTools described here iTool User s Guide Chapter 7 Common Operations 113 File Operations File op
398. ty Settings for Map Grid iTool User s Guide Map Grid 502 Appendix D Visualization Properties Name Description Latitude lines User Defined Click to edit individual or all latitude line properties Click and Edit to display the Map Grid Lines dialog Allgridlines Equator ON Lat 90S Ea La sos True Tn T T Show ue mue tue Color moon Boo Boo ooo ooo Line style Thickness 1 1 1 1 1 Transparency 0 0 0 0 0 Label True True True True True Label position 05 05 05 05 05 Use label color False False False False False Label color Boo Bo Bo Bo n Label fill background None None None None None Label fil color 255 255 255 255 255 255 255 255 255 55 255 255 255 Tet honk Helvetica Helvetica Helvetica Helvetica Helvetica Text style Normal Normal Normal Normal Normal Test font size 3 8 3 3 3 Color Color Color for the grid lines Click to choose from the default color palette or specify RGB values Default 0 0 0 black Thickness Line Thickness Thickness for the grid lines Select a thickness from the list Default 1 Transparency Number Transparency of the grid lines from 0 to 100 Move the slider to change the value Default 0 Label Boolean Use labels on the grid lines Choose True or False Default True Label position Number Normalized label position Default 0 5 Use label color
399. umber of polygons which may degrade iVolume s display performance When selecting the isovalue you can also specify a decimation percentage to reduce the number of polygons in the resulting isosurface This decimation step requires additional time but the resulting isosurface will contain fewer triangles and will draw faster Consider adding a light to improve the isosurface display Select Insert Light to add a light iTool User s Guide Extracting an IsoSurface 318 Chapter 14 Working with Volumes Extracting an Interval Volume An interval volume is a set of tetrahedra that span a space between two isovalues within a volume Since a tetrahedral mesh is a solid iVolume displays the outer surface of the mesh as a set of polygons This surface cannot be translated scaled or rotated relative to the volume but does move with the volume To create an interval volume select Operations Volume Interval Volume and a dialog appears allowing you to set two isovalues i Interval Volume Value Selector x roamed al Mesh quality of original surface IV Show dialog next time OK Cancel Figure 14 8 Interval Volume Value Selector for iVolume Extracting an Interval Volume iTool User s Guide Chapter 14 Working with Volumes 319 If the volume is multi channel you can select a channel for setting the isovalues and then create an interval volume for that channel by selecting OK S IDL i olume U
400. urface iContour iVolume iMap and iVector Each tool has a specific set of functions related to the type of data it is designed to use In addition to these specific tasks all tools have a number of functions in common This appendix describes those functions that all iTools have in common for information about the functions unique to the individual iTools refer to Chapter 10 Working with Images e Chapter 11 Working with Surfaces e Chapter 12 Working with Contours Chapter 13 Working with Plots e Chapter 14 Working with Volumes Chapter 15 Working with Maps e Chapter 16 Working with Vectors This appendix describes the properties common to various iTool visualizations Introduction to Visualization Properties iTool User s Guide Appendix D Visualization Properties 427 The Visualization Browser The Visualization Browser provides a hierarchical tree view of all objects displayed in the iTool window The Visualization Browser is used to select objects and to display the property sheets for selected objects See The Visualization Browser on page 90 for details on how to display and use the Visualization Browser The Visualization Browser displays a list of the contents of the iTool window in the left pane The property sheet for the object currently selected in the left pane can be displayed in the right pane of the Visualization Browser window by clicking on the small arrows to the top
401. urs Lice tdt eee iter it derent eden Eee Ted eiii a aa 266 anos De Comor COOS itecto t Gee nce EEE AEEA E eere 268 iles erui ro ccc ok ccs chased daidsa cesta vadasiaeadatcain dah T 269 Adding a Color bar c cscs iaassis bd Cae eoe eb ieneld ova eee Mth nadia 271 othe WLR eem 272 Cg ue so oa veces E E 273 Filterme pibe cii NE 274 Contour a TUE TEE ion cete Gente re erede n e e t e iere decet 274 Contour Convol Gon TET X E 275 Mianipiilatiie the Contour Display eine etre t nte temen 276 DRAWS PD MEE 276 bur m M dy 276 Ignea amour 5 5a 276 CN POM RETE 276 Some a Conto Dop 2 cce terrre etate teuer tet et eee 277 Adding TIIIE UIS e 277 iConteur Tool Operations 23e ete tiere tacere ed eene ees e eos a eee area 279 boo sra Nation M 279 NIE SIBUSUDS coit oihene ien ela eai bre T 279 Chapter 13 Working lou e 281 ive M M 282 Displaying Two Dimensional Plots 1 2 1 uera eene whole 283 Displaying Three Dimensional PUGS eee ettet iet riore Fette pete 284 Dusplusiie Polar Plots oce etee iet ete rre eb ieu eie y ian 285 Overplotting esses ccs 286 Pot PAGS cee tie irer cece cce e lett aechedead acta eet AIR ashi direst ates 288 Dib yikes PRG CHINES ccs aen enl e beso e ta c a tia 288 Contents iTool User s Guide Pan AEE ron METMME
402. utton 5 on the toolbar 2 Click in an empty part of the canvas and without releasing the mouse button drag to draw a line of the desired length e To constrain in the direction that you are drawing hold down the Shift key while drawing e To draw the line from the center hold down the Ctrl key while drawing Annotations iTool User s Guide Chapter 5 Adding Annotations 81 3 Release the mouse button Selection handles appear at both ends of the line annotation To position the line annotation position the mouse pointer over the selected line so that it changes to a translation pointer P Click and drag the annotation to the desired location To resize the line annotation position the mouse pointer over the selection handle at one end of the line so that it changes to a resize pointer Click and drag the selection handle to obtain the desired line length To display and modify line annotation properties such as line thickness and arrow style double click the annotation Rectangle Annotations To add a rectangle annotation 1 2 iTool User s Guide Click the Rectangle Annotation button SJ on the toolbar Click in an empty part of the canvas and without releasing the mouse button drag to draw a rectangle of the desired size To constrain the rectangle to a square hold down the Shift key while drawing To draw the rectangle from the center hold down the Ctrl key while drawing Release the mouse button
403. vailable in the iImage tool Convolving an Image To convolve an image 1 Select the image to be convolved 2 Select Operations Filter Convolution 3 The convolution filter editor appears and desired settings can be edited 4 Click OK and the filter is applied For more details on the convolution filter see Convolution Filter on page 124 Applying a Median Filter The median filter replaces each pixel with the median a value in an ordered set of values with an equal number of values above and below it of the two dimensional neighborhood of a given width To apply the median filter to an image 1 Select the image 2 Select Operations Filter Median For more details on the median filter see Median Filter on page 123 Smoothing an Image The smooth filter removes unwanted noise from an image using a weighted average To apply the smooth filter to an image 1 Select the image 2 Select Operations Filter gt Smooth For more details on the smooth filter see Smooth Filter on page 122 Filtering an Image iTool User s Guide Chapter 10 Working with Images 221 Applying a Roberts Filter The Roberts filter uses the Roberts edge enhancement operator to detect edges within the image To apply the Roberts filter to an image 1 Select the image 2 Select Operations Filter Roberts 3 The Roberts filter is applied Applying a Sobel Filter The Sobel filter uses the Sobel edge enhancement
404. val annotations can be added to a visualization to identify circular areas Polygon Polygon annotations can be added to a visualization to identify areas bounded by a multi sided polygon Freehand Freehand annotations can be added to a visualization to identify an area Table 14 1 Types of Volume Annotations For more information on creating and using annotations see Chapter 5 Adding Annotations iTool User s Guide Manipulating the Volume Display 322 Chapter 14 Working with Volumes iVolume Tool Operations Many operations are available in the iVolume tool Once you have visualized your volume data you can scale and filter as well as creating a histogram or viewing statistics for your volume The following operations are available for volumes Viewing a Histogram A density histogram is a plot consisting of either horizontal or vertical bars The widths or heights of these bars represent data values Another type of histogram is a style plot histogram which plots different data sets side by side using differently styled points or bars to represent the data To view a density histogram of volume data use the iTool s histogram feature by selecting Operations Histogram For information on histogram creation see Plotting a Histogram on page 128 Viewing Statistics To view statistics for volume data use the iTool s statistics feature by selecting Operations Statistics For information on viewing sta
405. w Pan manipulator from the iTools toolbar the Hand icon Understanding Items in the Macro Editor iTool User s Guide Chapter 8 Working with Macros 173 Table 8 6 shows the View Pan operation s properties and values Property Value Description Operation description set by default to View Pan X Pan Number of pixels to pan the view in the x direction Y Pan Number of pixels to pan the view in the y direction Table 8 6 The View Pan Operation s Property Values Note that you could have unpredictable behavior if you modify those properties in the Macro Editor and then run the macro containing the modified operation e g a view panned further than desired and thus obscuring important details Be careful with estimating these values Rotate Operation Item The Rotate operation stores the rotation angles from an interactive rotate manipulation This operation lets the macro system record and play back movements made with the Rotate manipulator from the iTools toolbar Table 8 7 shows the Rotate operation s properties and values Property Value Description Operation description set by default to Rotate X Rotation Angle to rotate the selected object about the x axis Y Rotation Angle to rotate to move the selected object about the y axis Z Rotation Angle to rotate to move the selected object about the z axis Table 8 7 The Rotate Operation s Property Values Because the x y z rotation is rela
406. w of these menu items and toolbar buttons that are common to all iTools Menu Bar Items The following menus appear on the iTool menu bar File Menu Edit Menu Insert Menu Operations Menu Window Menu Help Menu Toolbar Items The following toolbars appear at the top of each iTool window The File toolbar containing the New Open Save and Print buttons The Edit toolbar containing the Undo Redo Cut Copy and Paste buttons The Manipulator toolbar containing the Select Rotate and View Pan buttons The View Zoom button and View Zoom drop down list The Annotation toolbar containing the Text and line buttons as well as the Line Rectangle Oval Polygon and Freehand annotation buttons Introduction to iTools Interface Elements iTool User s Guide Appendix A iTools Interface Reference File Menu 371 The File menu contains tools for creating opening printing and saving files as well as tools for importing and exporting data and images The File menu items are common to all standard iTools Menu Selection Keyboard Accelerator Function New Ctrl N Creates a new iTool of the specified type Options ilmage iPlot iSurface iContour iVolume iMap and iVector Open Ctrl O Opens a file for import into the current i Tool If this is a data file such as an image file ASCII file or binary file a new data object will be created and if applicable a new visualization will be crea
407. w your image plane in ilmage from the iVolume tool select Operations Image Plane Launch ilmage iTool User s Guide Showing an Image Plane 316 Chapter 14 Working with Volumes Extracting an IsoSurface An isosurface is a set of polygons drawn in the volume to represent a surface that has a specific constant value the isovalue An isosurface cannot be translated scaled or rotated relative to the volume but does move with the volume To create an isosurface select Operations Volume Isosurface and iVolume displays a dialog allowing you to specify the isovalue If the volume is multi channel you can select a channel and set its isovalue Isosurface Value Selector x al Jul Mesh quali of original surface Iv Show dialog next time Figure 14 6 Isosurface Value Selector for iVolume Extracting an IsoSurface iTool User s Guide Chapter 14 Working with Volumes 317 You will then create an isosurface for that channel by selecting OK S IDL i olume Untitled jo x File Edit Insert Operations Window Help Deme x B e ol fo aaloele Volume Name Data Channels Render T Auto Render Guality Low textures z Boundary Solid walls z Fender Step Aa A prend A Click on item to select or click amp drag selection box 237 590 Figure 14 7 Isosurfaced Rendered Volume Note Isosurfaces often contain a large n
408. xis 485 byte scale 409 colorbar 478 contour 416 453 contour direction 419 contour legend 527 iTool User s Guide contour legend level 528 contour magnitude 419 contours 264 convolution 398 cropping 413 curve fitting 403 dataspace 433 freehand annotation 523 histogram 397 482 image 439 image plane 420 422 474 interval volume 471 inverting image 409 isosurface 469 iTool macros 395 legend 524 lights 494 line annotation 516 line profile annotation 517 map grid 501 map projection 410 map register image iTools 411 modifying volume 311 morphing 412 operations browser 394 oval annotation 521 plot 442 plot legend 530 polygonal ROI 497 rectangle annotation 520 region grow 414 resample 406 Roberts filter 401 rotate 405 rotate data 407 scale data 408 shape point 509 shape polygon 505 shape polyline 507 sheets defined 87 iTool User s Guide 539 operations 88 visualization 88 smooth filter 400 401 Sobel filter 402 statistics 396 streamline 510 streamlines 419 surface 440 surface legend 531 text annotation 514 transform 406 unsharp mask filter 402 vector 458 view 430 visualization layer 431 visualization type 437 volume 463 window 428 property sheets about 87 iTool operations 88 iTool visualizations 88 R reading files 99 rectangle annotations creating 81 properties 520 redo iTool operation 62 region growing iTool operati
409. y those properties in the Macro Editor and then run the macro containing the modified operation e g an object scaled further than desired and thus obscuring important details Be careful with estimating these values Translate Operation Item The Translate operation stores the translation in pixels in the x and y directions from an interactive translate manipulation This operation lets the macro system record and play back movements made with the Translate manipulator from the iTools toolbar the Arrow icon Table 8 5 shows the Translate operation s properties Property Value Description Operation description set by default to Translate X Translation Number of pixels to move the selected object in the x direction Y Translation Number of pixels to move the selected object in the y direction Table 8 5 The Translate Operation s Property Values Because the x y translation is relative to the selected object s current position not absolute within an iTool view you could have unpredictable behavior if you modify those properties in the Macro Editor and then run the macro containing the modified operation e g an object moving out of view Be careful with estimating these values View Pan Operation Item The View Pan operation stores the movement in pixels in the x and y directions from an interactive view pan manipulation This operation lets the macro system record and play back movements made with the Vie
410. ypes 189 subsampling vectors 360 iTool User s Guide surfaces adding axes 242 adding texture map 248 adding to an image 225 colorbar 239 creating contours on 244 creating images of 243 displaying 235 extracting a line profile 253 filtering 247 histogram for 254 legends 241 531 lights 240 rotating 249 scaling 251 statistics 254 T text annotations adding 79 properties 514 texture mapping See texture maps texture maps iTools 248 three dimensional plots 445 trademarks 2 transforming data 119 properties 406 resampling 119 rotate data 120 scale data 121 translating objects 64 plots 299 vectors 363 translucent object rendering 132 iTool User s Guide 541 U undo iTool operation 62 unsharp mask filtering 125 402 V vectors IVECTOR autosubsampling 361 coloring 362 displaying 355 fields 355 map projection 367 properties for 360 streamlines 359 subsampling 360 translating 363 wind barbs 356 properties 458 view zooming 70 visualizations browser 90 creating 53 definition of 52 exporting 58 inserting 54 layers 431 modifying 56 object selection 90 property sheets 88 type properties 437 volume panel IVOLUME 309 volumes adding axis 313 colorbar 312 histogram 322 statistics 322 annotating 320 displaying 305 Index 542 displaying multi channel 305 extents 308 extracting interval volume 318 isosurface 316 properties 31
411. yright 2002 Christopher Torrence IMSL is a trademark of Visual Numerics Inc Copyright 1970 2006 by Visual Numerics Inc All Rights Reserved Other trademarks and registered trademarks are the property of the respective trademark holders Chapter 1 Introducing 2 MgL f 17 Intoducing the ATS cue eee rrt Fre er on t ed i n i reae er eec me Ti e dienes 18 I NP ALIO AED RR 20 Chapter 2 Importing and Exporting Data cccccicsccccscecstssscccssasaccsdeostenesssnsdensnosasan 23 Abontihe Data Manager 11e teen tesevedecaleadheccavederesandevdsseuetdertueeveudbenctene 24 Dub Manager MIETI 2 e eet retten Cerere e eet ete et eme edens 25 Data Wer Mana Pete C 26 Dota Import RUG Nm 27 Usine the Daia Import Wizard sssrinin a nekni eee iien 28 Using Fle Open ER 32 Usine the Data Munaper Dae vile c cccctecccasssessecssend oren Ee iosia eosi ER E NEESS 33 Importme Data from s PI e etr ret et ter rh RP ER HI EUR GER e bebo pee ies 34 iTool User s Guide 3 lieri ee Tipe Bor PR 34 Dnpocansg ASCH DA uiii m o atte nectit ters 34 Importing Binary Data L2 tinet petet bete der dee essai a pt i RE ea Rd 35 Importing Shapetile Da 1 2 reto ener eene ee edet aes 36 Workime wih Unknown Dali ee reae ete ere Rhea 37 Raine the Cordus WIZ 11 asciende t eterne deett dedere Lente ta 38 Importing Data from the IDL Session eue ee enmt eme etd eiae el ERR eee pida 41 Im
412. zard for the Meters option e IDL Map Register Image IDL Map Register Image Step 3 of 3 To finish choose the map projection associated with this image Map Projection No projection False northing meters IV When finished update dataspace to match image projection Help lt lt Back Finish Cancel Figure 15 5 The Map Register Image Wizard Step 3 Meters In this step you can select a map projection to associate with the image You also have the option of updating the dataspace map projection to use this projection iTool User s Guide Registering an Image 340 Chapter 15 Working with Maps Registering an Image in Degrees If you select Degrees as the coordinate units in Step 1 and click on Next you see the wizard s Step 2 dialog for degrees shown in Figure 15 6 IDL Map Register Image Step 2 of 2 Please choose the grid start and spacing for your image ___MapReaisterImage Longitude pixel size deg 0 666666666666667 Latitude minimum deg 30 Latitude maximum deg 90 Latitude pixel size deg 0 321 428571428571 Help lt lt Back Finish Cancel Figure 15 6 The Map Register Image Wizard Step 2 Degrees Table 15 5 shows the properties associated with degree coordinates Name Description Longitude minimum deg Minimum longitude position in degrees of the image data Longitude maximum deg Maximum longitude posit

iTool User's Guide

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents